This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be
reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom
purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.
Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in
The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the
public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary,
arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.
munotes.in is an independent study resource for MU students. It is not affiliated with,
endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and
university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.
The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
This paper is about what happens to law when the State says it is in danger.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the paper studies the constitutional and statutory regime by which the Indian State claims extraordinary powers in the name of national security and public order, and the extent to which those powers remain subject to the rule of law. The first two are reasons the State offers for acting. The third is the standard by which its action is judged. The subject is the law of that tension.
Why the title has three names in it and not one
A student meeting this paper for the first time usually assumes the three are synonyms, or that they run in a sequence: the State protects national security, and public order is what results, and the rule of law is a general good feeling about both. None of that is right, and an answer built on it will read as vague however much material it contains.
They are three different kinds of thing.
National security is a purpose. It names an interest the State says it is protecting. It appears in no definition clause anywhere in Indian law, which is itself the point: a purpose that is not defined can expand. [National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law] builds its legal content out of the places the Constitution and the statutes actually use it.
Public order is a legal category. Unlike national security it has been defined, repeatedly and carefully, by the Supreme Court, because a great deal turns on which side of a line a set of facts falls. A restriction on speech is valid if it is in the interests of public order and invalid if it is not. A detention order is good if the activity affected public order and bad if it affected only law and order. That is worked in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles], which is the most useful single test in this book.
The rule of law is a standard. It is not a power and it is not a purpose. It is the proposition that the State, when it acts, must act under law, by rules known in advance, applied by an independent court, equally to the government and to the citizen. [Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings] and [Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations] set out what it contains.
Why they pull against each other
Put the three in one sentence and the difficulty appears at once.
The rule of law says that a person may be deprived of liberty only after a charge, a trial and a conviction. National security says that a person who is about to blow up a bridge should be locked up before he does it, and that waiting for a trial defeats the purpose. Both propositions are respectable. The Constitution of India does not choose between them; it contains both. Article 21 guarantees that no person shall be deprived of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law, and article 22(3) then removes the ordinary safeguards from a person detained under a preventive detention law.
The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other
That is not an accident of drafting and it is not a hidden contradiction to be exposed in an answer. It is the design. The framers wrote a bill of rights and, in the same Part, wrote the exceptions to it. What this paper studies is where those exceptions stop.
Four questions the whole book is answering
Every chapter after this one is an answer to one of these, and it helps to know which.
1. On what grounds may the State claim extraordinary power? War, external aggression and armed rebellion for a proclamation of emergency under article 352. The security of the State, public order, the maintenance of supplies and services, and the defence of India for a detention order. The grounds are not interchangeable and the choice of ground decides the validity of the action.
2. What does the State get when it claims it? Sometimes a great deal. A proclamation of emergency suspends the operation of article 19 by force of article 358, allows the President by order to suspend the right to move any court to enforce named fundamental rights under article 359, and lets Parliament legislate on the State List. A detention order gets much less: the power to hold one person, for a limited period, subject to a Board.
3. What is left of the citizen's protection? This is the heart of the paper. After the 44th Amendment of 1978, articles 20 and 21 can never be suspended, so a detenu can always reach a court. Before 1978 the answer was different, and [ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla] is what it looked like.
4. Who decides? The official who forms the satisfaction, or the judge who reviews it? Almost every doctrine in this book is an answer to that question in a particular setting: subjective satisfaction, the justiciability of a proclamation, the scope of habeas corpus, the standard of scrutiny under a special statute.
How the four modules fit together
MU's own order is followed throughout, and it is a better order than it looks.
Module I sets out the vocabulary and then the least dramatic of the extraordinary powers, preventive detention. It is least dramatic because it is always available: no proclamation is needed, and the National Security Act 1980 is in force today.
The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other
Module II widens the lens twice. First to exceptional legislation, which is what Parliament does when ordinary criminal law is thought inadequate: special offences, special courts, special rules of evidence and bail. Then to emergency, which is what the Constitution itself allows when the State is threatened as a State.
Module III asks the question that decides whether any of this is controlled: can the citizen still get to a court? Access to courts and emergency is the article 359 question. Martial law is the extreme case, where the courts are displaced by the army altogether.
Module IV turns the whole thing round and looks at it from the side of the person: human rights in India, the constitutional philosophy behind them, the groups who need them most, and the machinery that is supposed to protect them.
A worked example
A State faces a campaign of bombings. It proposes to detain suspected organisers without trial, to try those it charges before a special court, and to declare an emergency if the campaign spreads.
Which idea in the title does each proposal engage? Detention without trial engages national security, because it is justified by a threat to the State rather than by proof of an offence. The special court engages public order, because it is a modification of the ordinary machinery for keeping the peace. And both engage the rule of law, because each removes the person from the ordinary process the third idea insists on.
Where does the tension bite hardest? On the first proposal, because a person detained on suspicion has broken no law that anyone has proved, so the first limb of the rule of law, that nobody may suffer except for a distinct breach established before the ordinary courts, is contradicted rather than qualified.
Is that the end of the matter? No. The Constitution's own answer is to permit the power and to condition it: article 22 authorises preventive detention and in the same breath prescribes grounds, an Advisory Board and a maximum period.
So what does this book have to decide? Not whether the three ideas conflict, which they plainly do, but whether the conditions the Constitution and the courts have attached are enough to keep the exception exceptional.
And where is that question answered? In the closing chapter, [National Security and Human Rights: An Assessment], on the evidence the four modules assemble.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the Constitution is hostile to liberty. A constitution that contains emergency provisions is not thereby an authoritarian one. Almost every written constitution has them, and article 4 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, to which India is a party, expressly contemplates derogation in a public emergency threatening the life of the nation. What matters is the conditions attached.
The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other
It does not mean the courts have surrendered. The most famous decision in this book, ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, went against the citizen, and students often write the paper as though it were the last word. It is not. It was undermined by constitutional amendment in 1978 and expressly overruled in 2017, and the chapters that follow show a court that has become steadily more willing to look at a detention order.
It does not mean the three ideas are ranked. An answer that says the rule of law must always yield to national security, or that national security is never a good reason for anything, is not an LL.M. answer. The examiner is asking for the conditions under which each prevails.
Quick revision
The paper is the law of the tension between State power claimed for security and
the standard by which that claim is judged.
National security is a purpose, undefined in Indian law.
Public order is a legal category, judicially defined, and a great deal turns on it.
The rule of law is a standard: government under law, known rules, equal
application, independent adjudication.
The Constitution contains both the guarantee (article 21) and the exception
(article 22(3)); the paper studies where the exception stops.
Four recurring questions: on what ground, what power, what protection survives,
and who decides.
Modules run: vocabulary and detention; exceptional legislation and emergency;
access to courts and martial law; human rights.
Test yourself
1. A State Government detains a person because he has repeatedly assaulted his neighbours. Which of the three ideas in the title decides whether the order is good? Public order, as a legal category. The question is whether repeated assaults on named individuals disturb the even tempo of community life or are merely a law and order problem. The test is in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles].
2. Is "national security" defined anywhere in Indian law? No. It appears in the Constitution and in statutes without a definition clause, and that is why its content has to be built from the contexts in which it is used.
3. Why is it wrong to say the rule of law is simply the opposite of emergency power? Because emergency power is itself conferred by law, exercised under conditions laid down by law, and reviewable in defined respects by courts. The question the rule of law asks is not whether the power exists but whether its exercise is bounded and answerable. That distinction is drawn in [Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper].
The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other
4. Which two articles of the Constitution, read together, show the design tension this paper studies? Article 21, which guarantees that liberty may be taken only by procedure established by law, and article 22(3), which withdraws the ordinary safeguards from a person held under a preventive detention law.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
National security is the State's interest in continuing to exist as a State, and in law it works as a reason rather than as a rule.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: national security is not a defined legal term in Indian law. It is a purpose recognised by the Constitution and by statute, describing the protection of the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India, the defence of the country against external aggression and internal armed rebellion, and the functioning of the State's essential institutions. Its legal significance is that once an action is shown to be genuinely referable to it, the ordinary requirements of law are relaxed to a degree that no other purpose commands.
Why an undefined term matters more, not less
A student's instinct on being told a phrase has no definition is to move on. Do the opposite. An undefined purpose is legally more powerful than a defined one, for three reasons.
It cannot be exhausted. A defined term contains a list, and anything outside the list is outside the power. National security contains no list, so a Government can bring a new threat within it by argument rather than by amendment.
It travels. Because there is no definition tying it to one statute, courts and governments use the phrase across contexts that have nothing else in common: a restriction on a newspaper, a detention order, an interception of a telephone call, a refusal to disclose a document, the blocking of a website, the cancellation of a licence.
It attracts deference. The commonest judicial statement about national security is that the executive is better placed than a court to assess it. That statement is doing the real work in a great many cases, and an LL.M. answer should say so.
Where the Constitution actually uses it
The Constitution does not use the words "national security" as a term of art. What it uses are four related expressions, and locating them is the beginning of the answer.
"The sovereignty and integrity of India", in article 19(2). Inserted by the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act 1963, it is the widest of the four, and it is the ground on which a law restricting speech may be defended when it is aimed at separatism rather than at disorder.
"The security of the State", also in article 19(2). This is the narrowest and gravest, and it has a judicial content of its own, worked in [Security of the State].
"The security of India", in Entry 9 of List I of the Seventh Schedule, which gives Parliament exclusive power over "Preventive detention for reasons connected with Defence, Foreign Affairs, or the security of India; persons subjected to such detention."
National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law
"War or external aggression or armed rebellion", in article 352(1), which is the trigger for a proclamation of emergency. This is the constitutional high-water mark: it is the only place where a threat to the nation lets the Constitution's ordinary operation be altered.
Two further entries in List I matter for the same reason. Entry 1 is "Defence of India and every part thereof including preparation for defence and all such acts as may be conducive in times of war to its prosecution and after its termination to effective demobilisation." Entry 2 is "Naval, military and air forces; any other armed forces of the Union." Entry 2A, inserted in 1976, covers "Deployment of any armed force of the Union or any other force subject to the control of the Union or any contingent or unit thereof in any State in aid of the civil power", together with the powers, jurisdiction, privileges and liabilities of the members of such forces while so deployed. Entry 2A is the constitutional foundation of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958.
Where the statutes use it
Two uses are worth naming now because they recur through the book.
The National Security Act 1980 is named for it and does not define it. Its section 3 speaks of acting in a manner prejudicial to the defence of India, the relations of India with foreign powers, the security of India, the security of the State, the maintenance of public order, and the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community. National security is the title, not the test.
The Right to Information Act 2005 exempts from disclosure, by section 8(1)(a), information the disclosure of which would prejudicially affect the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security, strategic, scientific or economic interests of the State, relations with foreign States or lead to incitement of an offence. That is the widest statutory statement of the interest in Indian law, and it shows the phrase's reach: economic interests sit in the same clause as the security of the State.
The judicial approach: a purpose that must be genuine, and then is deferred to
Two propositions have to be held together, and an answer that gives only one of them is half an answer.
First, the label does not settle the question. A Government cannot make an action lawful by saying the words. In Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124, the State of Madras banned the entry and circulation of the weekly Cross Roads under a public order statute, and defended it as necessary for public safety.
Facts. Romesh Thappar published Cross Roads, an English weekly printed in Bombay. Madras banned its circulation in the State under section 9(1-A) of the Madras Maintenance of Public Order Act 1949. He moved the Supreme Court directly under article 32, and the State objected that he should have gone to the High Court first.
National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law
Held. The preliminary objection failed: the Supreme Court is constituted the protector and guarantor of fundamental rights and cannot decline an application merely because a High Court has concurrent jurisdiction. On the merits, by a majority with Fazl Ali J. dissenting, the section was void. Freedom of speech includes freedom of propagation of ideas, which is ensured by freedom of circulation. Article 19(2) as it then stood saved only a law relating to a matter which undermines the security of, or tends to overthrow, the State, and a law aimed generally at public safety or public disorder went far beyond that.
Why it matters here. It is the earliest and clearest statement that the gravest ground is not available for the least grave facts. The State said security; the Court asked whether the statute was in truth directed at the security of the State, and held it was not. Note the sequel, which an answer should give: the Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 added public order to article 19(2) precisely because this decision and its companion had left the State without that ground.
Second, once the ground is genuinely engaged, courts defer. The clearest modern statement of the limits of that deference is Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308, which is worked in [National Security and the Freedom of Speech]. Its importance to this chapter is the framework it insists on: even where security is genuinely at stake, an order must be published, must be reasoned, must be the least restrictive measure available, and must be reviewed periodically. Deference is to the assessment of the threat, not to the manner of responding to it.
A worked example
The Ministry of Home Affairs directs that a mobile application be blocked because it is transmitting user data to servers outside India and this is said to prejudice national security.
Step one: which power is being used? Blocking rests on statute, not on the phrase. The answer must name the provision, because if there is no power there is no order, whatever the reason given.
Step two: is the recited purpose one the provision allows? A provision permitting blocking in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or the security of the State is engaged; a provision permitting it only in the interests of public order would not be.
Step three: is the purpose genuine on the material? This is the Romesh Thappar question. If the material discloses only commercial rivalry, the recital does not save the order.
National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law
Step four: is the response proportionate and reviewable? This is the Anuradha Bhasin question: reasons, publication, the least restrictive alternative, and periodic review.
That four step sequence is a usable answer plan for any question in this paper that begins "the Government says it acted for reasons of national security".
Distinctions
National security
Security of the State
Public order
Law and order
Defined in law?
no
no, but judicially explained
no, but judicially explained
no
What is threatened
the existence and integrity of the nation
the State as an organised political entity
the even tempo of community life
an individual or a few individuals
Typical trigger
war, armed rebellion, espionage, terrorism
waging war, subversion, armed rebellion
riot, communal tension, terror in a locality
assault, theft, private quarrel
Constitutional home
articles 19(2), 352; List I Entries 1, 2, 2A, 9
article 19(2); List III Entry 3
article 19(2); List II Entry 1, List III Entry 3
List II Entries 1 and 2
What it does NOT mean
It is not a source of power. No authority may act because national security requires it. It must find a provision that confers the power, and the interest then supplies the justification for exercising it. The point is Dicey's first meaning in modern dress.
It is not the same as the security of the State. The second is a term with judicial content and a defined constitutional home; the first is a broader political idea. An answer that treats them as interchangeable will lose the marks that turn on the article 19(2) cases.
It is not automatically a trump card. The proposition that courts will not sit in judgment on an assessment of a security threat is not a proposition that courts will not look at whether the assessment was made at all, on what material, and by whom. That distinction is the whole of [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
It does not require a proclamation. Almost everything in Modules I and II operates in ordinary times. Only articles 352 to 360 need a proclamation.
Limits and criticism
Definitional vagueness is the standing criticism, and it is a fair one. A ground that can be asserted and not defined invites use in cases far from its core: the detention of a person for a local dispute, the blocking of speech that is merely embarrassing, the refusal of information that is merely inconvenient.
The answer offered by the courts is procedural rather than definitional. Instead of defining the phrase, they have insisted on the quality of the material, the genuineness of the satisfaction, the giving of reasons and the availability of review. Whether that is enough is one of the arguments a student can develop in [Exceptional Legislation and the Rule of Law: An Assessment].
National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law
Comparative note. International human rights law faces the same difficulty and answers it the same way. Article 4 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights permits derogation only in a public emergency which threatens the life of the nation and which is officially proclaimed, and only to the extent strictly required by the exigencies of the situation. It, too, defines the procedure rather than the threat.
Quick revision
National security is undefined in Indian law. It is a purpose, not a rule, and not a source of power.
The Constitution's related expressions: sovereignty and integrity of India and security of the State in article 19(2); security of India in List I Entry 9; war, external aggression or armed rebellion in article 352(1).
List I Entries 1, 2 and 2A: defence, the armed forces, and their deployment in a State in aid of the civil power. Entry 2A underlies AFSPA.
The National Security Act 1980 does not define the phrase; its section 3 lists six grounds instead.
Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124: the label does not settle the question, and the First Amendment followed.
Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308: even a genuine security ground requires reasons, publication, proportionality and review.
The four step plan: which power, which purpose, genuine on the material, proportionate and reviewable.
Test yourself
1. Is national security defined in the National Security Act 1980? No. The Act is named for it and never defines it; section 3 supplies six grounds instead, of which the security of India and the security of the State are two.
2. Which constitutional entry underlies the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958? Entry 2A of List I, covering the deployment of any armed force of the Union in any State in aid of the civil power, and the powers, jurisdiction, privileges and liabilities of its members while so deployed.
3. What did Romesh Thappar decide about the relationship between public disorder and the security of the State? That they are different, and that as article 19(2) then stood only a law aimed at undermining or overthrowing the security of the State was saved. A law directed generally at public safety or public disorder was outside the reservation and void.
4. Give the four step plan for testing an action taken in the name of national security. Identify the power; check that the recited purpose is one the power allows; ask whether the purpose is genuine on the material; and test the response for proportionality and reviewability.
National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law
5. Why is an undefined ground legally stronger than a defined one? Because it cannot be exhausted by a list, it travels across unrelated contexts, and it attracts judicial deference to the executive's assessment.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
The security of the State is threatened when the State itself is in danger of being overthrown or gravely undermined, not merely when its peace is broken.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the security of the State is a constitutional expression appearing in article 19(2) and in Entry 3 of the Concurrent List, denoting the safety of the State as an organised political entity against activities which endanger its very existence, such as waging war against the State, insurrection, armed rebellion, espionage and other serious subversion. It is the gravest and narrowest of the three expressions used in this paper, and it is narrower than public order.
Why the expression exists in the Constitution
When the Constitution came into force on 26 January 1950, article 19(2) permitted restrictions on freedom of speech only in relation to a small list of matters, and its widest head was a law relating to any matter which undermines the security of, or tends to overthrow, the State. There was no mention of public order.
Within five months two decisions had shown what that omission meant.
In Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124, the ban on the circulation of Cross Roads under a public order statute was struck down, because a law directed at public safety or public disorder generally went beyond a law directed at the security of the State.
In Brij Bhushan v. State of Delhi, AIR 1950 SC 129, decided the same day, section 7(1)(c) of the East Punjab Public Safety Act 1949 was struck down for the same reason.
Facts. The Chief Commissioner of Delhi required the printer, publisher and editor of the Organiser, an English weekly, to submit all communal matter and all news and views about Pakistan for scrutiny before publication. The section allowed such an order where the Government was satisfied that it was necessary for preventing or combating any activity prejudicial to public safety or the maintenance of public order.
Held. By the same majority as in Romesh Thappar, with Fazl Ali J. dissenting, the section was void: it authorised restrictions on speech for purposes wider than the article 19(2) reservation as it then stood, and pre-censorship of a journal is itself a restriction on the liberty of the press.
Why it matters here. The pair of cases is the origin of the distinction MU asks students to define. They are also the reason the distinction has a legislative sequel: the Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 rewrote article 19(2) to add public order, decency, morality, incitement to an offence and friendly relations with foreign States, and the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act 1963 added the sovereignty and integrity of India. The list a student sees today is what the courts' narrow reading of the security of the State produced.
Security of the State
Article 19(2) as it now stands
Article 19(2) provides that nothing in sub-clause (a) of clause (1) shall affect the operation of any existing law, or prevent the State from making any law, in so far as such law imposes reasonable restrictions on the exercise of the right conferred by the said sub-clause in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality, or in relation to contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence.
Three things follow.
Security of the State and public order are separate heads. The Constitution's own drafting therefore treats them as different, and an answer that runs them together contradicts the text.
Every head is subject to reasonableness. The restriction must be reasonable, and the burden of showing that lies on the State.
The words are "in the interests of". That is wider than "for the maintenance of", and it was so held in the article 19(2) cases: a law may be in the interests of the security of the State without being confined to acts that directly endanger it.
What counts as endangering the security of the State
The Supreme Court has never given an exhaustive list, and it is better not to pretend otherwise. What it has done is give the class of case.
The expression covers activities aimed at overthrowing the Government established by law by violent means, waging war against the State, armed rebellion and insurrection, and other grave subversion of the State as a political entity. It does not cover disturbances that leave the State itself untouched, however serious they are for the persons affected.
The clearest modern illustration is the way sedition survived. In Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar, AIR 1962 SC 955, the offence was upheld only after being confined to speech carrying an intention or tendency to create public disorder or incite violence.
Facts. Kedar Nath Singh, a member of the Forward Communist Party in Bihar, was convicted under section 124A of the Indian Penal Code for a speech attacking the ruling party and the police. Other appeals raising the same question were heard with his, and the validity of section 124A was challenged as an unreasonable restriction under article 19(1)(a).
Held. Section 124A was upheld but read down. Disloyalty to the Government established by law is not the same thing as commenting in strong terms on the measures or acts of Government in order to secure their alteration by lawful means. Strong words expressing disapprobation of Government measures, with a view to their improvement or alteration by lawful means, do not come within the section. Comments, however strongly worded, expressing disapprobation of the actions of Government without exciting those feelings which generate the inclination to cause public disorder by acts of violence, are not penal.
Security of the State
Why it matters here. It shows the operative test. What makes speech a matter for the security of the State is not its hostility but its tendency to violence against the State. That is the line an answer should draw, and it is also the line that the successor provision inherits, on which see [Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition].
Where else the expression appears
Entry 3 of the Concurrent List reads: "Preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community; persons subjected to such detention." Note that the entry says "a State", meaning a constituent State of the Union, whereas Entry 9 of the Union List says "the security of India". The difference is the reason why some detention statutes are Union statutes and others are State statutes: see [Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III].
Section 3 of the National Security Act 1980 uses the security of India and the security of the State as two of its six grounds of detention.
Article 22(3)(a) speaks of an enemy alien, which is the wartime face of the same interest.
A worked example
Three sets of facts, one question: which of them engages the security of the State?
A. A speaker at a public meeting in Nagpur calls the Chief Minister corrupt and demands his resignation, in intemperate language. Crowds gather and the meeting becomes noisy.
Not the security of the State. On Kedar Nath this is disapprobation of the acts of Government, however strongly worded, and it excites no inclination to violence against the State. Whether it engages public order at all depends on the reach of the disturbance, on which see [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles].
B. The same speaker urges the crowd to arm themselves and seize the district collectorate by force, and weapons are found at the venue.
The security of the State is engaged. This carries the tendency to violence against the Government established by law that Kedar Nath requires.
C. A newspaper publishes an accurate report that a bridge on the border is structurally weak. The Government says publication will assist a foreign adversary.
This is the hard case, and the answer is that the ground may be available but the material must show it. The interest asserted is the security of the State; whether it is genuine turns on whether the information is in truth of use to an adversary, and the answer must apply the four step plan in [National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law].
Security of the State
Distinctions
Security of the State
Public order
What is endangered
the State as an organised political entity
the even tempo of community life
Typical instances
waging war, armed rebellion, insurrection, espionage, incitement to violence against the Government
riot, affray, communal tension, terror in a locality
Position before 1951
the only relevant head in article 19(2)
not a head at all, hence the First Amendment
Which is wider
narrower
wider; it includes acts far short of endangering the State
Constitutional home
article 19(2); List III Entry 3, "security of a State"; List I Entry 9, "security of India"
article 19(2); List II Entry 1; List III Entry 3
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the security of the Government of the day. The State is not the Ministry. Criticism, however severe, of the persons in office is not an attack on the State, and Kedar Nath says so in terms.
It is not established by the seriousness of the offence. A murder is a grave crime and ordinarily engages nothing beyond law and order. Gravity to the victim and gravity to the State are different measures.
It is not confined to the article 19(2) context. The expression does the same work in detention law and in the law of official secrecy, and MU's question asks for the concept rather than for one of its applications.
Quick revision
Security of the State: the safety of the State as an organised political entity, endangered by war, insurrection, armed rebellion, espionage and violent subversion.
Narrower than public order, and narrower than national security.
Article 19(2): a separate head from public order; restriction must be reasonable; the phrase is "in the interests of".
Romesh Thappar, AIR 1950 SC 124, and Brij Bhushan, AIR 1950 SC 129, both 26 May 1950: a public order statute is not saved by the security of the State head. Result: the First Amendment 1951 added public order to article 19(2).
Kedar Nath Singh, AIR 1962 SC 955: sedition valid only if confined to an intention or tendency to incite violence or create public disorder; strong criticism is not sedition.
List III Entry 3 says "the security of a State"; List I Entry 9 says "the security of India". The difference decides which legislature may act.
Test yourself
1. Define the security of the State in one sentence fit for an exam. The safety of the State as an organised political entity against activities endangering its very existence, such as waging war against the State, insurrection, armed rebellion, espionage and violent subversion.
Security of the State
2. Why did Parliament amend article 19(2) in 1951? Because Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan had held that a law restricting speech in the interests of public safety or public order was not saved by the only relevant head then available, which was the security of the State. The First Amendment added public order and other heads.
3. A speaker says the Government is corrupt and should be thrown out at the next election, in violent language. Is the security of the State engaged? No. On Kedar Nath Singh that is disapprobation of Government measures directed at change by lawful means, and it lacks the tendency to violence that the offence requires.
4. Which is wider, public order or the security of the State, and where does the Constitution itself show the answer? Public order is wider. Article 19(2) lists both separately, which shows they are different, and the Romesh Thappar line of reasoning shows that public disorder embraces matters far short of endangering the State.
5. Give the two Seventh Schedule entries in which the expression appears, and the difference between them. Entry 9 of the Union List, preventive detention for reasons connected with defence, foreign affairs or the security of India; and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List, preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Public order is the peace of the community, and it is disturbed when an act reaches beyond the people directly involved and unsettles the life of the locality.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: public order is a constitutional expression, used in article 19(2), (3) and (4) and in Entry 1 of the State List and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List, meaning the even tempo of the life of the community taking the country as a whole or a specified locality. It is wider than the security of the State and narrower than law and order, and whether a given act disturbs it is a question of the degree of the disturbance and the reach of the act upon the community.
Why the Constitution needed the expression
The Constitution as enacted did not contain the words public order in article 19(2). Its only relevant head was a law relating to a matter which undermines the security of, or tends to overthrow, the State. In May 1950 the Supreme Court took that limitation seriously in Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124, and Brij Bhushan v. State of Delhi, AIR 1950 SC 129, and struck down two public safety statutes because they went beyond it.
The Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 answered by rewriting article 19(2) to include public order among the permitted grounds. So the expression enters the fundamental rights chapter as a legislative correction of a judicial reading, and that history is worth two marks in any answer that gives it.
Once the words were there, the courts had to say what they meant, and the answer they arrived at is the one this chapter and the next set out.
Where the Constitution uses it
Article 19(2), permitting reasonable restrictions on freedom of speech and expression in the interests of, among other things, public order.
Article 19(3), permitting reasonable restrictions in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order on the right to assemble peaceably and without arms.
Article 19(4), permitting reasonable restrictions in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order or morality on the right to form associations or unions or co-operative societies.
Entry 1 of the State List reads: "Public order (but not including the use of any naval, military or air force or any other armed force of the Union or of any other force subject to the control of the Union or of any contingent or unit thereof in aid of the civil power)." Public order is therefore a State subject, which is why the police and the district administration are State machinery, and the exclusion in brackets is why the deployment of the Union's armed forces is a Union subject under Entry 2A of List I.
Public Order
Entry 2 of the State List reads: "Police (including railway and village police) subject to the provisions of entry 2A of List I."
Entry 3 of the Concurrent List authorises preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
Notice what that adds up to. Public order is a State subject for ordinary policing, and a concurrent subject for preventive detention. That is the constitutional reason a State may have its own detention Act while the Union has the National Security Act, and it is examined in [Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III].
The judicial definition
The definition every answer should give comes from Arun Ghosh v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 1228, in Hidayatullah C.J.'s own words: public order is the even tempo of the life of the community taking the country as a whole or even a specified locality.
Three features of that definition are worth drawing out.
It is about the community, not about the victim. An act may be dreadful for the person it is done to and leave the community's tempo untouched.
It is local. The definition allows the community to be a locality. An act may disturb the public order of a small town without troubling the State.
It is about effect, not about gravity. The same act may or may not disturb public order depending on where and when it is done. Hidayatullah C.J. put it as a contrast between quality and potentiality: an act by itself is not determinant of its own gravity, and in its quality it may not differ from another, but in its potentiality it may be very different.
The two cases that supply it
In Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740, the distinction was first drawn.
Facts. Rule 30(1)(b) of the Defence of India Rules 1962 let a State Government detain a person to prevent him acting prejudicially to public safety and the maintenance of public order. A District Magistrate in Bihar detained Dr. Ram Manohar Lohia, but the order as made recited satisfaction about the maintenance of law and order, although his own earlier note had used the words public order. A Presidential order under article 359(1) had suspended the right to move any court to enforce articles 21 and 22.
Held. The petition was maintainable in spite of the Presidential order, because that order bars a claim to enforce the suspended rights and does not bar a complaint that the authority acted outside the Act and the Rules altogether or in bad faith. On the merits the detention was bad: law and order and public order are not the same, and an order made on satisfaction about law and order is not an order the rule authorises. Public order embraces more of the community than law and order does.
Public Order
Why it matters here. It establishes that the two expressions are legally distinct, and it does so on facts where the only difference was two words in the recital of an order. That is how exacting the distinction is.
In Arun Ghosh v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 1228, the distinction was applied.
Facts. The District Magistrate of Malda detained Arun Ghosh under section 3(2) of the Preventive Detention Act to prevent him acting prejudicially to the maintenance of public order. The grounds listed eight incidents over about three years: teasing a young woman and assaulting her father when he protested; wrongfully restraining and assaulting one Deepak Kumar Ray with lathis and rods; attempting to assault the same man in hospital; threatening one Phanindra C. Das that he would insult his daughter publicly; embracing that man's daughter and throwing white powder on her face; obscenely teasing and beating her sister with chappals; teasing her again; and threatening Phanindra C. Das's life.
Held. The detention was quashed and Ghosh was ordered released. Public order is the even tempo of the life of the community. The question in every case is whether the act leads to a disturbance of the current of life of the community, or affects merely an individual leaving the tranquillity of society undisturbed. Here all the acts of molestation were directed against one family and the assaults were on individuals; however reprehensible the conduct, it did not amount to an apprehension of a breach of public order.
Why it matters here. It supplies the phrase, and it shows that eight separate criminal incidents over three years can still fall short. A student who remembers only that public order means serious crime will get this case backwards.
A worked example
Two sets of facts, drawn from Hidayatullah C.J.'s own illustrations in Arun Ghosh, put next to each other.
A. A guest in a hotel in Panvel makes unwanted advances to half a dozen chambermaids over a week. He annoys them and he annoys the management. He has a scuffle with the friends of one of them.
This is a breach of law and order. It is a matter for prosecution. The community's tempo is unaffected: nobody else in Panvel changes what they do.
Public Order
B. A man molests women in lonely places on the road between two villages. As a result, girls going to school and women going about their business are in constant fear of being waylaid.
This disturbs public order. The acts are of the same quality as in A. Their potentiality is entirely different, because the community has changed its behaviour. Women no longer go out alone. That is the even tempo of the life of the community being disturbed.
The pair is the single most useful illustration in the whole paper, because it shows that the classification does not follow from the label on the offence.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean any breach of the peace. A breach of the peace is a law and order matter unless its reach extends to the community. The next chapter draws the line.
It does not mean the same as the security of the State. It is wider. The Constitution lists them separately in article 19(2), and it does so because Romesh Thappar held the security of the State could not carry the weight of a public order statute.
It is not a question of how many offences there are. Eight incidents were not enough in Arun Ghosh, and one communal stabbing can be enough. The measure is reach, not count.
It is not fixed by the offence charged. The same section of the penal law may produce a law and order case in one place and a public order case in another. The Court said so: the question has to be faced in every case on facts and there is no formula by which one case can be distinguished from another.
Limits and criticism
The test is honest about being a question of degree, and that is also its weakness. The Court itself said there is no formula. That leaves a detaining authority with room to characterise, and it leaves a High Court with room to differ. The modern preventive detention decisions are full of orders quashed because the State called a law and order problem a public order problem, which shows both that the line is real and that it is regularly crossed.
The State List placement has a practical consequence students miss. Because public order and the police are State subjects, the quality of public order administration varies across the country, and the preventive detention Acts a student will actually encounter in Maharashtra are State Acts.
Quick revision
Public order: the even tempo of the life of the community, taking the country as a whole or even a specified locality. Arun Ghosh v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 1228.
It was not in article 19(2) as enacted. The First Amendment 1951 put it there, after Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan.
Constitutional homes: article 19(2), (3) and (4); List II Entry 1, with the armed forces exclusion; List II Entry 2, police; List III Entry 3, preventive detention.
Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740: law and order and public order are different, and a recital of the wrong one is fatal.
Arun Ghosh: eight incidents against one family were not a disturbance of public order; the chambermaid and lonely road illustrations show quality against potentiality.
The test is reach and degree, decided on facts, with no formula.
Public Order
Test yourself
1. Give the definition of public order in the words the Supreme Court used. The even tempo of the life of the community taking the country as a whole or even a specified locality.
2. Public order is in which List of the Seventh Schedule, and what does the entry exclude? Entry 1 of the State List, excluding the use of any naval, military or air force or any other armed force of the Union, or any contingent or unit of it, in aid of the civil power.
3. Why is the First Amendment relevant to a question on public order? Because public order was not among the grounds in article 19(2) as enacted, and it was added by the First Amendment in 1951 after Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan struck down public safety statutes that could not be brought within the security of the State.
4. Eight incidents of assault and molestation over three years, all against one family. Public order or law and order? Law and order, on Arun Ghosh, because the acts were directed against individuals and did not disturb the current of life of the community.
5. Why can the same act be a public order matter in one place and not in another? Because the test is the reach and effect of the act upon the community, not the intrinsic gravity of the act. Hidayatullah C.J. put it as the difference between the quality of an act and its potentiality.
Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Three circles, one inside the other: law and order is the widest, public order sits inside it, and the security of the State is the smallest circle at the centre.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: every disturbance of public order is also a disturbance of law and order, and every act affecting the security of the State also disturbs public order, but the converse of neither proposition is true. The circles are concentric, and the question in a given case is how far out from the centre the facts reach.
Where the image comes from
The image of three concentric circles is Hidayatullah J.'s, in his separate opinion in Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740. The distinction it draws was the ratio of that case: an order of detention which recited satisfaction about the maintenance of law and order was not an order the rule authorised, because the rule spoke of public order.
The application came four years later in Arun Ghosh v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 1228, where Hidayatullah, by then Chief Justice, restated the test and applied it to quash a detention founded on eight incidents against one family.
Both cases are worked in [Public Order].
The three circles, drawn
The outermost circle: law and order. Any breach of the ordinary criminal law disturbs law and order. A theft, an assault, a private quarrel that comes to blows. The State's response is prosecution.
The middle circle: public order. A disturbance of the even tempo of the life of the community, taking the country as a whole or a specified locality. Not every offence reaches this circle. The State's response may still be prosecution, but the additional powers of preventive detention and of executive orders restricting freedoms become available.
The innermost circle: the security of the State. The safety of the State as an organised political entity: waging war, armed rebellion, insurrection, espionage, incitement to violence against the Government established by law. The State's response may extend to the gravest powers in the book, including the article 19(2) head that was originally the only one, and in an extreme case a proclamation of emergency.
The relationship is one of inclusion. A rebellion disturbs the security of the State, and it necessarily disturbs public order and law and order as well. A pickpocket disturbs law and order and nothing else.
The test in the form to apply it
Hidayatullah C.J. put the question in Arun Ghosh in a single sentence, and it is worth learning by heart because it is the question an examiner is asking:
Does the act lead to a disturbance of the current of life of the community so as to amount to a disturbance of the public order, or does it affect merely an individual leaving the tranquillity of the society undisturbed?
Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles
Four working propositions follow from it.
The measure is reach, not gravity. A murder in a private quarrel is graver than a scuffle at a communal procession and may sit in a smaller circle.
Quality is not potentiality. Two acts identical in what they consist of may differ entirely in what they do to the locality.
Number does not decide. Eight incidents were not enough in Arun Ghosh; one incident in a town with communal tension can be enough.
There is no formula. The Court said so in terms: the question has to be faced in every case on facts.
The two illustrations to give in an answer
Hidayatullah C.J. gave two pairs, and they are the best short answer to the question there is.
The first pair. A man stabs another. People may be shocked and even disturbed, but the life of the community keeps moving at an even tempo, however much one may dislike the act. Now take a town where there is communal tension, and a man stabs a member of the other community. The implications are deeper: it affects the even tempo of life, because the repercussions embrace large sections of the community and incite them to further breaches of the law.
The second pair. A guest at a hotel may kiss or make advances to half a dozen chambermaids; he annoys them and the management, and may even have a fracas with the friends of one of the girls, but it is a breach of law and order only. A man who molests women in lonely places is doing something not different in essential quality, but girls going to colleges and schools are then in constant danger and fear, and women going about their business are afraid of being waylaid. He disturbs the society and the community.
A worked example
The District Magistrate of Solapur proposes to detain Ganesh under section 3(2) of the National Security Act 1980 on the ground that he is acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. The grounds served on him are these.
On 4 January he assaulted his business rival Salim outside Salim's shop after an argument about a debt.
On 19 February he assaulted Salim's brother in the same street.
On 3 March he stood outside Salim's shop shouting that no Muslim trader would be allowed to do business in that market, a crowd of about two hundred gathered, shops in the market closed for the rest of the day, and traders of both communities kept their shops shut for the following two days.
Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles
Ground 1. A private assault arising from a debt. Law and order. It affects Salim; the market opens as usual the next morning.
Ground 2. The same. A second individual, the same quarrel.
Ground 3. Different in kind. The words were addressed to a community, a crowd gathered, and the behaviour of the whole market changed for three days. On the Arun Ghosh test, the current of life of the community was disturbed. This is public order.
What follows. The order can be supported, but only on ground 3. That matters, because a detention order founded partly on grounds that do not sustain it is vulnerable: the rule on irrelevant grounds is worked in [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale]. And nothing here approaches the security of the State: nobody is waging war or attempting to subvert the Government.
That is the shape of a full answer to a problem question in this paper: classify each ground separately, say which circle it falls in, and then say what follows for the order.
Distinctions
Law and order
Public order
Security of the State
Who is affected
an individual or a few
the community, or a locality
the State as a political entity
Typical facts
theft, private assault, quarrel
riot, communal incident, terror in a locality
waging war, armed rebellion, espionage, incitement to violence against the Government
Ordinary response
prosecution
prosecution, plus preventive detention and executive orders
the whole apparatus, up to a proclamation of emergency
Constitutional home
List II Entries 1 and 2
article 19(2), (3), (4); List II Entry 1; List III Entry 3
article 19(2); List III Entry 3; List I Entry 9
Leading case
none needed; it is the residue
Arun Ghosh, AIR 1970 SC 1228
Romesh Thappar, AIR 1950 SC 124
What it does NOT mean
The circles are not three separate boxes. They are nested. An answer that says an act is either a law and order matter or a public order matter has misdrawn the diagram: a public order matter is also a law and order matter.
A serious offence is not automatically a public order matter. This is the mistake most often made in exam answers and most often made by detaining authorities. Gravity to the victim is not reach into the community.
The classification is not the end of the enquiry. Even where the facts genuinely reach public order, a detention order must still satisfy everything in [The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse]. Correct classification is necessary and not sufficient.
The test is not confined to detention law. It decides article 19(2) questions as well, which is where it began.
Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles
Limits and criticism
The absence of a formula is deliberate and it has a cost. A test of degree gives a High Court the flexibility to do justice on facts and gives a detaining authority room to characterise. The reported cases show both.
The modern decisions apply it with more scepticism than the old ones. The direction of travel over the last fifteen years has been to insist that a State which cannot show reach into the community must prosecute rather than detain, and that ordinary criminal law is the normal course. That line of authority is gathered in [The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention].
Quick revision
Three concentric circles: law and order is widest, public order inside it, security of the State at the centre. Hidayatullah J. in Ram Manohar Lohia, AIR 1966 SC 740.
The question: does the act disturb the current of life of the community, or affect merely an individual leaving the tranquillity of society undisturbed? Arun Ghosh, AIR 1970 SC 1228.
Reach, not gravity. Potentiality, not quality. Number does not decide. No formula.
The stabbing pair and the chambermaid pair are the illustrations to give.
Classify each ground separately in a problem, then say what follows for the order.
Test yourself
1. Draw the three circles and say which is widest. Law and order is the widest; public order sits inside it; the security of the State is the innermost.
2. State the Arun Ghosh question in one sentence. Does the act lead to a disturbance of the current of life of the community so as to amount to a disturbance of public order, or does it affect merely an individual leaving the tranquillity of society undisturbed?
3. A man is murdered in a village over a land dispute. The village is calm the next day. Which circle? Law and order. The act is grave but its reach does not extend beyond the parties.
4. Why did the detention in Ram Manohar Lohia fail? Because the order recited satisfaction about the maintenance of law and order while the rule authorised detention only to prevent acts prejudicial to public order, and the two are not the same.
5. A detention order rests on three grounds, of which only one discloses a disturbance of public order. What is the consequence? The classification issue is only the first step: the order is then vulnerable on the separate rule about grounds that are irrelevant or do not sustain the order, which is taken up in [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale].
Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Public order and the police belong to the States, the armed forces and the defence of India belong to the Union, and preventive detention is split between the two according to the reason for detaining.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: legislative competence over the subjects of this paper is distributed by the Seventh Schedule. Public order and police are Entries 1 and 2 of the State List; defence, the armed forces and their deployment in aid of the civil power are Entries 1, 2 and 2A of the Union List; and preventive detention is divided between Entry 9 of the Union List, for reasons connected with defence, foreign affairs or the security of India, and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List, for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
Why the division matters in this paper
Three practical questions in later chapters are answered here and nowhere else.
Why does India have both Union and State detention Acts? Because Entry 3 is in the Concurrent List. Parliament made the National Security Act 1980; Maharashtra made its own Act for dangerous persons. Both are valid, because both legislatures are competent over the same field.
Why can COFEPOSA reach smuggling but a State Act cannot? Because smuggling is dealt with as a matter connected with the security of India and with foreign exchange, which are Union subjects, and Entry 9 of the Union List is exclusive.
Why is AFSPA a Union Act operating inside a State? Because Entry 1 of the State List gives the State public order but takes out of it the use of the Union's armed forces in aid of the civil power, and Entry 2A of the Union List puts exactly that back on the Union side.
Articles 245, 246 and 248: where the lists get their force
The Seventh Schedule is a list of subjects and nothing more; three articles turn it into a distribution of power.
Article 245. Subject to the provisions of the Constitution, Parliament may make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India, and the Legislature of a State for the whole or any part of the State; and no law made by Parliament shall be deemed invalid on the ground that it would have extra territorial operation.
Article 246. Notwithstanding anything in clauses (2) and (3), Parliament has exclusive power to make laws with respect to any of the matters in List I; notwithstanding anything in clause (3), Parliament and the Legislature of a State also have power to make laws with respect to any of the matters in List III; and subject to clauses (1) and (2), the Legislature of a State has exclusive power with respect to any of the matters in List II. Article 246A makes the separate provision for the goods and services tax.
Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule
Article 248. Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or the State List, which is the residuary power, and Entry 97 of List I is its counterpart in the Schedule.
Why these three matter in this paper. Because the two decisions that uphold exceptional legislation rest on them. Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, held TADA to be within article 248 read with Entry 97 of List I, and possibly within Entry 1 of List I, precisely because it was not a law on public order under Entry 1 of List II. And article 245's opening words, subject to the provisions of this Constitution, are what make a competent law still answerable to Part III: competence and validity are two questions, and an answer that runs them together has lost half the marks.
The entries, in the Constitution's own words
Union List, Entry 1. Defence of India and every part thereof including preparation for defence and all such acts as may be conducive in times of war to its prosecution and after its termination to effective demobilisation.
Union List, Entry 2. Naval, military and air forces; any other armed forces of the Union.
Union List, Entry 2A. Deployment of any armed force of the Union or any other force subject to the control of the Union or any contingent or unit thereof in any State in aid of the civil power; powers, jurisdiction, privileges and liabilities of the members of such forces while on such deployment.
Union List, Entry 9. Preventive detention for reasons connected with Defence, Foreign Affairs, or the security of India; persons subjected to such detention.
State List, Entry 1. Public order (but not including the use of any naval, military or air force or any other armed force of the Union or of any other force subject to the control of the Union or of any contingent or unit thereof in aid of the civil power).
State List, Entry 2. Police (including railway and village police) subject to the provisions of entry 2A of List I.
Concurrent List, Entry 3. Preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community; persons subjected to such detention.
Concurrent List, Entry 4. Removal from one State to another State of prisoners, accused persons and persons subjected to preventive detention for reasons specified in entry 3 of this List.
Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule
How to read the two detention entries together
The two entries do not overlap. They divide the field by the reason for the detention, not by the person detained and not by the place.
Reason for detaining
Entry
Who may legislate
Defence of India
List I Entry 9
Parliament only
Foreign affairs
List I Entry 9
Parliament only
Security of India
List I Entry 9
Parliament only
Security of a State
List III Entry 3
Parliament or a State Legislature
Maintenance of public order
List III Entry 3
Parliament or a State Legislature
Maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community
List III Entry 3
Parliament or a State Legislature
Compare that table with section 3 of the National Security Act 1980, which lists six grounds. It is a Union Act, so it may use all six: three from Entry 9 and three from Entry 3. A State Act may use only the three in Entry 3.
Article 250 and the emergency exception
While a proclamation of emergency under article 352 is in operation, article 250 empowers Parliament to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India with respect to any of the matters enumerated in the State List. A law so made ceases to have effect on the expiration of six months after the proclamation ceases to operate, except as to things done or omitted before that.
That is the point at which this chapter meets Module II. During a proclamation the distribution above is suspended in effect: Parliament may legislate about public order and the police directly, and does not need to rely on Entry 3 at all. It is worked in [What a Proclamation Switches On].
Repugnancy: the trap in a concurrent subject
Because Entry 3 is concurrent, both legislatures may occupy it, and article 254 decides what happens when they collide. If a State law is repugnant to a Union law on the same concurrent matter, the Union law prevails and the State law is void to the extent of the repugnancy, unless the State law was reserved for and received the President's assent, in which case it prevails in that State.
The practical consequence for a student answering a problem is a two step check: first, is the reason for the detention one that the legislature which made this Act may use? Second, if it is a State Act on the concurrent field, is there a Union law it contradicts, and did it receive Presidential assent?
A worked example
The Legislature of a State passes an Act allowing the detention of a person for up to a year to prevent him acting in a manner prejudicial to the defence of India.
Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule
Step one: which entry? Defence of India is Entry 9 of the Union List. It is exclusive to Parliament.
Step two: is the State competent? No. Entry 3 of the Concurrent List gives a State the security of a State, public order and essential supplies and services, and nothing else. Defence of India is not among them.
Result. The Act is beyond the competence of the State Legislature to that extent, and no question of repugnancy arises: an incompetent legislature does not reach article 254 at all.
Change the facts. The same State Act instead allows detention to prevent acts prejudicial to the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, and Parliament's National Security Act covers the same ground.
Step one: the ground is within Entry 3, so the State is competent.
Step two: both Acts are on a concurrent matter, so article 254 applies. If the two are repugnant, the State Act is void to the extent of the repugnancy unless it was reserved for the President's consideration and received his assent.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean a State cannot detain for reasons of security at all. It can, for the security of a State. What it cannot do is legislate for the security of India.
It does not mean the Union cannot legislate about public order. Entry 3 is concurrent, and Parliament has used it: the National Security Act's public order ground rests on it.
Entry 1 of the State List does not stop the Union's forces being used. It excludes their use from the State's own legislative field, and Entry 2A of the Union List then confers that field on the Union. The result is that the Union legislates for what its forces may do in a State; it is not that nobody may.
Quick revision
List II Entry 1: public order, excluding the use of the Union's armed forces in aid of the civil power. Entry 2: police, subject to Entry 2A of List I.
List I Entries 1, 2 and 2A: defence, the armed forces, and their deployment in a State in aid of the civil power. Entry 2A is the base of AFSPA.
List I Entry 9: preventive detention for defence, foreign affairs or the security of India. Exclusive to Parliament.
List III Entry 3: preventive detention for the security of a State, public order, or essential supplies and services. Concurrent.
The division is by the REASON for detaining.
Article 250: during a proclamation of emergency Parliament may legislate on State List matters, and such a law lapses six months after the proclamation ends.
Article 254: on a concurrent matter the Union law prevails, unless the State law received the President's assent.
Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule
Test yourself
1. A State passes a preventive detention Act to prevent acts prejudicial to the relations of India with foreign powers. Valid? No. That ground falls under Entry 9 of the Union List, which is exclusive to Parliament, and it is not within Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
2. Which entry is the constitutional foundation of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958? Entry 2A of the Union List: deployment of any armed force of the Union in any State in aid of the civil power, and the powers, jurisdiction, privileges and liabilities of its members while so deployed.
3. Why can both the Union and Maharashtra have preventive detention Acts covering public order? Because preventive detention for reasons connected with the maintenance of public order is Entry 3 of the Concurrent List, over which both legislatures are competent.
4. What happens to a Parliamentary law made on a State List subject under article 250 when the proclamation of emergency ends? It ceases to have effect on the expiration of six months after the proclamation ceases to operate, except as to things done or omitted to be done before that.
5. Section 3 of the National Security Act uses six grounds. Which three could a State Act not use? The defence of India, the relations of India with foreign powers, and the security of India, all of which fall under Entry 9 of the Union List.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Long before anybody is detained without trial, the ordinary criminal procedure already lets a Magistrate order a person to keep the peace, order a crowd to disperse, and order the public to stay away from a place.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 confers a graded set of preventive powers exercisable in ordinary times: security for keeping the peace and for good behaviour under sections 126 to 143, dispersal of unlawful assemblies under sections 148 to 151, orders in urgent cases of nuisance or apprehended danger under section 163, and preventive action by the police under sections 168 to 173. All of them are supervised by a court or by a Magistrate, and none of them requires a proclamation or a detention order.
Why the ordinary law comes first
Two reasons, and both are examinable.
Because the rule of law prefers the least drastic power that will do. If a Magistrate can stop a riot by ordering a crowd to disperse, detaining a man for three months without charge is not necessary, and necessity is what the detention statutes require. Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308, put this in terms as the duty to apply the least intrusive measure.
Because the ordinary powers are judicially supervised in a way the extraordinary ones are not. A section 163 order is made by a Magistrate, must state the material facts, and may be rescinded or altered on the application of a person aggrieved after a hearing. A detention order is made by an executive officer and reviewed by an Advisory Board that is not a court.
The four families of ordinary power
1. Security for keeping the peace and for good behaviour: sections 126 to 143
These are preventive, and they operate through a bond rather than through custody. The Magistrate does not punish; he requires an undertaking.
Section 126 is the general one. When an Executive Magistrate receives information that any person is likely to commit a breach of the peace or disturb the public tranquillity, or to do any wrongful act that may probably occasion a breach of the peace or disturb the public tranquillity, and is of opinion that there is sufficient ground for proceeding, he may require that person to show cause why he should not be ordered to execute a bond or bail bond for keeping the peace for a period not exceeding one year.
Section 127 deals with security for good behaviour from persons disseminating certain matter, orally, in writing or in any other manner.
Section 129 deals with security for good behaviour from habitual offenders: a person who is by habit a robber, house-breaker, thief or forger, a habitual receiver of stolen property, one who habitually protects or harbours thieves, or one who habitually commits or abets kidnapping, abduction, extortion, cheating or mischief, among others.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
Notice what these sections are. They are preventive detention's judicial cousin: they act on a prediction about future conduct, exactly as a detention order does, but the decision is a Magistrate's, made after notice and a hearing, and the sanction is a bond. An answer that contrasts them with the National Security Act has the strongest available criticism of executive detention.
2. Dispersal of assemblies: sections 148 to 151
Section 148. Any Executive Magistrate, or the officer in charge of a police station, or in his absence any police officer not below the rank of sub-inspector, may command any unlawful assembly, or any assembly of five or more persons likely to cause a disturbance of the public peace, to disperse, and the members are then bound to disperse. If they do not, or if without being commanded they show a determination not to disperse, the assembly may be dispersed by force, and any person other than a member of the armed forces may be required to assist.
Section 149. If such an assembly cannot otherwise be dispersed and it is necessary for the public security that it should be, the District Magistrate or an Executive Magistrate authorised by him who is present may cause it to be dispersed by the armed forces, and may require an officer in command to do so and to arrest and confine those forming part of it.
Section 149(3) contains the sentence that matters most in a paper about the rule of law. Every such officer of the armed forces shall obey the requisition in such manner as he thinks fit, but in so doing he shall use as little force, and do as little injury to person and property, as may be consistent with dispersing the assembly. That is proportionality written into the ordinary criminal procedure, and it is the standard against which the powers in [The Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958] should be measured.
Section 150. Where the public security is manifestly endangered and no Executive Magistrate can be communicated with, a commissioned or gazetted officer of the armed forces may disperse the assembly himself, but must communicate with a Magistrate as soon as it becomes practicable and thereafter obey the Magistrate's instructions.
Section 151. Protection against prosecution: no prosecution for an act purporting to be done under sections 148, 149 or 150 may be instituted except with sanction. This is a milder ancestor of the immunity in section 6 of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958, and the comparison is worth making.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
3. Orders in urgent cases: section 163
This is the successor to section 144 of the repealed Code, and it is the most used and most litigated of all the powers in this chapter.
Section 163(1). Where in the opinion of a District Magistrate, a Sub-divisional Magistrate or any other Executive Magistrate specially empowered by the State Government there is sufficient ground for proceeding and immediate prevention or speedy remedy is desirable, the Magistrate may by a written order stating the material facts of the case direct any person to abstain from a certain act or to take certain order with respect to property in his possession or management, if he considers that the direction is likely to prevent, or tends to prevent, obstruction, annoyance or injury to any person lawfully employed, or danger to human life, health or safety, or a disturbance of the public tranquillity, or a riot, or an affray.
Section 163(2). In an emergency, or where the circumstances do not admit of serving notice in due time, the order may be passed ex parte.
Section 163(3). The order may be directed to a particular individual, to persons residing in a particular place or area, or to the public generally when frequenting or visiting a particular place or area.
Section 163(4). No order shall remain in force for more than two months, extendable by the State Government by notification for a further period not exceeding six months where it considers it necessary for preventing danger to human life, health or safety or for preventing a riot or affray.
Section 163(5) and (6). Any Magistrate may rescind or alter his own order or one made by a subordinate or a predecessor; and the State Government may rescind or alter an order made by it under the proviso to sub-section (4).
Section 163(7). On an application to rescind or alter, the Magistrate or the State Government must give the applicant an early opportunity of appearing, in person or by an advocate, and showing cause; and if the application is rejected wholly or in part, the reasons must be recorded in writing.
The nuisance and dispute powers, sections 152 to 167
The Sanhita's public order Chapter does not end at section 163, and a complete answer on the ordinary powers should be able to place the rest of it.
Sections 152 to 162: conditional orders for the removal of a nuisance.Section 152 empowers a District Magistrate, a Sub-divisional Magistrate or an authorised Executive Magistrate, on a police report or other information and after taking such evidence as he thinks fit, to make a conditional order requiring a person to remove an unlawful obstruction or nuisance from a public place, to desist from a trade or occupation or to remove goods injurious to health, to prevent or stop a construction or dispose of a substance likely to cause a conflagration or explosion, to fence a tank, well or excavation, or to destroy, confine or dispose of a dangerous animal. Section 153 provides for the service of that order, section 154 requires the person either to perform the act or to appear and show cause, and section 155 makes his failure to do either an offence and permits the order to be made absolute.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
Sections 156 to 160 are the inquiry: where the person appears and shows cause the Magistrate takes evidence as in a summons case; section 158 permits a local investigation or the examination of an expert; section 159 governs the local investigation and the expert's costs; and section 160 provides for a notice requiring performance once the order is made absolute, with a penalty and the power to have the act done at the person's cost. Section 161 empowers the Magistrate, pending the inquiry, to issue an injunction where immediate measures are needed to prevent imminent danger or injury of a serious kind to the public, and to use his own means if the person fails. Section 162 permits a Magistrate to prohibit the repetition or continuance of a public nuisance.
Sections 164 to 167: disputes as to immovable property.Section 164 is the successor to the old section 145: where an Executive Magistrate is satisfied from a police report or other information that a dispute likely to cause a breach of the peace exists concerning land or water, he makes a written order stating the grounds, requires the parties to attend and to put in written statements of their claims as to actual possession, and decides who was in possession, forbidding disturbance until eviction in due course of law. Section 165 empowers him to attach the subject of dispute where there is an emergency or he cannot decide who was in possession. Section 166 deals with disputes as to a right of use of land or water. Section 167 permits a local inquiry for the purposes of sections 164 to 166.
Why these belong in this paper. They are the ordinary preventive jurisdiction of a Magistrate over public order, exercised on a satisfaction and without a trial, and they are the model from which the exceptional statutes in Module II depart. Each of them is subject to a hearing before the order is made absolute, which is the feature the special statutes remove, and each is confined to a specific mischief rather than to a class of person.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
What the Supreme Court has added to section 163
The directions in Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308, were given about section 144 of the repealed Code, and they apply unchanged to its successor because the language is materially the same.
Facts. After the constitutional changes of 5 August 2019 in Jammu and Kashmir, movement was restricted by orders under section 144 and mobile, internet and landline services were suspended. The Executive Editor of the Kashmir Times and a member of Parliament petitioned under article 32, complaining that a newspaper could not be published, that movement was impossible, and that the orders had not even been published.
Held. Fifteen directions were issued. On the section 144 power specifically: the power is remedial as well as preventive and may be exercised on an apprehension of danger and not only on a present danger, but the danger contemplated must be in the nature of an emergency; the power cannot be used to suppress the legitimate expression of opinion or grievance; the order must state the material facts so that it can be judicially reviewed and must show application of mind; the Magistrate is duty bound to balance rights and restrictions on the principle of proportionality and to apply the least intrusive measure; and repetitive orders would be an abuse of power. All orders under section 144, and all orders suspending telecom services, must be published so that affected persons can challenge them. On the internet specifically, the freedoms in articles 19(1)(a) and 19(1)(g) extend to the medium, an indefinite suspension is impermissible, and the Review Committee must review every seven working days.
Why it matters here. It is the answer to any question about how the rule of law bites on an executive order made for public order. Publication, reasons on material facts, proportionality, the least intrusive measure, a time limit and periodic review. A student can use those six words as a checklist against any power in this book.
4. Preventive action by the police: sections 168 to 173
Section 168 onwards allow a police officer to interpose to prevent the commission of a cognizable offence. Section 170(1) allows a police officer knowing of a design to commit a cognizable offence to arrest the person so designing, without a warrant and without an order from a Magistrate, if it appears that the commission of the offence cannot otherwise be prevented. Section 170(2) is the safeguard: no person so arrested shall be detained for more than twenty four hours unless his further detention is required or authorised under any other provision.
Section 170 is the closest thing in ordinary law to a preventive detention power, and the contrast is instructive: twenty four hours, on a specific design, and only where the offence cannot otherwise be prevented.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
A worked example
A political party announces a march through a market area in Thane where communal tension has been reported. The District Magistrate is asked to act.
Option A, section 163. A written order stating the material facts, directed to the public generally when frequenting that area, prohibiting assembly of more than four persons for a stated period not exceeding two months. On Anuradha Bhasin, the order must state the facts, must show application of mind, must be proportionate and the least intrusive measure, and must be published so it can be challenged.
Option B, section 126. If the concern is one named individual with a record of inflammatory speeches, proceedings requiring him to show cause why he should not execute a bond for keeping the peace for up to a year, with notice and a hearing before a Magistrate.
Option C, sections 148 and 149. If the march takes place and turns violent, dispersal by command and then by force, and only if that fails, dispersal by the armed forces with the section 149(3) limit on the force used.
Option D, the National Security Act 1980. Detention of the organiser for three months without charge.
D is available only if A, B and C will not answer the case. That is not sentiment; it is the necessity requirement built into every detention statute, and it is why this chapter comes before Module I's detention chapters.
Distinctions
Section 126 bond
Section 163 order
Detention under the NSA
Who decides
Executive Magistrate
Executive Magistrate
executive officer, State or District
Notice and hearing
yes, show cause
may be ex parte, but rescission carries a hearing
no
Maximum duration
bond up to one year
two months, extendable to eight in all
three months, extendable to twelve
Effect
an undertaking, with sureties
an obligation to abstain or to act
custody
Reasons required
yes
yes, material facts on the face of the order
grounds communicated afterwards
Reviewed by
the Magistrate, and a court
the Magistrate, the State Government, and a court
an Advisory Board, and a court on limited grounds
What it does NOT mean
Section 163 is not a power to ban criticism.Anuradha Bhasin says in terms that it cannot be used to suppress the legitimate expression of opinion or grievance.
It is not a standing power. Two months is the outer limit of a Magistrate's order, extendable only by the State Government by notification and only on the grounds stated, and repetitive orders are an abuse.
A dispersal order is not a licence to use any force. Section 149(3) requires as little force and as little injury as is consistent with dispersing the assembly.
Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers
These powers do not disappear when a special statute exists. A State that has the National Security Act still has section 163 and section 126, and the availability of the milder power is an argument against the necessity of the harsher one.
Quick revision
Security for keeping the peace: BNSS s.126, bond for up to one year, on a show cause notice before a Magistrate. Good behaviour: ss.127 and 129.
Dispersal: s.148 by command and civil force; s.149 by the armed forces on a Magistrate's requisition, with s.149(3) requiring as little force as possible; s.150 where no Magistrate can be reached; s.151 sanction before prosecution.
Section 163, formerly section 144 of the repealed Code: written order stating material facts, may be ex parte, may be addressed to the public generally, two months, extendable by the State Government to a further six, rescindable on application with a hearing and recorded reasons.
Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308: publish the order, state material facts, show application of mind, proportionality, least intrusive measure, no repetitive orders; internet suspension temporary only, with review every seven working days.
Police preventive arrest: s.170, on a design to commit a cognizable offence that cannot otherwise be prevented, twenty four hours only.
Test yourself
1. What is the new number of section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, and why does it matter in this paper? Section 163 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023. It matters because MU's 17 August 2024 circular puts this paper on the new criminal laws, so an answer written in the old numbering is describing a repealed Code.
2. How long may a section 163 order remain in force? Two months from the making of it, extendable by the State Government by notification for a further period not exceeding six months, and only for preventing danger to human life, health or safety or preventing a riot or affray.
3. Give three of the Anuradha Bhasin requirements for an order restricting freedoms on a public order ground. Any three of: publication of the order; a statement of the material facts showing application of mind; proportionality; the least intrusive measure; no repetitive orders; a time limit with periodic review.
4. What limit does the Sanhita place on the force used by the armed forces dispersing an assembly? Section 149(3): the officer shall use as little force, and do as little injury to person and property, as may be consistent with dispersing the assembly and arresting and detaining such persons.
5. Why does a chapter on ordinary powers belong in a paper about extraordinary ones? Because necessity is an element of every extraordinary power, and necessity cannot be assessed without knowing what the ordinary law already permits.
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
These are the offences that a disturbance of public order actually consists of: a crowd with an unlawful common object, that crowd turning violent, a fight in public, and speech that sets one community against another.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: Chapter XI of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, sections 189 to 197, defines the offences against the public tranquillity. They are the substantive counterpart of the executive powers in the preceding chapter: sections 148 to 151 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 allow a crowd to be dispersed, and sections 189 to 197 of the Nyaya Sanhita say why that crowd was unlawful and what its members have committed.
Why a paper on preventive powers needs the substantive offences
Three reasons, and each one answers an examiner's question.
Because a preventive power is measured against the offence it prevents. Section 170 of the Sanhita of procedure lets a police officer arrest a person designing to commit a cognizable offence where it cannot otherwise be prevented. The offence has to exist.
Because the classification test needs facts of this kind. The concentric circles in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles] turn on whether the community's tempo was disturbed. Rioting and promoting enmity are what such a disturbance usually consists of.
Because MU's own question about exceptional legislation asks what is wrong with the ordinary law. A student who cannot say what the ordinary law already punishes cannot argue that it is inadequate, and cannot argue that it is sufficient either.
Section 189: unlawful assembly
The definition. An assembly of five or more persons is designated an unlawful assembly if the common object of the persons composing it is one of five things.
To overawe by criminal force, or show of criminal force, the Central Government or any State Government or Parliament or the Legislature of any State, or any public servant in the exercise of the lawful power of such public servant.
To resist the execution of any law, or of any legal process.
To commit any mischief or criminal trespass, or other offence.
By means of criminal force, or show of criminal force, to take or obtain possession of any property, or to deprive any person of the enjoyment of a right of way, or of the use of water or other incorporeal right of which he is in possession or enjoyment, or to enforce any right or supposed right.
By means of criminal force, or show of criminal force, to compel any person to do what he is not legally bound to do, or to omit to do what he is legally entitled to do.
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
The Explanation is important and often forgotten: an assembly which was not unlawful when it assembled may subsequently become an unlawful assembly. A lawful procession can turn into an unlawful assembly without anybody arriving or leaving.
The offences in the same section. Being a member of an unlawful assembly knowing the facts that make it one, six months, fine, or both, by sub-section (2). Joining or continuing after it has been lawfully commanded to disperse, two years, by sub-section (3). Being a member while armed with a deadly weapon, two years, by sub-section (4). Knowingly joining or continuing in any assembly of five or more likely to cause a disturbance of the public peace after it has been lawfully commanded to disperse, six months, by sub-section (5). Hiring or employing persons to join an unlawful assembly, punishable as a member, by sub-section (6). Harbouring such persons, six months, by sub-section (7). Being engaged or hired, six months, by sub-section (8), and going armed when so hired, two years, by sub-section (9).
Sub-sections (3) and (5) are the criminal counterpart of section 148 of the procedural Sanhita. The Magistrate commands the assembly to disperse; if it does not, the members commit an offence at that moment.
Old numbering. Section 189 corresponds to sections 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 150, 157 and 158 of the repealed Penal Code, consolidated into one section.
Section 190: constructive liability
If an offence is committed by any member of an unlawful assembly in prosecution of the common object of that assembly, or such as the members of that assembly knew to be likely to be committed in prosecution of that object, every person who at the time of the committing of that offence is a member of the same assembly is guilty of that offence.
This is the provision that makes a crowd offence work, and it is the reason a person who threw no stone can be convicted of the offence the crowd committed. It corresponds to section 149 of the repealed Code, and its two limbs, the common object and what the members knew to be likely, are unchanged.
Section 191: rioting
Whenever force or violence is used by an unlawful assembly, or by any member of it, in prosecution of the common object of the assembly, every member of that assembly is guilty of the offence of rioting.
The distinction between an unlawful assembly and a riot is therefore a single element: force or violence used in prosecution of the common object. Until that happens there is an unlawful assembly; from that moment there is a riot. Section 191 also provides an aggravated offence where the rioter is armed with a deadly weapon.
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
Old numbering. Sections 146, 147 and 148 of the repealed Code.
Sections 193 to 195
Section 193 places a liability on the owner or occupier of land on which an unlawful assembly or riot takes place, and on the person having an interest in it, in defined circumstances.
Section 194 is affray: when two or more persons, by fighting in a public place, disturb the public peace, they are said to commit an affray. The distinguishing features are that it is a fight, that it is in a public place, and that the public peace is disturbed. Two people are enough, where an unlawful assembly needs five.
Section 195 punishes assaulting or obstructing a public servant, or using criminal force on him, when suppressing a riot or an affray.
Section 196: promoting enmity between groups
This is the provision that does the most work in a communal disturbance, and it corresponds to section 153A of the repealed Code.
It punishes, in outline, promoting or attempting to promote, on grounds of religion, race, place of birth, residence, language, caste or community or any other ground whatsoever, disharmony or feelings of enmity, hatred or ill will between different religious, racial, language or regional groups or castes or communities; committing any act prejudicial to the maintenance of harmony between such groups which disturbs or is likely to disturb the public tranquillity; and organising or participating in any exercise with the intention that participants shall use or be trained to use criminal force against any such group. An aggravated offence is provided where the act is committed in a place of worship.
Section 197: imputations prejudicial to national integration
Section 197(1) punishes a person who, by words spoken or written, by signs, by visible representations, through electronic communication or otherwise:
(a) makes or publishes any imputation that any class of persons cannot, by reason of being members of a religious, racial, language or regional group or caste or community, bear true faith and allegiance to the Constitution of India as by law established or uphold the sovereignty and integrity of India;
(b) asserts, counsels, advises, propagates or publishes that any class of persons shall, by reason of such membership, be denied or deprived of their rights as citizens of India;
(c) makes or publishes any assertion, counsel, plea or appeal concerning the obligation of any class of persons by reason of such membership, where it causes or is likely to cause disharmony or feelings of enmity or hatred or ill will between such members and other persons; or
(d) makes or publishes false or misleading information, jeopardising the sovereignty, unity and integrity or security of India.
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
The punishment is imprisonment up to three years, or fine, or both, and up to five years with fine where the offence is committed in a place of worship or in an assembly engaged in religious worship or ceremonies.
Clause (d) is new. The repealed section 153B of the Penal Code had clauses corresponding to (a), (b) and (c) but nothing corresponding to (d). The offence of publishing false or misleading information jeopardising the sovereignty, unity and integrity or security of India is an addition made by the Sanhita, and it is the single most examinable change in this chapter for a paper about national security and free speech. A student writing about the new criminal laws should notice that this is a speech offence framed by reference to the security of India, and that it therefore has to be read subject to article 19(2) and to the Kedar Nath line of construction in [Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition].
A worked example
A crowd of about sixty gathers outside a municipal office in Kalyan to protest a demolition notice. Speeches are made. Someone shouts that people of one community are behind the demolitions and cannot be loyal to the country. The crowd then pushes past the barricade, and a group inside it throws stones, injuring a clerk.
When did it become an unlawful assembly? Not when it assembled: a protest is lawful. It became one when the common object turned to resisting the execution of a legal process, or to overawing a public servant in the exercise of his lawful power, under section 189(1)(a) or (b). The Explanation to section 189(1) covers exactly this.
Is it a riot? Yes, from the moment force or violence was used in prosecution of the common object, under section 191.
Who is liable for the injury to the clerk? On section 190, every person who was a member of the assembly at the time, if the offence was committed in prosecution of the common object or was such as the members knew to be likely.
What about the speech? Section 196 if it promoted enmity between groups or was prejudicial to the maintenance of harmony and likely to disturb the public tranquillity; section 197(1)(a) if it imputed that a class of persons cannot bear true faith and allegiance by reason of their community.
And the executive response? Command to disperse under section 148 of the procedural Sanhita, force if the command is disobeyed, and if the crowd cannot otherwise be dispersed and public security requires it, the armed forces under section 149 with the least force consistent with dispersal.
Distinctions
Unlawful assembly, s.189
Rioting, s.191
Affray, s.194
Minimum number
five
five, as it is an unlawful assembly
two
Force or violence
not required
required, in prosecution of the common object
required, a fight
Place
anywhere
anywhere
a public place
Common object
required
required
not required
Public peace
not an element
not an element in terms
must be disturbed
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
What it does NOT mean
A large crowd is not an unlawful assembly. The common object must be one of the five in section 189(1). A peaceful demonstration of a thousand people is not within the section.
Rioting is not a separate assembly. It is the same assembly after force has been used.
Section 190 is not vicarious liability without limit. The offence must be committed in prosecution of the common object, or be such as the members knew to be likely to be committed in prosecution of that object.
These offences do not by themselves show a disturbance of public order in the constitutional sense. A riot ordinarily will, but the test is still reach into the community, and an affray between two men in a lane may be law and order only.
Quick revision
Chapter XI of the BNS 2023, ss.189 to 197: offences against the public tranquillity, formerly Chapter VIII of the IPC.
s.189: unlawful assembly, five or more, one of five common objects; a lawful assembly may become unlawful later; membership, continuing after a command to disperse, going armed, hiring and harbouring are all punished.
s.190: every member liable for an offence committed in prosecution of the common object or known to be likely. Formerly s.149 IPC.
s.191: rioting, force or violence used in prosecution of the common object.
s.194: affray, two or more fighting in a public place and disturbing the public peace.
s.196: promoting enmity between groups, formerly s.153A.
s.197: imputations prejudicial to national integration, formerly s.153B, with a NEW clause (d) on false or misleading information jeopardising the sovereignty, unity and integrity or security of India.
Test yourself
1. When does an unlawful assembly become a riot? When force or violence is used by the assembly or by any member of it in prosecution of the common object. Section 191.
2. Can an assembly that was lawful when it gathered become unlawful? Yes. The Explanation to section 189(1) says so in terms.
3. What is new in section 197 compared with the repealed section 153B? Clause (d), which punishes making or publishing false or misleading information jeopardising the sovereignty, unity and integrity or security of India.
4. A man who threw no stone stands in a rioting crowd. Is he guilty of the injury caused? He may be, under section 190, if the offence was committed in prosecution of the common object of the assembly of which he was then a member, or was such as the members knew to be likely to be committed in prosecution of that object.
Offences Against Public Tranquillity Under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita
5. How many people are needed for an affray, and where must it happen? Two or more, fighting in a public place, and the public peace must be disturbed.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Chapter VII of the Sanhita punishes attacks on the State itself, from waging war down to speech that excites secession, and it is where the phrase "security of the State" is given criminal content.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 147 to 158 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 constitute the offences against the State. Section 147 punishes waging war against the Government of India; section 152 punishes purposely or knowingly exciting secession, armed rebellion or subversive activities, or encouraging feelings of separatist activities, or endangering the sovereignty or unity and integrity of India. Section 152 replaces the field formerly occupied in part by section 124A of the repealed Penal Code, and it writes the protective gloss of Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar into the statute as an Explanation.
Why these offences belong in this paper
The security of the State, worked in [Security of the State], is a constitutional expression that decides whether a restriction on speech is valid and whether a detention order is good. Chapter VII is where the same idea appears as a crime. Reading the two together is what allows a student to say what the expression means: the innermost circle is populated by waging war, conspiracy to wage war, collecting arms to wage war, concealing a design to wage war, and exciting secession or armed rebellion.
The offences, in order
Section 147. Waging, or attempting to wage war, or abetting waging of war, against the Government of India. Whoever wages war against the Government of India, or attempts to wage such war, or abets the waging of such war, shall be punished with death, or imprisonment for life, and shall also be liable to fine. The illustration given in the Sanhita is: A joins an insurrection against the Government of India; A has committed the offence.
Section 148. Conspiracy. Whoever, within or without and beyond India, conspires to commit any of the offences punishable by section 147, or conspires to overawe by means of criminal force or the show of criminal force the Central Government or any State Government, is punishable with imprisonment for life, or up to ten years, and fine.
Section 149. Collecting arms with intention of waging war. Collecting men, arms or ammunition, or otherwise preparing to wage war, with the intention of waging or being prepared to wage war against the Government of India: imprisonment for life or up to ten years, and fine.
Section 150. Concealing with intent to facilitate a design to wage war. Concealing by act or illegal omission the existence of a design to wage war against the Government of India, intending thereby to facilitate it or knowing it likely that the concealment will facilitate it: up to ten years and fine.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
Section 151. Assaulting the President or a Governor with intent to compel or restrain the exercise of any lawful power. Up to seven years and fine.
Section 152. Act endangering sovereignty, unity and integrity of India. Set out in full below.
Sections 153 to 158. Waging war against the Government of any foreign State at peace with the Government of India; committing depredation on the territories of such a State; receiving property taken in the course of such war or depredation; a public servant voluntarily allowing a State prisoner or prisoner of war to escape; the same negligently; and knowingly aiding or assisting the escape or rescue of a State prisoner or prisoner of war.
Section 152 in full
"Whoever, purposely or knowingly, by words, either spoken or written, or by signs, or by visible representation, or by electronic communication or by use of financial mean, or otherwise, excites or attempts to excite, secession or armed rebellion or subversive activities, or encourages feelings of separatist activities or endangers sovereignty or unity and integrity of India; or indulges in or commits any such act shall be punished with imprisonment for life or with imprisonment which may extend to seven years, and shall also be liable to fine."
"Explanation. Comments expressing disapprobation of the measures, or administrative or other action of the Government with a view to obtain their alteration by lawful means without exciting or attempting to excite the activities referred to in this section do not constitute an offence under this section."
What changed, and what did not
This is the comparison an examiner is looking for, and it should be given as a list rather than as an impression.
The target changed. Section 124A of the repealed Code punished bringing or attempting to bring into hatred or contempt, or exciting or attempting to excite disaffection towards, the Government established by law in India. Section 152 does not mention the Government at all in its operative part. Its targets are secession, armed rebellion, subversive activities, feelings of separatist activities, and the sovereignty or unity and integrity of India.
That is the single most important sentence in this chapter. Disaffection towards the Government is no longer the gravamen of the offence. What is punished is action against the integrity of the country.
The mental element is now express. Section 152 opens with "purposely or knowingly". Section 124A had no such opening words, and the requirement of intention had to be read in.
The means are wider. Section 152 names electronic communication and use of financial mean in addition to words, signs and visible representation. Section 124A named words, signs and visible representation only.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
The punishment is different. Section 124A carried imprisonment for life or up to three years, with fine. Section 152 carries imprisonment for life or up to seven years, with fine. The lesser alternative is therefore considerably heavier.
The Kedar Nath gloss is now statutory. The Explanations to section 124A protected comments expressing disapprobation of the measures or the administrative action of Government with a view to obtaining their alteration by lawful means, and Kedar Nath made that protection the condition of the section's validity. Section 152's single Explanation carries the same protection forward in almost the same words, and adds the crucial qualification "without exciting or attempting to excite the activities referred to in this section".
The Official Secrets Act 1923
The other statute that punishes conduct against the State, and one MU's exceptional legislation topic reaches, is the Official Secrets Act 1923. It is short and an answer should be able to place its sixteen sections.
Sections 1 and 2. Short title, extent and application, and the definitions, including prohibited place, which is defined at length and covers defence establishments, arsenals, factories, dockyards and any place declared by the Government.
Section 3: penalties for spying. The offence is committed where a person, for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the State, approaches, inspects, passes over, is in the vicinity of or enters a prohibited place; makes a sketch, plan, model or note calculated to be or intended to be directly or indirectly useful to an enemy; or obtains, collects, records, publishes or communicates to any other person any secret official code or password or any such sketch, plan, article or information.
Section 4. Communications with a foreign agent are made evidence of the commission of certain offences, which is a presumption of the kind Module II examines.
Section 5: wrongful communication of information. The section most often used, and the one that reaches a public servant who parts with information he holds by virtue of his office, and the person who receives it.
Sections 6 to 10. Unauthorised use of uniforms, falsification of reports, forgery, personation and false documents; interfering with officers of the police or members of the Armed Forces; the duty of giving information as to the commission of an offence; attempts and incitements; and the penalty for harbouring spies.
Sections 11 to 15. Search warrants; the application of the approver provision of the old Code; the restriction of trial of offences, requiring the sanction of the appropriate Government; the exclusion of the public from proceedings on the application of the prosecution where publication would be prejudicial to the safety of the State; and offences by companies. Section 16 is repealed.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
What to say about it in an answer. It is a pre-constitutional statute, continued by article 372, whose central concepts, prejudicial purpose, prohibited place and official secret, are undefined in the sense that matters, and whose section 5 has been criticised for reaching any official information rather than information whose disclosure endangers the State. Its section 14 is a statutory in camera trial of the kind [TADA 1987: The Scheme] shows in a modern statute, and its section 4 is a statutory presumption of the kind [The Reverse Burden and the Presumption of Innocence] examines.
The case that still governs the construction
Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar, AIR 1962 SC 955, is worked in [Security of the State]. Its holding, that the offence is constitutional only if confined to acts having an intention or tendency to create disorder or disturbance of law and order or incitement to violence, and that strong words expressing disapprobation of Government measures with a view to their alteration by lawful means are outside it, is the reason section 124A survived for sixty two years.
Does it survive the repeal? The honest answer, and the one to give, is that its reasoning survives even though its subject does not.
The reasoning was constitutional, not merely interpretive. It held that a speech offence of this kind is a reasonable restriction under article 19(2) only if confined to incitement to violence or public disorder. That constraint binds any successor provision.
Section 152's own Explanation reproduces the protection Kedar Nath insisted on, which is a legislative acceptance of the point.
Section 152 is in any event drafted around secession, armed rebellion and subversive activities, which are on the violent side of the line Kedar Nath drew.
What cannot be said is that section 152 is section 124A renumbered. It is not, and an answer that treats them as identical will be wrong on the target of the offence, on the mental element, on the means and on the punishment.
The abeyance order, and why the sequence matters
Two decisions between Kedar Nath and the repeal are worth naming.
In Vinod Dua v. Union of India, AIR 2021 SC 3239, the Supreme Court quashed a first information report charging sedition against a journalist, applying Kedar Nath and holding that a journalist is entitled to the protection of that decision. The case is in the queue of this book's case bank and is worked in [National Security and the Freedom of Speech].
In 2022, while the constitutional validity of section 124A was under challenge before it, the Supreme Court directed that the provision be kept in abeyance and that no fresh case be registered under it pending the Union of India's re-examination of the offence. That order is the immediate background to the Sanhita. It is an interim order rather than a judgment on the merits, and this book does not cite it as an authority for any proposition of law.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
The sequence to state in an answer: Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar, AIR 1962 SC 955, in 1962, upholding but reading down; the abeyance order of 2022; the repeal of the Penal Code with effect from 1 July 2024; and section 152 of the Sanhita as the provision now in force.
A worked example
Four statements, made in Mumbai in 2026. Which of them is within section 152?
A. "This Government is corrupt and incompetent and should be voted out." Not within the section. It is comment on the measures and actions of Government with a view to alteration by lawful means, and the Explanation protects it. It would also have been outside section 124A on Kedar Nath.
B. "The people of this region should form their own country and should take up arms to do it." Within section 152: it excites secession and armed rebellion. It would also have been within section 124A.
C. "This State is treated unfairly by the Union and should be given greater autonomy under the Constitution." Not within the section. Advocacy of constitutional change by lawful means is not encouraging separatist activities, and the Explanation protects it.
D. A person transfers funds to an organisation whose object is armed secession. Within section 152 on its face, because the section names the use of financial mean as a mode of the offence. This is the clearest example of a case section 124A could not reach and section 152 can, and it also overlaps with the terrorist funding offences of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 in [The UAPA: The Terrorist Act and the Terrorist Organisation].
Distinctions
s.124A IPC, repealed
s.152 BNS 2023
Gravamen
hatred, contempt or disaffection towards the Government established by law
exciting secession, armed rebellion, subversive activities, separatist feelings, or endangering sovereignty or unity and integrity
Mental element
not stated; read in
"purposely or knowingly", on the face of the section
Means
words, signs, visible representation
those, plus electronic communication and use of financial mean
Punishment
life, or up to three years, and fine
life, or up to seven years, and fine
Protection for criticism
two Explanations
one Explanation, in similar words, with "without exciting or attempting to excite the activities referred to in this section"
What it does NOT mean
Sedition has not simply been renamed. The offence of exciting disaffection towards the Government no longer exists in Indian law in that form.
Offences Against the State, and What Replaced Sedition
Section 152 is not confined to speech. It punishes a person who "indulges in or commits any such act", so conduct is within it as well.
Waging war does not require a battlefield. The illustration to section 147 is joining an insurrection.
These offences are not the only law protecting the State. The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 covers terrorist acts and unlawful associations; the Official Secrets Act 1923 covers spying and the wrongful communication of information.
Quick revision
BNS Chapter VII, ss.147 to 158: offences against the State.
s.147 waging war, death or life and fine. s.148 conspiracy. s.149 collecting arms. s.150 concealing a design. s.151 assaulting the President or a Governor.
s.152: purposely or knowingly, by words, signs, visible representation, electronic communication or use of financial mean, exciting or attempting to excite secession, armed rebellion or subversive activities, or encouraging separatist feelings, or endangering sovereignty or unity and integrity of India. Life or up to seven years, and fine.
s.152 Explanation protects comments expressing disapprobation of Government measures with a view to alteration by lawful means, provided they do not excite the activities the section names.
Section 124A IPC is repealed from 1 July 2024. Section 152 is not the same offence.
Kedar Nath Singh, AIR 1962 SC 955, still governs the constitutional constraint: a speech offence of this kind must be confined to incitement to violence or public disorder.
Test yourself
1. Is section 152 of the Sanhita the same offence as section 124A of the Penal Code? No. Section 124A punished exciting disaffection towards the Government established by law; section 152 punishes exciting secession, armed rebellion or subversive activities, encouraging separatist feelings, or endangering the sovereignty or unity and integrity of India.
2. Name two modes of committing the offence that section 152 has and section 124A did not. Electronic communication, and the use of financial mean.
3. Does Kedar Nath Singh still matter after the repeal? Yes. Its constitutional reasoning, that a speech offence of this kind is a reasonable restriction only if confined to incitement to violence or public disorder, binds any successor provision, and section 152's Explanation reproduces the protection it required.
4. What does the Explanation to section 152 protect, and what qualification does it carry? Comments expressing disapprobation of the measures or administrative or other action of Government with a view to obtaining their alteration by lawful means, provided they do not excite or attempt to excite the activities referred to in the section.
5. What is the maximum punishment under section 152? Imprisonment for life, or imprisonment which may extend to seven years, and in either case liability to fine.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
The State may restrict speech in the name of security, but only on a ground article 19(2) names, only by a law, only reasonably, and only in a way a court can review.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: freedom of speech and expression under article 19(1)(a) may be restricted only by a law imposing reasonable restrictions in the interests of one of the grounds enumerated in article 19(2), which include the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State and public order. The four requirements the courts have added are that the restriction must have a legal basis, must be referable to a named ground, must be proportionate and the least intrusive measure available, and must be capable of challenge, which means it must be published and must state the material facts.
Why the security grounds are in article 19(2) at all
Because the founders knew what a colonial press law looked like. The provision was drafted against the Press (Emergency Powers) Act 1931 and the Defence of India Rules, and its list is deliberately closed: a restriction which is not referable to one of the enumerated grounds is void however desirable it may seem.
The list has been widened twice, and both amendments were reactions to decisions of the Supreme Court, which is a point worth two marks.
The Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 added public order, friendly relations with foreign States, decency or morality and incitement to an offence, after Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124, and Brij Bhushan v. State of Delhi, AIR 1950 SC 129, held that a public safety statute could not be saved by the only security head then available.
The Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act 1963 added the sovereignty and integrity of India, in response to secessionist movements.
The four cases about the machinery
1. The ground must be one article 19(2) names: Shreya Singhal
Shreya Singhal v. Union of India, AIR 2015 SC 1523.
Facts. Section 66A of the Information Technology Act 2000 punished sending, by means of a computer resource or communication device, information that was grossly offensive or had menacing character, or information known to be false sent for the purpose of causing annoyance, inconvenience, danger, obstruction, insult, injury, criminal intimidation, enmity, hatred or ill will. Arrests had been made for social media posts. The section was challenged under article 19(1)(a), along with section 69A and the blocking rules, and section 79 and the intermediary guidelines.
Held. Section 66A was struck down in its entirety as violative of article 19(1)(a) and not saved by article 19(2). Section 69A and the Information Technology (Procedure and Safeguards for Blocking for Access of Information by Public) Rules 2009 were upheld as constitutionally valid, because blocking under them can take place only by a reasoned order after procedural safeguards including a hearing to the originator and the intermediary. Section 79 was upheld subject to section 79(3)(b) being read down to mean that an intermediary must act only on actual knowledge from a court order, or on being notified by the appropriate Government or its agency that unlawful acts relatable to article 19(2) are going to be committed; and Rule 3(4) of the Intermediary Guidelines Rules 2011 was read down in the same way. The Court also held that the expression "unlawful acts" goes beyond the subjects delineated in article 19(2), and that a court order or Government notification must strictly conform to those subjects.
National Security and the Freedom of Speech
Why it matters here. It is the clearest modern application of the closed list. Annoyance, inconvenience and insult are not grounds in article 19(2), so a section built on them cannot stand however real the underlying problem. And it shows the other half of the same coin: a blocking power that operates by reasoned order with a hearing, on grounds tied to article 19(2), survives.
2. The gravest ground is not available for the least grave facts: Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan
Both are worked in [Public Order] and [Security of the State]. Their contribution to this chapter is the proposition that a State cannot reach the security head by describing ordinary disorder in security language, and that the remedy for a genuinely missing ground is a constitutional amendment, not a wider reading.
3. Even where the ground is genuine, the machinery must be reviewable: Anuradha Bhasin
Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308.
Facts. After the constitutional changes of 5 August 2019 in Jammu and Kashmir, movement was restricted by orders under section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 and mobile, internet and landline services were suspended. The Executive Editor of the Kashmir Times and a member of Parliament petitioned under article 32, saying that a newspaper could not be published, that movement was impossible, and that the orders had not even been published so they could not be challenged.
Held. Fifteen directions were issued. Freedom of speech and expression and the freedom to practise any profession or carry on any trade, business or occupation over the medium of the internet enjoy constitutional protection under articles 19(1)(a) and 19(1)(g), and restrictions must be in consonance with articles 19(2) and 19(6) inclusive of the test of proportionality. All orders in force and any future orders under section 144 and for suspension of telecom services must be published to enable affected persons to challenge them. An order suspending internet services indefinitely is impermissible; suspension may be for a temporary duration only, must adhere to proportionality, must not extend beyond the necessary duration, and is subject to judicial review. Because the Suspension Rules provided for neither periodic review nor a time limit, the Review Committee was directed to review every seven working days. On section 144, the power is remedial as well as preventive and may be used on an apprehension of danger, but the danger must be in the nature of an emergency; it cannot be used to suppress legitimate expression of opinion or grievance; the order must state the material facts to enable judicial review and must show application of mind; the Magistrate must balance rights and restrictions on the principle of proportionality and apply the least intrusive measure; and repetitive orders are an abuse of power.
National Security and the Freedom of Speech
Why it matters here. It converts deference into a procedure. The Court did not decide whether the security assessment was right. It held that the assessment must be recorded, that the order must be published, that the measure must be the least intrusive one, and that it must be reviewed. That is the rule of law operating on a security power without second-guessing the security judgment, and it is the best single answer a student can give to the question whether courts can control national security decisions.
4. A security power exercised in secret still needs safeguards: PUCL on telephone tapping
People's Union for Civil Liberties v. Union of India (Telephone Tapping), AIR 1997 SC 568.
Facts. A report on the tapping of politicians' telephones led to a petition challenging the exercise of the power under section 5(2) of the Indian Telegraph Act 1885, which allows interception on the occurrence of a public emergency or in the interest of public safety, on specified grounds including the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States and public order. No rules had been framed under section 7(2)(b) although the power to make them had existed for over a century.
Held. Since the Act itself did not provide for prior judicial scrutiny, the Court could not create it, but until the Central Government framed a just, fair and reasonable procedure the right to privacy had to be safeguarded, so procedural safeguards were laid down. An order may be issued only by the Home Secretary of the Central Government or of a State Government, delegable in an urgent case to an officer not below the rank of Joint Secretary, with a copy to the Review Committee within one week. The matters to be considered must include whether the information could reasonably be acquired by other means. The order must specify the addresses or premises. The order ceases to have effect after two months unless renewed, and the total period may not exceed six months. Records must be kept of the intercepted communications, the extent of disclosure, the identity of those to whom it is disclosed, and the copies made. Use must be limited to the minimum necessary, and each copy destroyed as soon as retention is no longer necessary.
National Security and the Freedom of Speech
Why it matters here. It is the earliest sustained example of the technique Anuradha Bhasin later generalised: where the Court cannot control the substance of a security decision it controls its procedure. Note also the third direction, that the authority must consider whether the information could reasonably be acquired by other means. That is necessity, stated twenty three years before proportionality became the standard vocabulary.
Speech, sedition and the journalist
Vinod Dua v. Union of India, AIR 2021 SC 3239.
Facts. A first information report was registered in Himachal Pradesh against the journalist Vinod Dua in respect of a broadcast, alleging offences including sedition under section 124A and public mischief under section 505 of the Indian Penal Code. He petitioned under article 32 to quash the FIR, and additionally asked for a direction that no FIR be registered against a media person of at least ten years' standing unless cleared by a committee.
Held. The FIR was quashed. Every journalist is entitled to protection in terms of Kedar Nath Singh, and every prosecution under sections 124A and 505 must be in strict conformity with the scope and ambit of those sections as explained in, and completely in tune with, the law laid down in Kedar Nath Singh. The second prayer was rejected: constituting such a committee would be outside the statutory framework and would amount to encroachment upon the field reserved for the legislature.
Why it matters here. Two things, and both are examinable. First, it applies the Kedar Nath construction to a modern prosecution and shows that the construction is not a historical curiosity. Second, its refusal of the committee is a lesson about the limits of judicial protection: the Court will quash an individual FIR and will not build a screening mechanism, because that is legislation.
A worked example
A State Government directs a news website to take down a report on troop movements, and blocks the site, saying the report endangers national security. No written order is served and none is published.
Is the ground within article 19(2)? The security of the State, and possibly the sovereignty and integrity of India, are enumerated grounds. So far so good.
Is there a law? The direction must be traced to a statutory power. If none exists the direction is void on Dicey's first meaning and on Shreya Singhal's insistence that only unlawful acts relatable to article 19(2) may be reached.
National Security and the Freedom of Speech
Has the machinery been observed? On Shreya Singhal, a blocking order must be a reasoned order made after the safeguards, including a hearing. On Anuradha Bhasin, it must be published so that it can be challenged, must state the material facts, must be the least intrusive measure, and must be limited in time.
Result. The unpublished, unreasoned direction fails, not because a court has decided that the report was harmless, but because the State has not shown that it exercised a power the law gives it in the manner the law requires.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean national security can never justify restricting speech. It plainly can. Article 19(2) says so.
It does not mean the courts assess the threat. They assess whether a power existed, whether the ground was one the Constitution allows, whether the measure was proportionate, and whether the decision can be reviewed.
Striking down a provision is not the same as approving the conduct.Shreya Singhal struck down section 66A while leaving the blocking power intact, and Vinod Dua quashed one FIR while refusing to create a general immunity for journalists.
Quick revision
Article 19(2) is a closed list. A restriction not referable to a named ground is void.
Widened twice, both times in response to decisions: First Amendment 1951 after Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan; Sixteenth Amendment 1963 adding the sovereignty and integrity of India.
Shreya Singhal, AIR 2015 SC 1523: section 66A struck down entirely; section 69A and the 2009 Blocking Rules valid; section 79(3)(b) and Rule 3(4) read down to actual knowledge from a court order or a Government notification about acts relatable to article 19(2).
Anuradha Bhasin, AIR 2020 SC 1308: publication, reasons on material facts, proportionality, least intrusive measure, time limit, periodic review; the internet is within articles 19(1)(a) and 19(1)(g).
PUCL, AIR 1997 SC 568: interception safeguards, Home Secretary, Review Committee, two months renewable to six, records, minimum use, destruction of copies, and consideration whether the information could be got by other means.
Vinod Dua, AIR 2021 SC 3239: every journalist entitled to the Kedar Nath protection; a screening committee for media persons refused as legislation.
Test yourself
1. Why was section 66A struck down when section 69A survived? Because section 66A rested on annoyance, inconvenience and insult, which are not grounds in article 19(2), while section 69A operates by reasoned order after procedural safeguards on grounds tied to article 19(2).
2. Give three of the interception safeguards laid down in PUCL. Any three of: the order may be made only by a Home Secretary, delegable in urgency to an officer not below Joint Secretary; a copy to the Review Committee within a week; the authority must consider whether the information could reasonably be acquired by other means; the order lapses after two months unless renewed and may not run beyond six; records must be kept; use limited to the minimum necessary; copies destroyed when retention is no longer necessary.
National Security and the Freedom of Speech
3. What did Anuradha Bhasin decide about publishing orders, and why does it matter to the rule of law? That all orders under section 144 and all telecom suspension orders must be published so that affected persons can challenge them. An unpublished order is unchallengeable, and a power that cannot be challenged is not subject to law.
4. What did Vinod Dua refuse to do, and on what ground? It refused to direct that no FIR be registered against a media person of ten years' standing without clearance by a committee, on the ground that this would be outside the statutory framework and would encroach on the field reserved for the legislature.
5. Which two amendments widened article 19(2), and what prompted each? The First Amendment 1951, prompted by Romesh Thappar and Brij Bhushan, and the Sixteenth Amendment 1963, which added the sovereignty and integrity of India.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
The rule of law means that the State governs through law rather than through the will of the people who run it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the rule of law is the principle that the exercise of public power must be authorised by law, exercised within limits fixed by law, and answerable before an independent court, so that no person is subject to the arbitrary will of another and the government is subject to the same law as the governed.
Why the idea exists at all
Every State has force at its disposal. The question every legal system has had to answer is what stands between that force and the individual. The answer offered by the rule of law is: rules, made in advance, published, applied by somebody who is not a party to the dispute.
That answer is old. Aristotle asked whether it is better to be ruled by the best man or by the best laws and preferred the laws, because law is reason without passion. The Magna Carta of 1215 promised that no free man would be taken or imprisoned except by the lawful judgment of his peers or by the law of the land. Sir Edward Coke in the seventeenth century told James I that the King was under God and the law. But the phrase in the form students meet it, and in the form MU examines it, comes from one book.
Whose formulation this is
A.V. Dicey, Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution (1885). Albert Venn Dicey was Vinerian Professor of English Law at Oxford. He was describing what he took to be a distinguishing feature of the unwritten English constitution, and he was writing partly in contrast with France, where a separate body of administrative law, the droit administratif, governed disputes between citizen and State in separate administrative courts.
That context matters, because it explains the third of his three meanings, which is the one that has worn worst.
The three meanings, taken one at a time
Dicey said the rule of law, or the supremacy of law, contains three distinct though kindred conceptions.
First meaning: the absolute supremacy of regular law as against arbitrary power
No person may be punished or made to suffer in body or goods except for a distinct breach of law established in the ordinary legal manner before the ordinary courts of the land.
Three things are packed into that.
A distinct breach of law. There must be a rule, and the person must have broken it. Displeasing the government is not a breach of law.
Established in the ordinary legal manner. Proved, by evidence, in proceedings that the law lays down.
Before the ordinary courts. Not before an official, and not before a body constituted for the occasion.
Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings
Dicey contrasted this with the wide discretionary authority of a government that can imprison on suspicion. In his own words the rule of law in this sense is contrasted with every system of government based on the exercise by persons in authority of wide, arbitrary or discretionary powers of constraint.
This is the meaning that matters most in this paper, and it is worth pausing on. A preventive detention order breaches all three limbs at once. There is no distinct breach of law: the detenu has not been charged with an offence. It is not established in the ordinary legal manner: there is no evidence, no witness and no cross-examination. It is not before the ordinary courts: the detaining authority is an executive officer and the reviewing body is an Advisory Board. A student who can state that in an exam has understood both halves of the paper's title at once. Whether the Indian Constitution's own authorisation of such orders is a departure from the rule of law, or an exception within it, is the argument in [Exceptional Legislation and the Rule of Law: An Assessment].
Second meaning: equality before the law
No person is above the law; every person, whatever their rank or condition, is subject to the ordinary law of the realm and amenable to the jurisdiction of the ordinary tribunals.
Dicey's point was that in England a Secretary of State who commits a trespass is sued in the ordinary courts by the ordinary law of trespass, exactly as a private person would be. There is no special law and no special court for officials.
The classic illustration, and the one to give in an answer, is Entick v. Carrington. This book has not read an English report of it, so it is cited here as the Supreme Court of India itself cites it, in Tofan Singh v. State of Tamil Nadu, AIR 2020 SC 5592, which gives the reference as 95 ER 807.
Facts. King's messengers acting on a warrant issued by a Secretary of State entered John Entick's house and seized his papers. He sued them in trespass.
Held. As the Supreme Court records it, Lord Camden held that an illegal search warrant was subversive of all the comforts of society, and that the issue of such a warrant for the seizure of the whole of a man's papers, and not only those alleged to be criminal in nature, was contrary to the genius of the law of England.
Why it matters here. It is the purest example of Dicey's second meaning at work. The officers were servants of the Crown acting on the order of a Secretary of State, and they were answerable in the ordinary courts under the ordinary law of trespass because no law authorised what they did.
Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings
Third meaning: the constitution is the result of the ordinary law of the land
The general principles of the English constitution, and particularly the liberties of the subject, are the result of judicial decisions determining the rights of private persons in particular cases brought before the courts, rather than the consequence of a declaration of rights in a written constitution.
Dicey's claim was that English liberty is safer for being built up case by case, because a right that has been enforced in a hundred cases is harder to take away than a right written in a document that can be suspended.
What each meaning is worth today, and what it is not
This is where an LL.M. answer separates itself from an LL.B. one. Dicey must be stated and then examined.
The first meaning survives, and it is the core. Nobody now disputes that public power should rest on legal authority and that punishment should follow a proved breach of a known rule. Every modern formulation in [Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations] contains it.
The first meaning's hostility to all discretion does not survive. Dicey thought discretionary power was in itself the enemy. A modern State cannot function without it: a licensing authority, a planning authority, a detaining authority and a tax authority all exercise discretion. The modern answer is not to abolish discretion but to structure and confine it: powers conferred by clear statutory language, exercised for the purpose for which they were given, on relevant considerations, subject to reasons and to review. That is the whole subject of administrative law, and it is why this paper's sibling in Group I is called Administrative Process.
The second meaning is sound as a principle and was wrong as a description. Even in Dicey's England, officials had privileges and immunities that private persons did not. In India, article 361 gives the President and the Governors personal immunity from court process, section 197 of the repealed Code of Criminal Procedure and its successor require sanction before a public servant can be prosecuted for an act done in the discharge of official duty, and section 6 of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 requires the previous sanction of the Central Government before any prosecution of a person acting under that Act. Whether those are breaches of the second meaning or justified exceptions to it is a real question, and [The Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958] takes it up.
Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings
The third meaning is the weakest and should be criticised. Dicey was contrasting judge-made liberty with written guarantees, and preferring the former. India took the opposite view deliberately and wrote a bill of rights, with article 32 as an enforceable remedy, precisely because the framers did not trust liberty to survive on judicial habit alone. Events proved the point in both directions: a written article 21 did not save the detenus in 1975, but a written article 359 as amended in 1978 now makes it impossible to suspend article 21 again. An answer that repeats Dicey's third meaning approvingly, without noticing that the Indian Constitution rejects it, has missed the examiner's point.
And the contrast with droit administratif was overdrawn. Dicey took the French system to mean that officials escaped legal control. Later scholarship, including the work of the French Conseil d'Etat itself, showed that French administrative law is often more searching than English judicial review, not less.
A worked example
Ravi runs a printing press in Nashik. The District Magistrate is told that Ravi has printed a pamphlet that will inflame communal feeling. Consider three responses and test each against Dicey's first meaning.
Response A. The Magistrate telephones the police and has the press locked up for a fortnight to be safe. No order, no statute named, no record. This fails every limb: no distinct breach of law, nothing established in any legal manner, no court. It is the paradigm of arbitrary power.
Response B. The Magistrate passes a written order under section 163 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023, reciting the material before him and the apprehension of danger, prohibiting distribution of the pamphlet for two months, and Ravi may move the High Court against it. This satisfies the first meaning in form: there is a legal power, exercised in the manner the law lays down, reviewable by a court. Whether it satisfies it in substance depends on whether the recital is genuine, which is the question examined in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
Response C. The State Government makes an order under section 3 of the National Security Act 1980 detaining Ravi for three months to prevent him from acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. There is a statute, there are grounds, there is a Board. But there is no offence, no charge, no trial and no ordinary court. This is the case where the Constitution itself has authorised a departure from Dicey's first meaning, and the whole of Module I is about how far that departure goes.
Distinctions
Rule of law
Rule by law
What it demands
that power be authorised, limited and answerable
only that power be exercised through a legal form
Content of the law
must satisfy minimum standards
any content will do
Retrospective, secret, vague laws
inconsistent with it
perfectly compatible
Courts
independent, and able to hold the State to the law
may exist, and may be controlled
Test question
is the citizen protected against the State?
has the State followed its own forms?
Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings
That table is the most useful thing in this chapter for an exam, and it is developed in [Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper].
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean that everything the government does must be authorised by an Act of Parliament. A power may come from the Constitution, from a statute, from subordinate legislation validly made, or in a narrow class of cases from the common law. What it may not come from is nothing at all.
It does not mean rule by judges. The rule of law requires an independent court to decide whether a power was exercised lawfully. It does not require the court to decide whether the power was exercised wisely.
It does not mean the law must be just. Dicey's formulation is procedural. A law can be harsh and still satisfy it. That is precisely why later writers added content, and it is why [Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations] exists.
It is not the same as the separation of powers. They are related and often argued together, but they are different propositions. The separation of powers is about which organ exercises which function; the rule of law is about whether any organ's exercise of power is bounded and answerable.
Quick revision
Dicey, Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution, 1885.
Meaning one: no punishment except for a distinct breach of law, established in the ordinary manner, before the ordinary courts. Opposed to arbitrary and wide discretionary power.
Meaning two: equality before the law; officials subject to the ordinary law and the ordinary courts. Entick v. Carrington, (1765) 19 State Trials 1029.
Meaning three: the constitution is the product of ordinary judicial decisions, not of a written declaration of rights.
Criticism: discretion is unavoidable and is now structured rather than abolished; officials do enjoy immunities; the third meaning is rejected by the Indian Constitution's own design.
Preventive detention offends all three limbs of the first meaning, and the Constitution authorises it anyway. That tension is the paper.
Test yourself
1. State Dicey's first meaning in one sentence and say which limb a preventive detention order offends. No person may be punished except for a distinct breach of law established in the ordinary legal manner before the ordinary courts. A detention order offends all three limbs: there is no breach of law, nothing is established in the ordinary manner, and the decision is executive rather than judicial.
Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings
2. Why is Dicey's third meaning a poor fit for India? Because India deliberately adopted the opposite technique. It wrote a bill of rights in Part III and made the remedy for its breach a fundamental right in article 32, rather than leaving liberty to be built up case by case.
3. Give one Indian provision that is in tension with Dicey's second meaning. Section 6 of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958, which requires the previous sanction of the Central Government before any prosecution of a person acting under that Act. Article 361 and the sanction requirement for prosecuting public servants are equally good answers.
4. Is a discretionary power necessarily contrary to the rule of law on the modern view? No. The modern position is that discretion is unavoidable in a functioning State, and that the rule of law requires it to be conferred in clear terms, exercised for its proper purpose on relevant considerations, and made answerable through reasons and judicial review.
5. What does Entick v. Carrington illustrate, and why is the quotation useful? That an official acting without legal authority is liable in the ordinary courts like any private person. Lord Camden's proposition, that if it is law it will be found in our books and if it is not to be found there it is not law, is the cleanest statement of the requirement of legal authority.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
After Dicey, the argument moved on from whether the State acts through law to what kind of law it has to be.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the modern formulations of the rule of law fall into two families. The formal or thin conception, associated with Raz and with Fuller, asks only about the qualities a legal system must have if it is to guide conduct: generality, publicity, prospectivity, clarity, stability, and an independent judiciary to apply it. The substantive or thick conception, associated with the International Commission of Jurists' Delhi Declaration of 1959 and with Lord Bingham, adds requirements of content: that the law must secure human rights and the conditions of a dignified life. Indian constitutional law has adopted the substantive conception.
Why Dicey needed supplementing
Three reasons, and they are the reasons an examiner is testing.
Because a State can comply with Dicey and still be unjust. A statute that authorises detention without trial, published, prospective and applied by ordinary courts, satisfies Dicey's first meaning in form. It does not obviously satisfy anything one would want to call the rule of law. That is the gap the substantive conception exists to fill, and it is the gap this whole paper lives in.
Because Dicey's hostility to discretion is unworkable. A modern administrative State runs on discretion, and the question is how it is confined rather than whether it exists.
Because Dicey's third meaning is a description of England in 1885 and not a proposition of law. India rejected it deliberately when it wrote a bill of rights.
The formal conception: what a legal system must be like
Lon Fuller, The Morality of Law (1964). Fuller argued that law-making is subject to an internal morality, and that a system failing badly enough on any of eight counts is not a legal system at all. His eight failures are: the failure to make rules at all, so that every issue is decided ad hoc; the failure to publicise rules; the abuse of retroactive legislation; the failure to make rules understandable; the enactment of contradictory rules; rules requiring conduct beyond the power of the affected party; frequent change of rules so that a subject cannot orient action by them; and a mismatch between the rules as announced and their actual administration.
Joseph Raz, The Rule of Law and its Virtue (1977). Raz's account is deliberately thin and is often misread. His central claims are that laws should be prospective, open and clear; that laws should be relatively stable; that the making of particular laws should be guided by open, stable, clear and general rules; that the independence of the judiciary must be guaranteed; that the principles of natural justice must be observed; that the courts should have review powers over the implementation of the other principles; that the courts should be easily accessible; and that the discretion of crime-preventing agencies should not be allowed to pervert the law.
Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations
Raz's famous provocation is worth stating exactly because students garble it. He argued that the rule of law is one virtue among others, like the sharpness of a knife, and that a non-democratic legal system may in principle conform to it better than a democratic one. He did not say that such a system is good. His point was that conflating the rule of law with all political good makes the phrase useless as an analytical tool.
Note his last principle. The discretion of the crime-preventing agencies should not be allowed to pervert the law. That is a proposition about exactly the powers this paper studies, and it comes from the thinnest of the modern accounts.
The substantive conception: what the law must contain
The Delhi Declaration, 1959. The International Commission of Jurists held a Congress in New Delhi in 1959, attended by jurists from many countries, and its declaration is the formulation Indian courts and Indian writers most often quote. Its central proposition is that the rule of law is a dynamic concept which should be employed not only to safeguard and advance the civil and political rights of the individual in a free society, but also to establish social, economic, educational and cultural conditions under which the individual's legitimate aspirations and dignity may be realised.
Three consequences follow and are worth listing in an answer.
The rule of law is not only a restraint on the State. It imposes positive obligations: to provide conditions in which people can live decently.
It has a social and economic content, which is why it fits the Indian Constitution's Part IV so naturally.
It is dynamic, meaning that its content grows as a society's capacity grows.
Lord Bingham, The Rule of Law (2010). Bingham, formerly Senior Law Lord in the United Kingdom, proposed eight principles, and they are the most usable modern checklist there is.
The law must be accessible and so far as possible intelligible, clear and predictable.
Questions of legal right and liability should ordinarily be resolved by application of the law and not by the exercise of discretion.
The laws of the land should apply equally to all, save to the extent that objective differences justify differentiation.
Ministers and public officers at all levels must exercise the powers conferred on them in good faith, fairly, for the purpose for which the powers were conferred, without exceeding the limits of such powers and not unreasonably.
The law must afford adequate protection of fundamental human rights.
Means must be provided for resolving, without prohibitive cost or inordinate delay, bona fide civil disputes which the parties themselves are unable to resolve.
Adjudicative procedures provided by the state should be fair.
The state must comply with its obligations in international law.
Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations
Principle five is the substantive claim, and Bingham defended it directly against Raz. Principle four is the whole of administrative law in one sentence, and it is the standard against which every discretionary power in this book should be tested.
A worked example: the two conceptions applied to this paper's subject matter
Take the National Security Act 1980 and ask what each conception says.
On the formal conception it does well. The Act is published, prospective and general. The grounds are stated. The procedure is laid down. The courts retain review powers, which is Raz's sixth principle, and the detenu can reach a court, which is his seventh.
On the formal conception it does badly in one specific way. Raz's last principle is that the discretion of the crime-preventing agencies should not be allowed to pervert the law. A power to imprison for three months on suspicion, exercised by the same executive that would otherwise have to prosecute, is exactly the discretion he had in mind.
On the substantive conception it does badly. Bingham's second principle is that questions of legal right and liability should ordinarily be resolved by the application of the law rather than by the exercise of discretion, and his seventh is that adjudicative procedures should be fair. A detention order resolves the most important question of liberty there is by discretion, and the Advisory Board's procedure excludes a lawyer.
That is a complete answer to MU's question about the rule of law and national security, and it can be written in three paragraphs.
Distinctions
Formal, thin
Substantive, thick
Chief exponents
Fuller, Raz
Delhi Declaration 1959, Bingham
Asks
is the law capable of guiding conduct?
does the law protect the right things?
Content of law
not its concern
fundamental rights and dignified conditions
Strength
analytically clean; can criticise a system on its own terms
matches what most people mean by the phrase
Weakness
a wicked but well-drafted law passes
risks becoming a name for everything good
Indian position
necessary but not sufficient
adopted, through article 14 and the basic structure
What it does NOT mean
Raz was not defending dictatorship. He was distinguishing the rule of law from democracy and from justice, so that each can be assessed separately.
The Delhi Declaration is not a treaty. It is the statement of a Congress of jurists, and it binds nobody. Its authority is persuasive, and it is quoted so often in India because it matches the Constitution's own design.
Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations
Fuller's eight are failures, not commandments. His argument was that a system that fails badly enough on any of them ceases to be a legal system, which is a stronger claim than that it would be a bad one.
Adopting the substantive conception does not dissolve the formal one. Publicity, prospectivity and clarity remain necessary; the substantive account adds to them.
Quick revision
Two families: formal or thin, and substantive or thick.
Fuller, The Morality of Law 1964: eight ways to fail to make law, including retroactivity, obscurity, contradiction, constant change, and divergence between rules as announced and as administered.
Raz 1977: prospective, open, clear, relatively stable law; particular laws guided by general rules; judicial independence; natural justice; review powers; accessible courts; and the discretion of crime-preventing agencies not to pervert the law. The rule of law is one virtue among others.
Delhi Declaration 1959, International Commission of Jurists: a dynamic concept, safeguarding civil and political rights and establishing the social, economic, educational and cultural conditions for dignity.
Bingham 2010, eight principles, of which the fifth is adequate protection of fundamental human rights and the fourth is that officials must act in good faith, fairly, for the proper purpose, within their powers and not unreasonably.
Applied to the NSA: it satisfies the formal account except for Raz's last principle, and it fails the substantive account on Bingham's second and seventh.
Test yourself
1. State the Delhi Declaration's formulation in one sentence. The rule of law is a dynamic concept to be employed not only to safeguard and advance the civil and political rights of the individual in a free society, but also to establish the social, economic, educational and cultural conditions under which his legitimate aspirations and dignity may be realised.
2. Which of Raz's principles bears directly on preventive detention? The last: the discretion of the crime-preventing agencies should not be allowed to pervert the law.
3. What did Raz mean by comparing the rule of law to the sharpness of a knife? That it is one virtue among others and not the sum of political good, so that a system may score well on it and badly on democracy or justice, and each has to be assessed separately.
4. Give Bingham's fourth principle and say why it matters to this paper. Ministers and public officers must exercise their powers in good faith, fairly, for the purpose for which the powers were conferred, without exceeding their limits and not unreasonably. It is the standard against which every discretionary power in this book is tested, including the satisfaction of a detaining authority.
Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations
5. Why is Dicey alone insufficient for an LL.M. answer? Because a State can satisfy his formal requirements while authorising detention without trial, because his hostility to all discretion is unworkable in a modern State, and because his third meaning is a description of England that the Indian Constitution deliberately rejected.
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
The rule of law is not written in the Constitution; it is built into it, chiefly through article 14, and it is part of the basic structure, so not even a constitutional amendment can take it away.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the rule of law is a foundational principle of the Indian Constitution. Its textual homes are article 14, which guarantees equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws; article 13, which makes any law inconsistent with fundamental rights void; article 21, which requires a procedure established by law for any deprivation of life or personal liberty; articles 32 and 226, which supply the remedy; and article 265, which forbids the levy or collection of a tax except by authority of law. It has also been held to form part of the basic structure of the Constitution, so that it is beyond the amending power in article 368.
The provisions, one at a time
Article 14. The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India. The first limb, equality before the law, is Dicey's second meaning imported directly; the phrase is his. The second limb, equal protection of the laws, is American in origin. Together they do two jobs in this paper: they forbid arbitrary State action, and they require classifications to be reasonable and connected to the object.
Article 14's development is what makes it the home of the rule of law. It began as a rule about classification and grew into a guarantee against arbitrariness as such, which is the doctrine that lets a court strike down a detention order made without application of mind, or a special procedure that is unfair.
Article 13. All laws in force immediately before the commencement of the Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with Part III, are void to the extent of the inconsistency; and the State shall not make any law which takes away or abridges those rights, and any law made in contravention is void to the extent of the contravention. This is Dicey's supremacy of law with the ranking made explicit: the Constitution is above the legislature.
Article 21. No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. After 1978 the procedure has to be right, just and fair. That development is set out in [Due Process After Maneka].
Articles 32 and 226. The remedy. A right without a court is not a right, and article 32 is itself a fundamental right. Worked in [Article 32] and [Article 226].
Article 265. No tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law. Small, and worth citing, because it is the cleanest single sentence in the Constitution expressing the requirement of legal authority.
Rule of Law in the Indian Constitution
The rule of law as part of the basic structure
The proposition that the rule of law is part of the basic structure comes from the second of the two decisions below, and it is worth stating exactly what each contributes.
In Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461, a Bench of thirteen judges held that Parliament's power to amend the Constitution under article 368 does not extend to altering its basic structure or framework.
Facts. The petitioner, the head of a religious mutt in Kerala, challenged the Kerala land reforms legislation, and the case became the vehicle for a challenge to the Constitution (Twenty-fourth), (Twenty-fifth) and (Twenty-ninth) Amendment Acts. The question was whether the amending power in article 368 is unlimited.
Held. By a majority, the amending power is wide but not unlimited: a constitutional amendment may not damage or destroy the basic structure of the Constitution. The judges did not agree on an exhaustive list of what the basic structure contains, and the decision does not purport to give one.
Why it matters here. It creates the category into which the rule of law was later placed. Without it, no principle of this kind could survive a determined Parliament.
In Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299, the category was used for the first time to strike down a constitutional amendment, and the rule of law was one of the grounds.
Facts. The Allahabad High Court had set aside the election of the Prime Minister on grounds of corrupt practice, and her appeal was pending in the Supreme Court. During the Emergency, Parliament enacted the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act 1975, inserting article 329A. Clause (4) of that article declared that the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister or Speaker, if already declared void by a court, should be deemed void as if the amending statutes had always been in force, and that no court should have jurisdiction over such an election; in effect it declared the Prime Minister's election valid and put it beyond challenge in any forum under any law.
Held. Clause (4) of article 329A was struck down in its entirety as violating the basic structure. Its vice was not merely that it made the existing election law inapplicable to the challenge, but that it made no other election law applicable and conferred jurisdiction on no other authority: without prescribing a law and without providing a forum for adjudicating the grounds of challenge, the constituent authority had itself declared the election valid. To confer absolute validity on one particular election and to prescribe that its validity shall not be questioned before any forum or under any law is to say that however gross the improprieties and however flagrant the malpractices, nothing may be examined. The different parts of clause (4) were held to be so integrally connected that they could not be severed, so the clause fell as a whole.
Rule of Law in the Indian Constitution
Why it matters here. It is the strongest Indian authority on the rule of law available, and it is authority in the strict sense rather than dicta. It says that Parliament, exercising constituent power, may not resolve a particular dispute in favour of a particular person by declaration, without a law and without a forum. That is Bingham's second principle and Dicey's second meaning enforced against a constitutional amendment made during an emergency.
There is a further point examiners like. The decision was given on 7 November 1975, four months into the Emergency, and it went against the Prime Minister on the constitutional question while upholding her election on the merits under the amended Representation of the People Act. A student writing about the 1975 Emergency should know that the Court's record in that period is not uniform, and this is the case on the other side of the ledger from [ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla].
What the rule of law does in Indian law, in practice
Four working consequences, each of which decides cases in this book.
1. Every exercise of public power must be traceable to a law. No provision, no power. This is why the first question in the four step plan in [National Security: What the Phrase Means in Law] is which power is being used.
2. Arbitrary action offends article 14 even where no other right is engaged. A detention order made without application of mind is bad on this ground alone, whatever the merits.
3. Judicial review is not merely available but structurally guaranteed. Article 32 is a fundamental right; the High Courts' power under article 226 has been held to be part of the basic structure, on which see [Tribunals After L. Chandra Kumar].
4. The rule of law survives an emergency, though its content narrows. After the 44th Amendment, articles 20 and 21 can never be suspended, so the proposition that there is no remedy at all can never be true again. That is worked in [The Non-Suspendability of Articles 20 and 21].
A worked example
Parliament, during a proclamation of emergency, enacts a law providing that the detention of a named person shall be deemed valid and shall not be questioned in any court.
Rule of Law in the Indian Constitution
Is this a law? In form yes. It is passed by the competent legislature and published.
Does it survive? No, and the reasoning is Indira Nehru Gandhi. A legislature may change the law that governs a dispute; it may not decide the dispute by declaration while providing neither a law to apply nor a forum to apply it. That is not an exercise of legislative power at all.
What if it were done by constitutional amendment? The same answer, and a fortiori, since that is what was actually done in 1975 and struck down.
What if it merely made the detention lawful under a general rule applying to a class? Then the objection changes. It would be a law, and the question would become whether it is consistent with articles 14, 21 and 22, which is the subject of the rest of Module I.
What it does NOT mean
The rule of law is not a free-standing ground of challenge. A petition does not succeed by saying that a statute offends the rule of law. It succeeds by locating the objection in article 14, article 21, article 19, legislative competence, or the basic structure.
The basic structure doctrine does not apply to ordinary legislation. An ordinary statute is tested against the Constitution's provisions, not against the basic structure. The doctrine limits the amending power.
Article 14 does not forbid classification. It forbids unreasonable classification and arbitrary action. Every special statute in Module II is a classification, and the question is always whether it is a reasonable one.
Quick revision
The phrase appears nowhere in the text; the principle is structural.
Textual homes: article 14 equality before the law; article 13 supremacy of the Constitution over laws; article 21 procedure established by law; articles 32 and 226 remedies; article 265 no tax without authority of law.
Kesavananda Bharati, AIR 1973 SC 1461: the amending power cannot damage or destroy the basic structure.
Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299: clause (4) of article 329A struck down in its entirety; a constituent authority may not declare one election valid without prescribing a law or providing a forum.
Four working consequences: power must be traceable to law; arbitrariness offends article 14; judicial review is structurally guaranteed; and after 1978 articles 20 and 21 can never be suspended.
Test yourself
1. Where in the Constitution is the rule of law written? Nowhere. It is a structural principle, located in articles 13, 14, 21, 32, 226 and 265, and held to be part of the basic structure.
2. What exactly did Indira Nehru Gandhi strike down, and on what ground? Clause (4) of article 329A, inserted by the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act 1975, in its entirety, on the ground that it violated the basic structure by declaring a particular election valid without prescribing any law to govern the dispute or providing any forum to decide it.
Rule of Law in the Indian Constitution
3. Can a petitioner succeed simply by arguing that a statute offends the rule of law? No. The objection has to be located in a provision of the Constitution or, against an amendment, in the basic structure.
4. Which limb of article 14 is Dicey's, and which is American? Equality before the law is Dicey's phrase; the equal protection of the laws comes from the Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution.
5. Why is Kesavananda Bharati relevant to a question about the rule of law? Because it created the basic structure limitation on the amending power, without which no principle of this kind could survive a constitutional amendment, and it is the doctrinal foundation on which Indira Nehru Gandhi placed the rule of law.
Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Rule by law means the government uses law as its instrument; rule of law means the government is itself bound by it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: rule by law, or rule through law, describes a system in which the State acts through legal forms but the content of the law is unconstrained and the State is not effectively answerable under it. Rule of law requires in addition that the law satisfy minimum standards of generality, prospectivity, clarity and fairness, that officials be bound by it, and that an independent court be able to hold them to it. The distinction is one of substance and of accountability, not of form.
Why the distinction exists
Because the twentieth century produced States that were scrupulous about legal form and monstrous in substance. Statutes were passed, gazettes published, courts constituted, procedures followed. If the rule of law meant no more than acting through law, those States satisfied it.
That is not a merely historical point. It is the reason the Delhi Declaration of 1959, set out in [Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations], insisted that the rule of law is a dynamic concept with social and economic content, and the reason Lord Bingham insisted that the law must afford adequate protection of fundamental human rights.
The four differences, drawn
1. What constrains the content of the law. Under rule by law, nothing does: any content will serve so long as it is enacted. Under the rule of law, the content must satisfy standards. In India those standards are supplied by Part III and by the basic structure, so the distinction is not abstract here; it is enforceable.
2. Whether the State is bound. Rule by law binds the citizen to the State. The rule of law binds the State as well. This is Dicey's second meaning and Bingham's fourth principle.
3. Whether an independent body decides. Under rule by law the executive may be the judge of its own actions, or the body reviewing it may be one it appoints and controls. The rule of law requires independent adjudication.
4. Whether the law is knowable in advance. Rule by law is compatible with retrospective, secret and vague rules. The rule of law is not, and this is the whole of Fuller's account.
The test to apply
Four questions, in order. They can be applied to any provision in this book, and an answer that runs through them is doing real work rather than asserting a conclusion.
Q1. Is there a legal source for the power? If not, the action fails at the first step, and neither conception is satisfied.
Q2. Does the law bind the official as well as the citizen, or does it exempt him? Immunity clauses are the place to look. Section 16 of the National Security Act 1980 protects anything done in good faith under the Act; section 6 of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 requires the previous sanction of the Central Government before any prosecution of a person acting under that Act.
Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper
Q3. Is there independent adjudication, and how much of the decision can it reach? An Advisory Board of three persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be Judges of a High Court, appointed by the detaining Government, sitting in confidence, with no lawyer for the detenu, is not a court. A High Court on habeas corpus is.
Q4. Could the person have known in advance what would bring the power down on them? A detention order rests on a prediction about future conduct, so the answer is structurally weaker here than for a criminal offence.
A worked example: applying the test to a detention order
Q1. Yes. Section 3 of the National Security Act 1980 confers the power, states who may exercise it and on what grounds.
Q2. Partly. The Act binds the detaining authority to procedure, but section 16 gives protection for anything done in good faith, and the practical effect is that an official whose order is quashed faces no consequence.
Q3. Two answers. The Advisory Board is not independent adjudication in the full sense: it is constituted by the same Government, it sits in confidence, and section 11(4) provides that nothing in that section entitles the detenu to appear by any legal practitioner. The High Court on habeas corpus is independent, but it cannot examine the sufficiency of the grounds, which is the subject of [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
Q4. Weak. The Act names grounds like the maintenance of public order, and whether a person's conduct falls within them is decided afterwards by an official.
Conclusion for an answer. Preventive detention in India sits between the two conceptions. It is unquestionably rule through law: the power is conferred, limited and reviewable. It is not the full rule of law: the reviewing body is not a court, the review does not reach the merits, and the citizen cannot know in advance. Whether the gap is justified by necessity is the argument in [Exceptional Legislation and the Rule of Law: An Assessment], and it is the argument MU is really setting when it puts national security and the rule of law in the same title.
The same test applied to an emergency
Q1. Yes. Article 352 confers the power to proclaim.
Q2. Yes and more so after 1978. The proclamation must be on written Cabinet advice, must be approved by both Houses by special majorities, and lapses if it is not.
Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper
Q3. Yes in part. The proclamation itself is subject to judicial review on limited grounds, and articles 20 and 21 can never be suspended.
Q4. Yes. The grounds are stated in article 352(1) and the consequences in articles 353 to 360.
The comparison is instructive and worth making in an answer: the emergency provisions, which sound more drastic, satisfy the rule of law test better than the detention statutes do, because they were rewritten in 1978 by a Parliament that had just seen them abused, while the detention statutes were not.
What it does NOT mean
It is not a claim that Indian law is rule by law. India has an enforceable bill of rights, judicial review as part of the basic structure, and an independent judiciary. The distinction is a tool for testing particular powers, not a verdict on a system.
It is not the same as good law and bad law. A law may be unwise and still satisfy the rule of law, and a well-intentioned law may fail it.
It does not mean discretion is rule by law. Discretion conferred in clear terms, exercised for the proper purpose on relevant considerations and subject to review, is compatible with the rule of law. Unconfined discretion is not.
Quick revision
Rule by law: the State acts through legal forms; content unconstrained; the State not effectively bound.
Rule of law: adds standards of content, binds officials, requires independent adjudication and prospective knowable rules.
Four differences: content, whether the State is bound, independent adjudication, knowability in advance.
The four question test: is there a legal source; does the law bind the official; is there independent adjudication and how far does it reach; could the person have known in advance.
Applied to preventive detention: satisfies the first, partly the second, imperfectly the third, weakly the fourth.
Applied to the emergency provisions after 1978: satisfies all four better, because Parliament rewrote them after the abuse.
Test yourself
1. State the difference in one sentence. Rule by law means the government governs through law; the rule of law means the government is itself governed by law.
2. Which provision of the National Security Act is the place to look when asking whether the law binds the official? Section 16, which provides that no suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Government or any person for anything done in good faith in pursuance of the Act.
3. Why is an Advisory Board not independent adjudication in the full sense? Because it is constituted by the same Government that detains, its proceedings and report are confidential save for the part stating its opinion, and section 11(4) of the Act provides that nothing in that section entitles the detenu to appear by a legal practitioner.
Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper
4. Give the four questions of the test. Is there a legal source for the power? Does the law bind the official as well as the citizen? Is there independent adjudication and how far does it reach? Could the person have known in advance?
5. Why do the emergency provisions score better on the test than the detention statutes? Because they were rewritten by the 44th Amendment in 1978 by a Parliament that had just seen them abused, while the preventive detention statutes were not similarly reformed, and section 3 of that Amendment, which would have tightened article 22, has never been brought into force.
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
Syllabus topic 1, "National Security, Public Orders and Rule of Law"
❧
In one line
Subjective satisfaction means the law makes the official's own state of mind the condition of the power, so a court asks whether he really formed it and not whether he was right.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: where a statute or the Constitution confers a power exercisable "if satisfied" or "if the President is satisfied", the condition of the exercise is the satisfaction of the named authority and not the existence of the facts as objectively determined. A court will therefore not examine the sufficiency or propriety of the grounds. It will examine whether a satisfaction was formed at all, whether it was formed by the authority the law names, whether it was formed on the grounds the law allows, and whether it was vitiated by mala fides, by irrelevant or non-existent material, or by a failure to apply the mind.
Why the law works this way
The reason is given in the leading case and it is a good one. A preventive power operates on a prediction: it is exercised to stop a person doing something that, if he were left free, it is reasonably probable he would do. A prediction cannot be proved. It rests on suspicion and anticipation as distinct from proof.
If a court were to ask whether the facts justified the order, it would be substituting its own prediction for the authority's, on material it cannot fully see, about an event that has not happened. So the law fixes the condition at the authority's own satisfaction.
That is the honest justification, and it should be given before the criticism. It is also the reason the doctrine is not confined to detention: the same drafting appears in article 352 and article 356, and in dozens of ordinary statutes.
Where it appears
Section 3 of the National Security Act 1980. The Central Government or the State Government may, "if satisfied" with respect to any person that with a view to preventing him from acting in a manner prejudicial to one of the six named matters it is necessary so to do, make an order directing that he be detained.
Section 3 of COFEPOSA 1974. The Central or State Government, or an officer of the ranks named, may make a detention order "if satisfied" with respect to any person, including a foreigner, that it is necessary to do so with a view to preventing him from acting prejudicially to the conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange, or from smuggling, abetting smuggling, transporting or concealing or keeping smuggled goods, dealing in them, or harbouring persons engaged in smuggling.
Article 352(1). If the President "is satisfied" that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of its territory is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or armed rebellion, he may by proclamation make a declaration to that effect.
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
Article 356(1). If the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, "is satisfied" that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, he may issue a proclamation.
The leading case
Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550.
Facts. The petitioner was detained by an order of a District Magistrate under section 3(1) and (2) of the Maintenance of Internal Security Act 1971. The grounds stated that he was involved in three incidents of removing transformers and stealing copper wires, disrupting the supply of water and electricity, and had thus acted prejudicially to the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community. The District Magistrate reported to the State Government and sent the petitioner's history sheet with the report; the State Government confirmed the detention after receiving the Advisory Board's report. In a petition under article 32 the detenu argued that three incidents of theft were objectively insufficient to justify satisfaction; that if the power turned on subjective satisfaction it imposed unreasonable restrictions on article 19(1); and that the history sheet, though before the Magistrate and the State Government and not disclosed to him, must have influenced them, contrary to article 22(5) and sections 3 and 8 of the Act.
Held. The petition was dismissed. Subjective satisfaction on the part of the detaining authority is the foundation of the power. The power of detention is a preventive measure; since every preventive measure is based on the principle that a person should be prevented from doing something which, if left free and unfettered, it is reasonably probable he would do, it must necessarily proceed in all cases to some extent on suspicion or anticipation as distinct from proof. The matters to be considered, namely whether the person concerned, having regard to his past conduct judged in the light of the surrounding circumstances and other relevant material, would be likely to act in a prejudicial manner, are not susceptible of objective determination and could not have been intended to be judged by objective standards. The court therefore cannot be invited to consider the propriety or sufficiency of the grounds on which the satisfaction is based. The Court also held that article 22(5) requires the communication of the grounds of detention and not of other particulars, which may include the background circumstances in which the Magistrate reached his satisfaction or particulars administratively necessary for the State Government's supervisory function, and that neither article 22(5) nor the Act requires those other particulars to be communicated to the detenu.
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
Why it matters here. It is the fullest statement of both halves of the doctrine: why the satisfaction is subjective, and what a court may still look at. It also draws the line between grounds and other particulars that decides many disclosure disputes, on which see [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation].
What a court can still examine
This is the part students leave out, and it is where the marks are. Subjective satisfaction is not unreviewable satisfaction. Six things remain open, and each is developed in a later chapter.
Whether any satisfaction was formed at all. An order that recites satisfaction the material could not support, or that is passed mechanically, discloses no satisfaction. See [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
Whether it was formed by the authority the law names. Section 3(3) of the National Security Act allows a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police to act only when the State Government has by order in writing so directed and only within the period specified, in the first instance not exceeding three months.
Whether it was formed on a ground the law allows. Satisfaction about law and order will not support an order authorised on public order. That was Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740, worked in [Public Order].
Whether the grounds were relevant and in existence. A ground that is vague, non-existent or irrelevant is no ground at all, though section 5A of the Act now makes grounds severable. See [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale].
Whether the material was stale. Satisfaction about future conduct cannot rest on incidents so old that the link is broken. See [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order].
Whether the order is mala fide or a fraudulent exercise of power.Makhan Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1964 SC 381, holds that such an order is not an order under the statute at all.
Put those six in a list in an exam. They convert a vague statement that the courts still have some role into a demonstration of exactly what the role is.
The emergency half of MU's question
MU's question asks how far the principle is significant in the case of proclamations of emergency. Four propositions answer it.
1. The same drafting is used. Articles 352 and 356 both turn on the President's satisfaction, so the starting point is the same.
2. The satisfaction is the Council of Ministers'. The President acts on the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers under article 74(1), and for article 352 the 44th Amendment went further: clause (3) requires the decision of the Union Cabinet, communicated to the President in writing, before a proclamation may be issued. So the satisfaction that matters is a collective ministerial one, recorded.
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
3. Article 74(2) blocks one route of inquiry. The question whether any, and if so what, advice was tendered by Ministers to the President shall not be inquired into in any court. That does not put the proclamation beyond review; it puts the advice beyond disclosure.
4. Clause (5) of article 352 was inserted and then removed. The Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act 1975 had made the satisfaction final and conclusive and not questionable in any court; the 44th Amendment deleted that clause. The deletion is what makes review possible at all, and it is one of the changes to name in a 44th Amendment answer.
The extent of review that remains is worked in [The Justiciability of the Suspension of Article 19] and, by analogy from article 356, in [President's Rule and Financial Emergency, in Outline].
A worked example
The Commissioner of Police, Nagpur, makes an order under section 3(2) of the National Security Act reciting that he is satisfied that Deepa must be detained to prevent her acting prejudicially to the maintenance of public order. The grounds are three incidents: a quarrel with a neighbour in 2023, a complaint of cheating in 2024, and a speech in January 2026 after which a market closed for two days.
Can the High Court hold that three incidents are too few? No. That is the sufficiency of the grounds, and Khudiram Das forbids it.
Can it ask whether the Commissioner was empowered? Yes. Section 3(3) requires an order in writing by the State Government, and the order must be within the period specified.
Can it ask whether the first two incidents disclose a public order problem? Yes. That is the ground on which the power was exercised, and Lohia makes it a question of law. A quarrel and a cheating complaint are law and order.
Can it ask whether a 2023 quarrel can support a 2026 prediction? Yes. That is the live link.
What is the likely result? The third ground stands; the first two do not. Section 5A of the Act makes the grounds severable, so the order survives if the remaining ground would by itself have led to the same satisfaction, which is the question [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale] takes up.
Distinctions
Objective condition
Subjective satisfaction
Drafting
"where a person has committed"
"if satisfied that"
What the court decides
whether the fact exists
whether the satisfaction was validly formed
Sufficiency of material
reviewable
not reviewable
Relevance of material
reviewable
reviewable
Mala fides
reviewable
reviewable
Identity of the decider
reviewable
reviewable
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the order is unchallengeable. Six routes remain open, and most successful habeas corpus petitions use them.
It does not mean the authority may act on nothing. There must be material, and it must be capable of supporting the satisfaction. What a court will not do is weigh it.
It does not mean the satisfaction is personal in the loose sense. It must be the satisfaction of the authority named, formed on the material placed before that authority.
It is not a doctrine invented for detention. It is the ordinary construction of "if satisfied" wherever it appears, including in the emergency articles.
Quick revision
Subjective satisfaction: the condition of the power is the named authority's state of mind, not the objective existence of the facts.
Justification: a preventive power rests on prediction, which proceeds on suspicion or anticipation as distinct from proof, and is not susceptible of objective determination.
Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550: the court cannot be invited to consider the propriety or sufficiency of the grounds; article 22(5) requires the grounds and not other particulars.
Still reviewable: no satisfaction at all; wrong authority; wrong ground; vague, irrelevant or non-existent grounds; stale material; mala fides.
Emergency: articles 352 and 356 use the same drafting; the satisfaction is the Cabinet's, in writing, after the 44th Amendment; article 74(2) bars inquiry into the advice; the finality clause inserted in 1975 was deleted in 1978.
Test yourself
1. Why is the satisfaction subjective rather than objective? Because a preventive power operates on a prediction about what a person would probably do if left free, which proceeds on suspicion or anticipation as distinct from proof and is not susceptible of objective determination.
2. Name four things a court may still examine. Any four of: whether a satisfaction was formed at all; whether it was formed by the authority the law names; whether it was formed on a ground the law allows; whether the grounds were relevant and in existence; whether the material was stale; whether the order was mala fide.
3. What distinction did Khudiram Das draw about disclosure? Between the grounds of detention, which article 22(5) requires to be communicated, and other particulars, such as the background circumstances of the satisfaction or matter needed for the State Government's supervisory function, which need not be.
4. Which clause of article 352 made the President's satisfaction final and conclusive, and what happened to it? Clause (5), inserted by the Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act 1975, and deleted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978.
Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It
5. Whose satisfaction is it under article 352 today? In substance the Union Cabinet's: clause (3) requires the decision of the Union Cabinet, communicated to the President in writing, before a proclamation may be issued.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Preventive detention is imprisonment ordered by an official to stop a person doing something in the future, without any charge, any trial, or any finding that he has done anything at all.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: preventive detention is the detention of a person, by an executive order made on the subjective satisfaction of an authority named by statute, with a view to preventing him from acting in a manner prejudicial to a purpose the statute specifies. It is not punishment, no offence need be alleged, no charge is framed, no evidence is led, no trial takes place, and no court passes the order. It is expressly authorised by article 22(3) to (7) of the Constitution and by Entry 9 of the Union List and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
Why a constitution that guarantees liberty contains it
The argument for it can be put in one sentence, and it should be, because an answer that does not state it fairly cannot criticise it convincingly.
There are cases in which the State knows, on material it cannot produce in open court, that a person is about to do serious harm, and in which waiting for him to do it and then prosecuting is not an answer, because the harm is irreversible.
Three things follow, and each is contested.
The first is that the material may be unusable in a trial: it may come from an informer whose identity cannot be disclosed, or from an interception that could not be proved without compromising a source. The second is that the harm may be of a kind that cannot be undone: a bomb, a communal riot, a currency racket that destabilises a market. The third is that the ordinary process is slow, and that a person who is going to act tomorrow cannot be stopped by a trial that concludes in three years.
Against each of those there is an answer, and the answers are set out in [Why Such Laws Are Called Draconian]. What matters at this stage is that the Constituent Assembly heard the argument and accepted it, subject to conditions written into Part III itself.
The Constituent Assembly's choice
India is unusual in this. Most constitutions with a bill of rights do not authorise preventive detention in peacetime at all, and where such powers exist they are usually emergency powers. India named the power in the fundamental rights chapter, permitted it in ordinary times, and fixed limits on it there.
Dr. Ambedkar's position, in substance, was that the power would be taken in any event, and that it was better to authorise it in the Constitution with conditions attached than to leave it to ordinary legislation that Parliament could write as it pleased. The conditions are the three month rule, the Advisory Board, the communication of grounds and the opportunity to represent, all of which are in article 22 and none of which Parliament can remove.
What Preventive Detention Is
That choice has one consequence a student must know. A challenge to a detention statute can never succeed on the ground that preventive detention is as such unconstitutional. The Constitution assumes it. The challenge has to be that this statute, or this order, fails a condition.
The five features that define it
It is executive, not judicial. The order is made by a Government or by an officer it empowers. No court is involved at the making of it.
It is preventive, not punitive. It is directed to what the person may do, not to what he has done. Past conduct is evidence of propensity, not the subject of the order.
It rests on satisfaction, not on proof. The condition of the power is the authority's own satisfaction, on material that need not be evidence and need not be disclosed in full. See [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
There is no charge and no trial. No offence is alleged, no accusation is framed, no witness is examined and there is no verdict.
The safeguards are procedural. What the detenu gets is the grounds, an opportunity to represent, a Board that reports, and a court that can test the legality of the order. He does not get a hearing on the merits of the prediction.
The vocabulary a student needs
Detenu. The person detained. The word is used throughout the statutes and the case law and is worth using in an answer.
Detaining authority. The Government or officer who makes the order under the statute.
Grounds of detention. The conclusions of fact on which the satisfaction rests, served on the detenu under article 22(5) and under the statute. Distinguished from the material or particulars behind them.
Representation. The detenu's written answer to the grounds, addressed to the Government and considered by it and by the Board.
Advisory Board. The body of three persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court, which reports whether there is sufficient cause for the detention.
Confirmation. The Government's order continuing the detention after the Board reports in its favour.
Revocation. The cancellation of the order, whether by the Government of its own motion or because the Board has reported against it.
A worked example, taken to the end
On 3 March the State Government of Maharashtra makes an order under section 3(2) of the National Security Act 1980 directing that Farid be detained to prevent him from acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. He is arrested the same day.
What Preventive Detention Is
Step 1, the order. No offence is alleged. The order recites the ground and the satisfaction.
Step 2, the grounds. Under section 8, the authority must communicate the grounds as soon as may be, ordinarily not later than five days, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons recorded in writing not later than fifteen days, and must afford the earliest opportunity of representing against the order.
Step 3, the report. Where the order was made by a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police under section 3(3), he must forthwith report to the State Government with the grounds; the order lapses after twelve days unless approved, extended to twenty days where the grounds were communicated after five days but within fifteen.
Step 4, the Board. Under section 10 the appropriate Government must place the grounds and any representation before the Advisory Board within three weeks of the detention. Under section 11 the Board reports within seven weeks of the detention, and section 11(4) provides that nothing in that section entitles the detenu to appear by any legal practitioner.
Step 5, the outcome. If the Board reports sufficient cause, section 12(1) allows the Government to confirm and continue the detention for such period as it thinks fit, subject to the maximum in section 13. If the Board reports no sufficient cause, section 12(2) requires the Government to revoke the order and release him forthwith.
Step 6, the maximum. Section 13 fixes twelve months from the date of detention for a confirmed order, without prejudice to the power to revoke or modify earlier.
Step 7, the court. At any point Farid may move the High Court under article 226 or the Supreme Court under article 32 for habeas corpus, on the grounds set out in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
What it does NOT mean
It is not house arrest by another name. The detenu is held in a place and under conditions the appropriate Government specifies under section 5, which in practice is a prison.
It is not a sentence. No period is fixed by reference to gravity, there is no conviction, and it produces no criminal record.
It is not the same as arrest on suspicion of an offence. An arrested person must be produced before a magistrate within twenty four hours; a detenu need not be produced before any court at all.
It is not available for any purpose the Government likes. The grounds are fixed by the statute and, behind the statute, by Entry 9 of the Union List and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
What Preventive Detention Is
Quick revision
Preventive detention: executive imprisonment to prevent future conduct, on the authority's subjective satisfaction, without charge, trial or conviction.
Authorised by article 22(3) to (7), Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III.
The Constituent Assembly's choice: authorise it in the Constitution with conditions rather than leave it to ordinary law.
Consequence: it can never be attacked as unconstitutional in itself; only the statute or the order can be attacked.
Five features: executive, preventive, satisfaction-based, no charge or trial, procedural safeguards only.
The steps under the NSA: order, grounds within five or fifteen days, report and approval within twelve or twenty days, Board within three weeks and report within seven weeks, confirmation or release, twelve month maximum, and habeas corpus throughout.
Test yourself
1. Define preventive detention in one sentence. Detention by an executive order made on the subjective satisfaction of a statutory authority with a view to preventing a person from acting in a manner prejudicial to a purpose the statute specifies, without charge, trial or conviction.
2. Why can a detention statute never be challenged on the ground that preventive detention is unconstitutional? Because article 22(3)(b) and (4) to (7) assume the existence of laws providing for preventive detention, and Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III confer the legislative power to make them.
3. Within what time must the grounds be communicated under the National Security Act? As soon as may be, ordinarily not later than five days, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing not later than fifteen days from the date of detention.
4. What happens if the Advisory Board reports that there is no sufficient cause? Section 12(2) requires the appropriate Government to revoke the detention order and cause the person to be released forthwith.
5. What is the maximum period of detention under the National Security Act for a confirmed order? Twelve months from the date of detention, without prejudice to the power of the appropriate Government to revoke or modify the order earlier.
Punitive Detention and Preventive Detention Distinguished
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Punitive detention looks backwards at what a person has been proved to have done; preventive detention looks forwards at what an official believes he may do.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: punitive detention is imprisonment imposed by a court as a sentence, after a charge, a trial and a conviction for an offence committed in the past. Preventive detention is imprisonment ordered by an executive authority, on its own satisfaction, to prevent a person from acting in a specified prejudicial manner in the future. The first is punishment; the second is not, and the whole of its constitutional treatment follows from that.
The eight axes of difference
Punitive detention
Preventive detention
Looks
backwards, at a completed act
forwards, at anticipated conduct
Ordered by
a criminal court
the executive: a Government or an empowered officer
Requires
a charge, a trial, evidence and a conviction
a satisfaction, on material that need not be evidence
Standard
proof beyond reasonable doubt
subjective satisfaction, on suspicion or anticipation
Purpose
punishment, deterrence, reformation
prevention
Duration
fixed by the sentence, by reference to gravity
fixed by statute, subject to review, without reference to gravity
Safeguards
the whole of criminal procedure and articles 20, 21 and 22(1) and (2)
article 22(4) to (7) and the statute only
Consequence
a criminal record and the disabilities of conviction
none of those
Why the distinction has legal consequences and not just descriptive ones
Four consequences follow directly, and each of them decides real cases.
Article 20 does not apply to a detention order. Article 20(1) forbids conviction for an act that was not an offence when done and a penalty greater than that then prescribed; article 20(2) forbids double jeopardy; article 20(3) forbids compelling an accused to be a witness against himself. All three are framed around an offence and a conviction. A detention order involves neither, so none of them is engaged. That is a real loss to the detenu and it should be stated.
Acquittal is no bar. A person acquitted of an offence may still be detained on the same facts, because the detention is not punishment for that offence and the standard is different. Equally, a pending prosecution does not preclude a detention order. The two run in parallel, which is one of the strongest criticisms of the power.
A detention order that is in truth punitive is bad. If the material shows that the authority was punishing past conduct rather than preventing future conduct, the order is outside the statute. This is the classification point, and it is a real ground of challenge.
The safeguards are different in kind. A convict has had a trial. A detenu gets grounds and a representation. The safeguards in article 22(4) to (7) are not a lesser version of a trial; they are a different mechanism serving a different purpose.
Punitive Detention and Preventive Detention Distinguished
How a court tells them apart
The label on the order does not decide it. Three indicators are used.
What the order says it is for. A recital that the person is being detained to prevent him from acting prejudicially to a named purpose is the statutory form. A recital that he has committed offences and deserves to be dealt with is not.
Whether the grounds look forward. Grounds that recite past incidents are perfectly proper, because past conduct is the material from which propensity is inferred. What is improper is grounds that treat the past incidents as the reason for the detention rather than as evidence of what he will do.
Whether the ordinary law was available and was ignored for no reason. Where the person could simply have been prosecuted, and where nothing shows why prosecution would not answer, the inference that the order is punitive is available. This is the reasoning behind the modern line of decisions in [The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention].
A worked example
Rakesh is prosecuted for rioting and is acquitted in January for want of evidence. In March the District Magistrate makes an order under the National Security Act detaining him to prevent him from acting prejudicially to the maintenance of public order, and the grounds recite the same riot.
Is the acquittal a bar? No. The detention is not punishment for the offence and the standards differ.
Is the order therefore good? Not necessarily, and three questions remain.
Does the incident disclose a public order problem? That is the concentric circles test in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles].
Is there a live link between January and March? A single acquitted incident, without more, is thin material for a prediction. See [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order].
Is the order in substance punitive? If the only material is the very incident on which he was acquitted, and nothing suggests a continuing propensity, the inference that the authority is punishing him for an acquittal is strong, and the order can be attacked on that footing.
Preventive detention compared with other preventive measures
The distinction students find harder is not between preventive and punitive but between preventive detention and the ordinary preventive powers, because both look forwards.
Bond under BNSS s.126
Order under BNSS s.163
Preventive detention
Looks
forwards
forwards
forwards
Decided by
an Executive Magistrate on a show cause notice
an Executive Magistrate
an executive authority
Hearing before the order
yes
may be ex parte, with a right to apply to rescind
no
Effect
an undertaking with sureties
a prohibition on doing something
custody
Maximum
a bond for up to one year
two months, extendable to eight in all
twelve months under the NSA
Punitive Detention and Preventive Detention Distinguished
The point of the table is the third row and the fourth. The ordinary powers restrain conduct; detention removes the person. That is why necessity matters, and why [Keeping Public Order: The Executive's Ordinary Powers] comes before this module's statutes.
What it does NOT mean
Preventive detention is not a lesser punishment. It is not punishment at all in law, which is precisely why article 20 does not protect against it.
Past conduct is not irrelevant. It is the ordinary material from which the prediction is drawn. What is impermissible is treating it as the reason rather than the evidence.
A person in prison is not therefore immune. A detention order may be made against a person already in custody, subject to the compelling-necessity requirement in [Detention of a Person Already in Custody].
The distinction is not about severity. A detention of twelve months without trial may be far worse for the person than a fine. The distinction is about what the order is directed to.
Quick revision
Punitive: backwards, court, charge and trial, proof beyond reasonable doubt, punishment, sentence fixed by gravity, full criminal safeguards, criminal record.
Preventive: forwards, executive, satisfaction, suspicion or anticipation, prevention, period fixed by statute, article 22(4) to (7) safeguards only, no record.
Article 20 does not apply to a detention order, because it is framed around an offence and a conviction.
An acquittal is no bar, and a pending prosecution is no bar.
An order that is in substance punitive is outside the statute.
The harder distinction is from the ordinary preventive powers: those restrain conduct, detention removes the person.
Test yourself
1. Give four differences in one line each. Backwards against forwards; court against executive; proof against satisfaction; punishment against prevention.
2. Why does article 20(3) not protect a detenu? Because it protects a person accused of an offence against being compelled to be a witness against himself, and a detenu is not accused of any offence.
3. Can a person acquitted of an offence be detained on the same facts? Yes, because detention is not punishment for the offence and the standard is satisfaction rather than proof; but the order must still show a genuine preventive purpose, a live link, and the correct ground.
4. How does a court tell a punitive order dressed as a preventive one? By what the order recites, by whether the grounds treat past incidents as evidence of propensity or as the reason for the order, and by whether the ordinary law was available and was passed over without explanation.
Punitive Detention and Preventive Detention Distinguished
5. What is the practical difference between a bond under section 126 of the Sanhita and a detention order? The bond follows a show cause notice and a hearing before a Magistrate and restrains conduct by an undertaking; the detention order is made without notice or hearing by an executive authority and removes the person into custody.
Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The Constitution divides the power to make preventive detention laws by the reason for detaining: three reasons belong to Parliament alone, and three belong to Parliament and the States together.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: legislative competence over preventive detention is distributed by two entries. Entry 9 of the Union List gives Parliament exclusive power over preventive detention for reasons connected with defence, foreign affairs or the security of India, and over persons subjected to such detention. Entry 3 of the Concurrent List gives Parliament and the State Legislatures concurrent power over preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, and over persons subjected to such detention.
The two entries, in the Constitution's own words
Union List, Entry 9. "Preventive detention for reasons connected with Defence, Foreign Affairs, or the security of India; persons subjected to such detention."
Concurrent List, Entry 3. "Preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community; persons subjected to such detention."
Concurrent List, Entry 4. "Removal from one State to another State of prisoners, accused persons and persons subjected to preventive detention for reasons specified in entry 3 of this List."
Reading them together
Three observations decide everything that follows.
They divide by the reason, not by the person or the place. The question is never who is detained or where, but why. That is why a State Act cannot detain a smuggler for reasons connected with the security of India even though the smuggler is in the State.
Entry 9 says "the security of India"; Entry 3 says "the security of a State". The two are different. The security of India is the safety of the nation; the security of a State is the safety of a constituent State as an organised political entity. An answer that quotes one for the other has lost the point of the division.
Entry 4 exists because of Entry 3. Where a person is detained on a concurrent-list reason, moving him from one State to another is itself a concurrent subject. That is the constitutional basis for section 5(b) of the National Security Act 1980, which allows removal from one place of detention to another, whether within the same State or in another State, but provides that no order shall be made by a State Government for removal to another State except with the consent of the Government of that other State.
How the statutes map onto the entries
Statute
Made by
Reasons used
Entry
National Security Act 1980, s.3(1)
Parliament
defence of India, relations of India with foreign powers, security of India; regulating the continued presence of a foreigner or arranging his expulsion
List I Entry 9
National Security Act 1980, s.3(2)
Parliament
security of the State, maintenance of public order, maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community
List III Entry 3
COFEPOSA 1974, s.3
Parliament
conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange, and prevention of smuggling
List I Entry 9, on the footing recited in its own preamble
PIT NDPS Act 1988, s.3
Parliament
illicit traffic in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances
List I Entry 9
A State detention Act
a State Legislature
security of the State, public order, essential supplies and services only
List III Entry 3
Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III
The National Security Act is worth pausing on. Its section 3 is drafted in two sub-sections, and the division is not accidental: sub-section (1) collects the Entry 9 grounds and sub-section (2) collects the Entry 3 grounds. A student who notices that has understood the constitutional architecture from the face of the statute.
COFEPOSA's own preamble supplies its constitutional justification in terms: it recites that violations of foreign exchange regulations and smuggling activities are having an increasingly deleterious effect on the national economy and thereby a serious adverse effect on the security of the State, and that having regard to the persons by whom and the manner in which such activities are organised, and to the fact that in certain areas highly vulnerable to smuggling such activities of considerable magnitude are clandestinely organised and carried on, it is necessary to provide for the detention of the persons concerned.
Why a State may not use the Union grounds
Because Entry 9 is in the Union List, and by article 246(1) Parliament has exclusive power with respect to the matters in that List. A State law purporting to authorise detention for reasons connected with the defence of India is beyond the competence of the State Legislature, and the question of repugnancy under article 254 never arises: an incompetent legislature does not reach that stage.
Where two competent laws collide
Because Entry 3 is concurrent, both legislatures may occupy the field, and article 254 decides a conflict. If a State law is repugnant to a Union law with respect to the same concurrent matter, the Union law prevails and the State law is void to the extent of the repugnancy, unless the State law was reserved for the consideration of the President and received his assent, in which case it prevails in that State. Even then, Parliament may afterwards enact a law adding to, amending, varying or repealing the State law.
The National Security Act itself deals with the overlap directly. Section 17 provides that nothing in the Act shall apply or have any effect with respect to orders of detention made under any State law which were in force immediately before the commencement of the National Security Ordinance 1980.
Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III
A worked example
The Legislature of Maharashtra passes an Act authorising the detention of a person, for up to two years, to prevent him from acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, and provides that the Advisory Board shall consist of two retired District Judges.
Is the reason within the State's competence? Yes. The maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community is in Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
Is the Advisory Board provision valid? No. Article 22(4)(a) requires an Advisory Board consisting of persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court. A retired District Judge who is not qualified for appointment to a High Court does not answer that description, and no legislature can dilute a constitutional condition.
Is the two year period valid? Only if it satisfies article 22. A detention beyond three months requires either a favourable Advisory Board report under clause (4)(a) or a law made by Parliament under clause (7). A State Legislature cannot make a law under clause (7), because that clause names Parliament. So a State Act must build its scheme around the Board.
What if a Union Act covers the same ground? Article 254 applies, and unless the State Act was reserved and received the President's assent it is void to the extent of the repugnancy.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean a State cannot detain for security reasons at all. It may, for the security of that State.
It does not mean the Union cannot legislate on public order. Entry 3 is concurrent, and section 3(2) of the National Security Act rests on it.
Competence is not the same as validity. A law within the competence of the legislature that made it may still be void for offending Part III. Competence is the first question, not the only one.
Quick revision
List I Entry 9: preventive detention for defence, foreign affairs or the security of India, and persons so detained. Exclusive to Parliament.
List III Entry 3: preventive detention for the security of a State, public order, or essential supplies and services, and persons so detained. Concurrent.
List III Entry 4: removal of such persons from one State to another. Concurrent.
The division is by the REASON for detaining.
NSA s.3(1) collects the Entry 9 grounds; s.3(2) collects the Entry 3 grounds. COFEPOSA's preamble ties smuggling to the national economy and the security of the State.
Article 254 governs a clash on the concurrent field; a State law needs the President's assent to prevail in that State.
Article 22(7) names Parliament, so no State Act can use the without-a-Board route.
Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III
Test yourself
1. A State Act authorises detention for reasons connected with the relations of India with foreign powers. Valid? No. That is within Entry 9 of the Union List, which is exclusive to Parliament, and it is not in Entry 3.
2. Why is section 3 of the National Security Act drafted in two sub-sections? Because sub-section (1) uses the Entry 9 grounds, which only Parliament may enact, and sub-section (2) uses the Entry 3 grounds, which are concurrent.
3. Which entry supports moving a detenu from Maharashtra to Gujarat? Entry 4 of the Concurrent List, and section 5(b) of the National Security Act, which requires the consent of the other State Government where the order is made by a State Government.
4. Can a State Act provide for detention beyond three months without an Advisory Board? No. That route exists only under article 22(7)(a), which empowers Parliament, and a State Legislature cannot use it.
5. What does COFEPOSA's preamble say about the security of the State? That violations of foreign exchange regulations and smuggling activities are having an increasingly deleterious effect on the national economy and thereby a serious adverse effect on the security of the State.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Article 22 is two different sets of rules living in one article, and the second set exists to take away what the first set gives.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22 contains two distinct codes. Clauses (1) and (2) confer procedural safeguards on a person who is arrested in the ordinary way. Clause (3) withdraws those safeguards from an enemy alien and from a person detained under a preventive detention law. Clauses (4) to (7) then supply a separate and much thinner set of safeguards for the preventive detainee, and clause (7) allows Parliament to weaken even those.
Why the article is built this way
Article 21 says that no person shall be deprived of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. Read alone in 1950, that guaranteed almost nothing about how a person is treated between arrest and trial: it required a procedure, not a fair one. Article 22 was written to supply the missing content, and its first two clauses are the ordinary safeguards of arrest.
The Constituent Assembly then had to decide what to do about preventive detention, which the colonial government had used extensively and which the new government wished to retain. Dr. Ambedkar's answer was not to hide it. It was to authorise it in the Constitution itself and attach conditions, so that the power would be visible and limited rather than exercised under an ordinary statute that Parliament could write as it pleased.
That decision is why India is unusual. Most constitutions with a bill of rights do not mention preventive detention in peacetime at all. India's names it, permits it, and fixes its outer limits in the fundamental rights chapter itself. An answer to MU's question on the importance of article 22 should begin there: its importance is that it is the constitutional source of the power and the constitutional limit on it at the same time.
The article's own words, clause by clause
The text below is the Legislative Department's official print. The marginal heading is Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases.
Clause (1). No person who is arrested shall be detained in custody without being informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest nor shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by, a legal practitioner of his choice.
Clause (2). Every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magistrate within a period of twenty-four hours of such arrest excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate and no such person shall be detained in custody beyond the said period without the authority of a magistrate.
Article 22 Read Whole
Clause (3). Nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply (a) to any person who for the time being is an enemy alien; or (b) to any person who is arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention.
Clause (4). No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than three months unless (a) an Advisory Board consisting of persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of three months that there is in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention, provided that nothing in this sub-clause shall authorise the detention of any person beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made by Parliament under sub-clause (b) of clause (7); or (b) such person is detained in accordance with the provisions of any law made by Parliament under sub-clauses (a) and (b) of clause (7).
Clause (5). When any person is detained in pursuance of an order made under any law providing for preventive detention, the authority making the order shall, as soon as may be, communicate to such person the grounds on which the order has been made and shall afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.
Clause (6). Nothing in clause (5) shall require the authority making any such order as is referred to in that clause to disclose facts which such authority considers to be against the public interest to disclose.
Clause (7). Parliament may by law prescribe (a) the circumstances under which, and the class or classes of cases in which, a person may be detained for a period longer than three months under any law providing for preventive detention without obtaining the opinion of an Advisory Board in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause (a) of clause (4); (b) the maximum period for which any person may in any class or classes of cases be detained under any law providing for preventive detention; and (c) the procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board in an inquiry under sub-clause (a) of clause (4).
The shape of the article in one view
Clauses
Who they are about
What they do
(1) and (2)
any person arrested
grounds of arrest, counsel, magistrate within 24 hours
(3)
enemy aliens and preventive detainees
switches (1) and (2) off
(4)
preventive detainees
three month limit unless an Advisory Board reports sufficient cause
(5)
preventive detainees
grounds of detention, and the earliest opportunity to represent
(6)
preventive detainees
but facts against the public interest need not be disclosed
(7)
Parliament
may authorise detention beyond three months without a Board, fix a maximum period, and prescribe the Board's procedure
Article 22 Read Whole
Read that table downwards and the design is plain. Clause (3) is the hinge. Everything before it is the ordinary law of arrest; everything after it is a separate and weaker regime for a person against whom nothing has been alleged as an offence.
The three things this article does that matter most
It makes preventive detention constitutional. Once article 22(3)(b) speaks of "any law providing for preventive detention", the existence of such laws is assumed by the Constitution. A challenge to a detention statute can therefore never be that preventive detention is as such unconstitutional. It has to be that this statute, or this order, fails some condition.
It supplies the conditions. The three month rule, the Advisory Board, the communication of grounds and the opportunity to represent are constitutional requirements, not statutory concessions. Parliament cannot take them away by ordinary law, and a detention statute that omitted them would be void.
It leaves a hole in clause (7)(a). Parliament may prescribe circumstances in which a person may be held longer than three months without obtaining the opinion of an Advisory Board at all. That is the widest gap in the article, and [Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe] shows what has and has not been done with it.
The amendment that was passed and never brought into force
This is the single most commonly misstated fact in the subject, and the official text itself records it.
Section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 substitutes clause (4) with a new clause reducing three months to two months, requiring the Advisory Board to be constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court, and requiring its Chairman to be a serving Judge of that High Court. The same section omits sub-clause (a) of clause (7) altogether, which would remove the power to detain beyond the period without any Board at all.
The Legislative Department's print carries these as footnotes reading, in terms, "(date yet to be notified)" and "(date to be notified)". They have never been notified. The old clauses are the law today.
An answer that states the two month rule as the current position is wrong, and it is wrong in a way an examiner will notice, because the point is precisely the kind of thing an LL.M. paper on this subject is testing. [The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force] works through what the amendment would do and why it matters that it has not.
Article 22 Read Whole
A worked example running through the whole article
Farida is picked up in Pune on 3 March.
If she is arrested on suspicion of an offence, clauses (1) and (2) apply. She must be told the grounds of her arrest as soon as may be; she may consult and be defended by a lawyer of her choice; and she must be produced before the nearest magistrate within twenty four hours, excluding travelling time. Those constitutional requirements are worked out in ordinary law by sections 47 and 58 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023.
If instead the State Government makes an order under section 3 of the National Security Act 1980, clause (3)(b) switches all of that off. She need not be produced before a magistrate at all, and the constitutional right to counsel in clause (1) does not apply to her.
What she gets instead is clause (5): the grounds on which the order was made, communicated as soon as may be, and the earliest opportunity of making a representation. Clause (6) allows the authority to withhold facts it considers against the public interest to disclose. Under clause (4) she cannot be held beyond three months unless an Advisory Board has reported sufficient cause before those three months expire.
And the ordinary law adds to that. Section 8 of the National Security Act requires the grounds to be communicated ordinarily within five days, and sections 10 to 12 govern the reference to the Board and the confirmation of the order. Those are statutory, not constitutional, and Parliament could change them; the clause (4) and (5) requirements it could not.
What it does NOT mean
Clause (3) does not put the detenu outside Part III. It disapplies clauses (1) and (2) of article 22, and nothing else. Articles 14, 19, 21 and 32 continue to apply. That was not obvious in 1950, and [A.K. Gopalan and the Compartment Theory] explains why, but it has been settled since 1978.
Clause (5) is not a right to be told the evidence. It is a right to be told the grounds. The difference, and the extent to which the material relied on must nonetheless be supplied, is worked in [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation].
The Advisory Board is not a court. It does not try anything, it does not take evidence in the ordinary sense, and the detenu has no right to be represented before it by a lawyer. [The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy] takes that up.
Article 22 is not the only source of a detenu's protection. A great deal of what actually protects a detenu today comes from article 21 as read after 1978 and from the courts' insistence on the quality of the satisfaction and the grounds. The article is the floor.
Article 22 Read Whole
Quick revision
Article 22, marginal heading: protection against arrest and detention in certain cases.
Clauses (1) and (2): grounds of arrest, counsel of choice, magistrate within 24 hours excluding journey time.
Clause (3): those two clauses do not apply to an enemy alien or to a preventive detainee. This is the hinge.
Clause (4): no detention beyond three months unless an Advisory Board of High Court Judges, serving, former or qualified, reports sufficient cause before the three months expire.
Clause (5): communicate the grounds as soon as may be, and afford the earliest opportunity of representation.
Clause (6): facts against the public interest need not be disclosed.
Clause (7): Parliament may allow detention beyond three months without a Board, fix a maximum period, and prescribe the Board's procedure.
The 44th Amendment's substitute clause (4), two months and a serving Judge as Chairman, has never been notified.
Test yourself
1. Which clause of article 22 is the hinge of the whole article, and why? Clause (3). It switches off clauses (1) and (2) for an enemy alien and for a preventive detainee, and everything after it exists because of that withdrawal.
2. A detention statute provides that a person may be held for six months without any reference to an Advisory Board. Is it valid? Only if Parliament has made it under article 22(7)(a), which permits prescribing the circumstances and classes of case in which detention beyond three months without a Board is allowed. A State legislature could not do it, and a Union law that did not purport to act under clause (7)(a) could not either.
3. Is the three month period in clause (4) now two months? No. The 44th Amendment's substitution has never been brought into force; the official text prints it in a footnote marked "date yet to be notified". Three months remains the constitutional limit.
4. Does a preventive detainee have a constitutional right to a lawyer? Not under article 22(1), which clause (3)(b) disapplies. Whether one arises from article 21 or before the Advisory Board is a separate question, answered in [The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy].
5. Name the two safeguards in clause (5) and say who owes them. Communication of the grounds on which the order has been made, and the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order. Both are owed by the authority making the order.
Article 22(1) and 22(2): The Rights of an Arrested Person
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Anyone arrested must be told why, may have a lawyer of his choice, and must be put before a magistrate within twenty four hours.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(1) provides that no person who is arrested shall be detained in custody without being informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest, nor shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by, a legal practitioner of his choice. Article 22(2) provides that every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magistrate within a period of twenty four hours of such arrest, excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate, and that no such person shall be detained in custody beyond that period without the authority of a magistrate.
Why they are in Part III at all
Because article 21 alone did not supply them. Read as it was read in 1950, article 21 required a procedure established by law and said nothing about what that procedure had to contain. Article 22(1) and (2) fill in the minimum: the person must know why he is held, must be able to get a lawyer, and must be brought before a judicial officer quickly.
The twenty four hour rule is the most important of the three, because it is what converts the police's custody into judicial custody. After twenty four hours the police cannot hold a person on their own authority at all: the detention continues only because a magistrate has authorised it.
Clause (1), taken apart
"No person who is arrested." It applies to every arrest, under any law, by any authority. There is no qualification by offence or by status.
"Shall be detained in custody without being informed, as soon as may be, of the grounds for such arrest." Two elements. The information must be of the grounds, meaning the substance of the accusation and not merely the section number; and it must be given as soon as may be, which means as soon as practicable in the circumstances.
"Nor shall he be denied the right to consult, and to be defended by, a legal practitioner of his choice." Again two elements: consultation, which happens before and during interrogation and custody, and defence, which happens in the proceedings. And the practitioner must be one of his choice.
Clause (2), taken apart
"Every person who is arrested and detained in custody shall be produced before the nearest magistrate." The nearest magistrate, not the most convenient one, and produced physically.
"Within a period of twenty four hours of such arrest." Computed from the arrest.
Article 22(1) and 22(2): The Rights of an Arrested Person
"Excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate." Travelling time is excluded, and only the time necessary for the journey.
"And no such person shall be detained in custody beyond the said period without the authority of a magistrate." This is the operative prohibition. After twenty four hours plus travelling time, further custody requires a judicial order.
How the ordinary law gives them effect
The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 carries the constitutional requirements into working procedure. Section 144 of the repealed Code is section 163 of the Sanhita, and the arrest provisions have been renumbered in the same way.
Section 47 requires every police officer or other person arresting any person without warrant to communicate forthwith to him full particulars of the offence for which he is arrested or other grounds for such arrest.
Section 57 requires a police officer making an arrest without warrant to take or send the person arrested before a Magistrate having jurisdiction, or before the officer in charge of a police station, without unnecessary delay and subject to the provisions as to bail.
Section 58 provides that no police officer shall detain in custody a person arrested without warrant for a longer period than under all the circumstances of the case is reasonable, and that such period shall not, in the absence of a special order of a Magistrate under section 187, exceed twenty four hours exclusive of the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the Magistrate's Court, whether having jurisdiction or not.
Section 58 therefore does two things the Constitution does not: it imposes a reasonableness limit within the twenty four hours, and it names the provision, section 187, under which a Magistrate may authorise further detention.
The consequence for a preventive detainee
Article 22(3)(b) provides that nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply to any person who is arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention.
So a detenu has, under article 22:
no constitutional right to be informed of the grounds of arrest under clause (1), though he has a different and later right to the grounds of detention under clause (5);
no constitutional right to consult and be defended by a legal practitioner of his choice;
and no right to be produced before any magistrate at all, at twenty four hours or ever.
That is the whole of what clause (3) does, and it is why [Article 22(3): Who Loses Those Rights] is the hinge of the article.
A worked example, run twice
The police in Thane take Nikhil into custody at 9 a.m. on Monday.
Article 22(1) and 22(2): The Rights of an Arrested Person
If he is arrested on suspicion of an offence. He must be told the full particulars of the offence forthwith under section 47. He may consult a lawyer of his choice. He must be produced before the nearest Magistrate by 9 a.m. on Tuesday, excluding only the time necessary for the journey, and cannot be held beyond that without the Magistrate's authority under section 187. Within the twenty four hours, section 58 requires that he not be held longer than is reasonable in the circumstances.
If a detention order under the National Security Act is served on him. None of that applies. He will be taken to a place of detention specified by the appropriate Government under section 5 of that Act. He will be given the grounds of detention under section 8, ordinarily within five days and in exceptional circumstances within fifteen. He will not be produced before a magistrate. He may make a representation to the Government. His case will go to an Advisory Board within three weeks under section 10, and section 11(4) provides that nothing in that section entitles him to appear by a legal practitioner.
The contrast between those two paragraphs is the single most useful thing a student can carry into an exam on this topic.
What it does NOT mean
Clause (1) is not a right to be given the evidence. It is a right to be informed of the grounds of the arrest.
Clause (2) does not give twenty four hours of lawful police custody as of right. Section 58 of the Sanhita requires that custody not exceed what is reasonable in the circumstances, and twenty four hours is the outer limit rather than an entitlement.
The right to a lawyer under clause (1) is not the same as legal aid. Legal aid at State expense comes from article 39A and article 21, and from the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, on which see [Access to Courts in Practice: Legal Aid and Public Interest Litigation].
Clause (3) does not put a detenu outside Part III. It disapplies clauses (1) and (2) of article 22 and nothing else. Articles 14, 19, 21 and 32 continue to apply to him.
Quick revision
Article 22(1): informed of the grounds of arrest as soon as may be; right to consult and be defended by a legal practitioner of his choice.
Article 22(2): produced before the nearest magistrate within twenty four hours, excluding journey time; no custody beyond that without a magistrate's authority.
BNSS s.47 full particulars forthwith; s.57 taken before a Magistrate without unnecessary delay; s.58 no longer than is reasonable and in any event not beyond twenty four hours excluding journey time, absent a special order under s.187.
Article 22(3)(b) disapplies both clauses to a person detained under a preventive detention law.
What a detenu gets instead: the grounds under clause (5) and section 8 of the NSA, a representation, and an Advisory Board, but no magistrate and no constitutional right to counsel.
Article 22(1) and 22(2): The Rights of an Arrested Person
Test yourself
1. From what moment is the twenty four hours computed, and what is excluded? From the arrest, excluding the time necessary for the journey from the place of arrest to the court of the magistrate.
2. Which section of the Sanhita corresponds to article 22(1)'s requirement about grounds? Section 47, which requires full particulars of the offence or other grounds of arrest to be communicated forthwith.
3. Does a preventive detainee have to be produced before a magistrate? No. Article 22(3)(b) disapplies clause (2) to him.
4. Does section 58 of the Sanhita entitle the police to twenty four hours of custody? No. It forbids custody longer than is reasonable in all the circumstances, and fixes twenty four hours excluding journey time as the outer limit absent a Magistrate's special order under section 187.
5. Name the three things a detenu loses by clause (3). The right to be informed of the grounds of arrest under clause (1), the right to consult and be defended by a legal practitioner of his choice, and the right to be produced before a magistrate within twenty four hours.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Two classes of person get nothing from the first two clauses of article 22: an enemy alien, and anyone held under a preventive detention law.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(3) provides that nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply to any person who for the time being is an enemy alien, or to any person who is arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention. Its effect is that neither of those persons has a constitutional right to be informed of the grounds of arrest under clause (1), to consult and be defended by a legal practitioner of his choice, or to be produced before a magistrate within twenty four hours under clause (2).
The text
"Nothing in clauses (1) and (2) shall apply
(a) to any person who for the time being is an enemy alien; or
(b) to any person who is arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention."
The two classes, taken separately
(a) An enemy alien
An enemy alien is a subject or citizen of a State at war with India, and the words "for the time being" tie the status to the existence of the state of war. The rationale is not disguised: a citizen of a country at war with India, taken into custody in India, cannot be given the same procedural rights as an Indian, because the ordinary machinery of prosecution and bail is not designed for a wartime enemy.
Two points a student should add.
It is a narrow class. It does not extend to every foreigner. A foreigner who is not the subject of a State at war with India is not an enemy alien, and clause (3)(a) has nothing to do with him. A foreigner may of course be detained under a preventive detention law, in which case he falls within clause (3)(b) like anybody else, and section 2(d) of the National Security Act 1980 expressly provides that "person" includes a foreigner.
Article 21 still applies. An enemy alien is a person, and article 21 speaks of persons rather than citizens. What clause (3)(a) removes is clauses (1) and (2), not the whole of Part III.
(b) A person under a preventive detention law
This is the class the paper is about. Three features of the drafting matter.
"Arrested or detained." Both words, so the clause covers the taking into custody as well as the holding.
"Under any law providing for preventive detention." The clause is triggered by the character of the law, not by the label the executive uses. If the law is in truth a preventive detention law, the clause applies; if it is not, the clause does not, whatever the order says.
Article 22(3): Who Loses Those Rights
It is automatic. No declaration is needed, no emergency is needed, and no order of any court is needed. The moment a person is held under such a law, clauses (1) and (2) cease to apply to him.
What is left after clause (3) operates
This is the list to give in an answer, because the examiner is testing whether the student thinks the detenu is left with nothing.
From article 22 itself: clause (4), the three month limit and the Advisory Board; clause (5), the grounds and the earliest opportunity of representation; and, as a limit on the State, clause (7), which confines what Parliament may prescribe.
From the rest of Part III: article 14, so an arbitrary order is bad; article 21, so the procedure must be right, just and fair after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597; article 32 and article 226, so a court can be reached; and article 20 in its own terms, though it is of little use because there is no offence and no conviction.
From the statute: whatever the Act itself gives. Under the National Security Act 1980 that is section 8, grounds ordinarily within five days and in exceptional circumstances within fifteen; section 10, reference to the Advisory Board within three weeks; section 11, report within seven weeks; section 12, confirmation or release; section 13, a maximum of twelve months; and section 14, revocation.
The important structural point is this. The Constitution's own guarantee to a detenu is thin, and most of what actually protects him comes from article 21 as read after 1978 and from the statute. That is worth saying explicitly, because it explains why a book on this subject spends so much time on the statutes and on the judicial glosses in chapters 290 to 350.
Why the clause was drafted this way
Because the framers were making a trade, and it is better to state it than to deplore it.
Preventive detention was to be permitted. If clauses (1) and (2) applied to it, it could not work: a person detained to prevent future conduct cannot be produced before a magistrate for a decision on an accusation, because there is no accusation, and a right to be defended by counsel presupposes proceedings in which a defence is offered. So the ordinary safeguards were withdrawn and a different, thinner set was substituted in clauses (4) to (7).
Whether the substituted set is adequate is the question MU is asking whenever it sets the safeguards question, and the answer is in [The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse].
A worked example
Zainab is picked up in Pune. Consider three legal bases.
Article 22(3): Who Loses Those Rights
A. Arrested on suspicion of an offence under the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita. Clauses (1) and (2) apply in full. Grounds forthwith, counsel of choice, magistrate within twenty four hours.
B. Detained under an order made under section 3(2) of the National Security Act 1980. Clause (3)(b) applies. No magistrate, no constitutional right to counsel, no right to the grounds of arrest under clause (1). She gets the grounds of detention under clause (5) and section 8, a representation, and the Advisory Board.
C. Arrested under a special criminal statute such as the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967. Clauses (1) and (2) apply. That Act creates offences and provides for trial; it is not a preventive detention law, so clause (3)(b) has no application to it. The special features of that Act, such as the bail provision in section 43D(5), operate within a criminal process, not outside it.
Case C is the one students get wrong, and it is worth stating the rule that decides it: an Act is a preventive detention law only if it authorises detention without trial on a satisfaction about future conduct. An Act that creates offences and makes them hard to defend is a special criminal statute, and belongs to Module II.
What it does NOT mean
It does not suspend Part III for the detenu. Only clauses (1) and (2) of article 22 go.
It does not depend on an emergency. Clause (3) operates in ordinary times, which is what makes preventive detention in India unusual by comparative standards.
It does not make every foreigner an enemy alien. Sub-clause (a) is confined to the subject or citizen of a State at war with India, for the time being.
It is not a power. Clause (3) confers nothing on the State. It removes protections from the person. The power to detain comes from the statute, and behind the statute from Entry 9 of List I or Entry 3 of List III.
Quick revision
Article 22(3): clauses (1) and (2) do not apply to an enemy alien, or to a person arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention.
Effect: no grounds of arrest under clause (1), no constitutional right to counsel of choice, no production before a magistrate.
Enemy alien: a subject or citizen of a State at war with India, for the time being. Not every foreigner.
What survives: article 22(4), (5) and (7); articles 14, 21, 32 and 226; and whatever the statute gives.
The test of a preventive detention law: does it authorise detention without trial on a satisfaction about future conduct? A special criminal statute is not one.
Test yourself
1. Which two clauses does article 22(3) switch off, and for whom? Clauses (1) and (2), for an enemy alien and for a person arrested or detained under any law providing for preventive detention.
Article 22(3): Who Loses Those Rights
2. Is every foreigner an enemy alien? No. An enemy alien is a subject or citizen of a State at war with India for the time being. A foreigner may still be detained under a preventive detention law, and section 2(d) of the National Security Act provides that "person" includes a foreigner.
3. Does the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 attract clause (3)(b)? No. It creates offences and provides for trial, so it is a special criminal statute and not a law providing for preventive detention.
4. Name three protections that survive clause (3). Any three of: article 22(4) and (5); article 14; article 21 as read after Maneka Gandhi; article 32; article 226; and the safeguards in the detention statute itself.
5. Does clause (3) require an emergency to operate? No. It operates in ordinary times, which is what makes Indian preventive detention unusual by comparison with most constitutions that contain a bill of rights.
Article 22(4): The Three Month Rule and the Advisory Board
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Nobody may be held under a preventive detention law for more than three months unless a board of High Court judges has said within those three months that there is sufficient cause.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(4) provides that no law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than three months unless (a) an Advisory Board consisting of persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of three months that there is in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention, with a proviso that nothing in that sub-clause shall authorise detention beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made by Parliament under sub-clause (b) of clause (7); or (b) such person is detained in accordance with the provisions of any law made by Parliament under sub-clauses (a) and (b) of clause (7).
The clause taken apart
"No law providing for preventive detention shall authorise." The clause operates on the legislature. It is not a direction to the detaining authority; it is a limit on what any Act may permit. An Act that allowed four months without a Board would be void to that extent.
"For a longer period than three months." Three months from the date of detention.
"Unless (a) an Advisory Board ... has reported before the expiration of the said period of three months." Three requirements are packed in: there must be a Board of the prescribed composition; it must have formed the opinion that there is sufficient cause; and it must have reported before the three months expire. A report on the ninety first day does not save the detention.
"Consisting of persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court." Three categories: sitting judges, former judges, and persons qualified for appointment. The third is the widest and it is the one the 44th Amendment would have removed for the Chairman.
The proviso. Even a favourable Board report cannot authorise detention beyond the maximum period prescribed by Parliament under clause (7)(b).
"Or (b) such person is detained in accordance with ... any law made by Parliament under sub-clauses (a) and (b) of clause (7)." This is the exception, and it is examined in [Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe].
How the National Security Act works the clause out
Section 9. The Central Government and each State Government shall, whenever necessary, constitute one or more Advisory Boards. Every such Board shall consist of three persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court, appointed by the appropriate Government.
Article 22(4): The Three Month Rule and the Advisory Board
Section 10. In every case where a detention order has been made, the appropriate Government shall, within three weeks from the date of detention, place before the Board the grounds on which the order was made and the representation, if any, made by the person affected, and where the order was made by a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police under section 3(3), also that officer's report under section 3(4).
Section 11. The Board shall, after considering the materials placed before it and after calling for such further information as it deems necessary, and if it considers it essential or if the person concerned desires to be heard, after hearing him in person, submit its report within seven weeks from the date of detention. The report must specify in a separate part the Board's opinion whether or not there is sufficient cause for the detention. Where there is a difference of opinion, the opinion of the majority is deemed to be the Board's opinion. Sub-section (4) provides that nothing in the section entitles the detenu to appear by any legal practitioner in any matter connected with the reference, and that the proceedings and the report, except the part specifying the opinion, shall be confidential.
Section 12. Where the Board reports sufficient cause, the appropriate Government may confirm the order and continue the detention for such period as it thinks fit. Where the Board reports no sufficient cause, the Government shall revoke the order and cause the person to be released forthwith.
Section 13. The maximum period for a confirmed order is twelve months from the date of detention, without prejudice to the power to revoke or modify earlier.
The timetable is worth memorising because MU's safeguards question is often really a question about it: three weeks to the Board, seven weeks to the report, three months as the constitutional ceiling without a favourable report, twelve months as the statutory maximum.
The composition point, and why the 44th Amendment mattered
As article 22(4) stands, the Board may consist entirely of persons who are merely qualified to be appointed as High Court judges. In practice that means senior advocates and retired judicial officers, appointed by the Government that is detaining.
Section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 would change three things: the period would fall from three months to two; the Board would have to be constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court; and the Chairman would have to be a serving Judge of that High Court, with the other members serving or retired Judges of any High Court.
Article 22(4): The Three Month Rule and the Advisory Board
That amendment has never been brought into force. The official text of the Constitution prints the substituted clause in a footnote marked "date yet to be notified". The consequence is that the composition of the Board remains what it was in 1950, and the strongest structural criticism of the safeguard remains unanswered. See [The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force].
What the Board is not
It is not a court. It does not try anything, it takes no evidence in the ordinary sense, its proceedings are confidential, and its report binds the Government only when it is against the detention.
It does not decide the detention. Under section 12(1) a favourable report merely permits the Government to confirm. The Government may still revoke.
It does not hear argument from counsel. Section 11(4) says so in terms, and article 22(3)(b) is the reason. But the position is not absolute, and A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710, added two important qualifications which are worked in [The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy]: if the detaining authority or the Government takes the aid of a legal practitioner or legal adviser before the Board, the detenu must be allowed the same facility, because to permit one and deny the other would breach article 14; and the embargo does not prevent the detenu from being aided or assisted by a friend who is not in truth a legal practitioner.
A worked example on the timetable
Vikram is detained on 1 April under section 3(2) of the National Security Act.
By 22 April the State Government must place the grounds and any representation before the Advisory Board, that being three weeks from the date of detention under section 10.
By 20 May the Board must submit its report, that being seven weeks from the date of detention under section 11.
By 30 June the Board must have reported that there is sufficient cause, that being three months from the date of detention. If it has not, article 22(4) forbids the law from authorising his further detention, and he must be released.
If it has so reported, the Government may confirm under section 12(1) and continue the detention.
Not beyond 31 March of the following year, that being twelve months from the date of detention under section 13.
If the Board reports against, section 12(2) requires immediate revocation and release. There is no discretion.
What it does NOT mean
Three months is not a minimum. It is a ceiling on what a law may authorise without a favourable report. The Government may revoke at any time.
A favourable report does not fix the period. It permits confirmation for such period as the Government thinks fit, subject to the statutory maximum.
Article 22(4): The Three Month Rule and the Advisory Board
The Board's report is not published. Section 11(4) makes the proceedings and the report confidential, except the part specifying the opinion.
Twelve months is the National Security Act's maximum, not a constitutional one. COFEPOSA fixes one year, or two years in the section 9 class of case, computed with the "specified period" explanation. Each Act has its own.
Quick revision
Article 22(4): no law may authorise detention beyond three months unless an Advisory Board of persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be High Court Judges has reported sufficient cause before the three months expire; or the person is detained under a law made by Parliament under clause (7)(a) and (b).
Proviso: even a favourable report cannot authorise detention beyond the maximum prescribed by Parliament under clause (7)(b).
NSA s.9: three members, appointed by the detaining Government. s.10: reference within three weeks. s.11: report within seven weeks, opinion in a separate part, majority prevails, no legal practitioner, proceedings confidential. s.12: may confirm on a favourable report, must revoke and release on an adverse one. s.13: twelve months maximum.
Section 3 of the 44th Amendment would cut three months to two and require a serving High Court Judge as Chairman on the Chief Justice's recommendation. Never notified.
A.K. Roy, AIR 1982 SC 710: no right to counsel before the Board, but equality if the State uses a lawyer, and a friend who is not a legal practitioner may assist.
Test yourself
1. What must happen within three months, and what is the consequence if it does not? An Advisory Board of the prescribed composition must have reported that there is sufficient cause for the detention. If it has not, no law may authorise the detention to continue, and the detenu must be released.
2. Who may sit on an Advisory Board as article 22(4) now stands? Persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court. Under the National Security Act there are three of them, appointed by the appropriate Government.
3. Give the National Security Act's timetable. Reference to the Board within three weeks of detention under section 10; report within seven weeks under section 11; the constitutional three month limit; and a maximum of twelve months under section 13.
4. Must the Government release the detenu if the Board reports against the detention? Yes. Section 12(2) provides that the Government shall revoke the order and cause the person to be released forthwith.
5. Can a detenu be represented by a lawyer before the Board? Not as of right: section 11(4) says nothing in that section entitles him to appear by a legal practitioner. But on A.K. Roy, if the detaining authority or the Government uses a legal practitioner or legal adviser the detenu must be allowed the same facility, and he may be assisted by a friend who is not a legal practitioner.
Article 22(5): The Grounds and the Right of Representation
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The detaining authority must tell the detenu why he is being held, as soon as it can, and must give him the earliest chance to answer.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(5) provides that when any person is detained in pursuance of an order made under any law providing for preventive detention, the authority making the order shall, as soon as may be, communicate to such person the grounds on which the order has been made, and shall afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.
Why this clause carries the weight
Because it is the only clause in article 22 that gives the detenu something to do. Clause (4) gives him a Board he cannot properly address; clause (6) takes something away; clause (7) empowers Parliament. Clause (5) gives him two rights that operate before any of that: to know the case, and to answer it.
Those two rights are also the only ones a court can enforce on the material before it. A court cannot say whether the satisfaction was justified. It can say whether the grounds were served, whether they were intelligible, whether the material behind them was supplied, and whether the representation was decided.
The two constitutional imperatives
The clause contains two obligations and they are separate.
First, communicate the grounds, as soon as may be. The obligation is on the authority making the order. The thing to be communicated is the grounds, meaning the conclusions of fact on which the satisfaction rests. And the time is as soon as may be, which means as soon as practicable.
Second, afford the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order. Not merely permit a representation: afford the earliest opportunity. That imports everything necessary to make the opportunity real, which is why the material relied on has to be supplied and why the grounds have to be in a language the detenu understands.
How the statute works it out
Section 8(1) of the National Security Act 1980: when a person is detained in pursuance of a detention order, the authority making the order shall, as soon as may be, but ordinarily not later than five days, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing, not later than fifteen days from the date of detention, communicate to him the grounds on which the order has been made, and shall afford him the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order to the appropriate Government.
Section 8(2): nothing in sub-section (1) shall require the authority to disclose facts which it considers to be against the public interest to disclose. That is clause (6) in statutory form and is taken up in the next chapter.
Article 22(5): The Grounds and the Right of Representation
Section 3(3) of COFEPOSA 1974 is drafted expressly by reference to the Constitution: "For the purposes of clause (5) of article 22 of the Constitution, the communication to a person detained in pursuance of a detention order of the grounds on which the order has been made shall be made as soon as may be after the detention, but ordinarily not later than five days, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing, not later than fifteen days, from the date of detention."
Two points follow. The five day period is the ordinary rule and fifteen days is the exception, and the exception requires exceptional circumstances and reasons recorded in writing. An authority that takes eleven days without recording reasons has breached the section even though it is within fifteen days.
The six rules the courts have built on clause (5)
Each of these has a chapter of its own, and they are listed here so that a student can see that they are a single scheme rather than a list of unrelated points.
The grounds must not be vague, irrelevant or non-existent. A ground the detenu cannot answer is no ground. See [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale].
There must be a live link between the grounds and the detention. Stale material cannot support a prediction. See [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order].
The mind must have been applied. Grounds copied mechanically show no satisfaction. See [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
The grounds must be intelligible to this detenu. Service in a language he cannot read is not communication. See [Communicating the Grounds, and the Language the Detenu Understands].
The material relied on must be supplied. An opportunity to represent against conclusions whose basis is withheld is not the earliest opportunity of making a representation. See [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation].
The representation must be decided, without unexplained delay, by everyone who has to decide it. See [Delay in Deciding the Representation].
The distinction that decides disclosure disputes
Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, worked in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It], draws the line that governs.
Article 22(5) requires the communication of the grounds of detention and not of other particulars. Other particulars may include matter relating to the background of the circumstances in which the authority reached its satisfaction, or particulars found to be administratively necessary to communicate to the State Government so that its supervisory function may be effectively discharged. Nothing in article 22(5) or in the Act requires those to be communicated to the detenu.
Article 22(5): The Grounds and the Right of Representation
That is the reason a detenu is not entitled to the whole file. What he is entitled to is the grounds, and the material on which those grounds rest.
A worked example
Sunita is detained on 1 June. The grounds are served on 12 June with a covering note saying that service was delayed because the file was with the Advisory Board section.
Is the service within time? Fifteen days from 1 June is 16 June, so it is within the outer limit.
Is it lawful? Not on those facts. Section 8(1) allows service after five days only in exceptional circumstances and for reasons recorded in writing. Administrative movement of a file is not an exceptional circumstance, and a covering note is not the same as reasons recorded in writing before or at the time.
What follows? The breach is of a mandatory provision, so it is a plea that survives even a Presidential order under article 359, on Makhan Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1964 SC 381. The detention is liable to be quashed.
Change the facts. The grounds are served on 4 June, but the statements of the two witnesses referred to in them are not supplied. Sunita's representation says she cannot answer without knowing what they said.
Now? The obligation is to afford the earliest opportunity of making a representation, and a representation against conclusions whose basis is withheld is not an effective one. The failure is of the second limb of clause (5) rather than the first.
What it does NOT mean
It is not a right to a hearing before the order. A detention order is made without notice. Clause (5) operates after the detention.
It is not a right to the entire file.Khudiram Das distinguishes grounds from other particulars.
It is not satisfied by the statutory time limit alone. Service within fifteen days is not compliance unless the conditions for going beyond five are met.
The representation is not made to the Advisory Board in the first instance. Under section 8(1) of the National Security Act it is made to the appropriate Government, and under section 10 it is then placed before the Board along with the grounds.
Quick revision
Article 22(5): communicate the grounds as soon as may be, and afford the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.
NSA s.8(1): ordinarily not later than five days; in exceptional circumstances and for reasons recorded in writing, not later than fifteen days; representation to the appropriate Government. COFEPOSA s.3(3) is in the same terms and says it is for the purposes of article 22(5).
Two separate obligations: the grounds, and the opportunity.
Six judicial rules: not vague, irrelevant or non-existent; live link; application of mind; intelligible language; material supplied; representation decided without unexplained delay.
Khudiram Das: grounds must be communicated, other particulars need not.
Article 22(5): The Grounds and the Right of Representation
Test yourself
1. What are the two obligations in article 22(5)? To communicate the grounds on which the order has been made, as soon as may be, and to afford the detenu the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order.
2. Within what period must the grounds be served under the National Security Act, and on what condition may the longer period be used? Ordinarily within five days; up to fifteen days only in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing.
3. Is a detenu entitled to the whole file? No. On Khudiram Das he is entitled to the grounds and not to other particulars, such as the background of the authority's satisfaction or matter needed for the State Government's supervisory function.
4. To whom is the representation made under the National Security Act? To the appropriate Government under section 8(1); it is then placed before the Advisory Board with the grounds under section 10.
5. Grounds are served on the fourteenth day with no reasons recorded. Lawful? No. The fifteen day outer limit applies only where there are exceptional circumstances and reasons recorded in writing; without those, the ordinary five day rule governs and the service is out of time.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The authority may keep back facts it considers it would be against the public interest to disclose, but it may not keep back the grounds themselves.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(6) provides that nothing in clause (5) shall require the authority making a detention order to disclose facts which such authority considers to be against the public interest to disclose. It is an exception to the disclosure obligation in clause (5) and it is confined to facts; the grounds on which the order has been made must still be communicated, and the earliest opportunity of making a representation must still be afforded.
Why the clause exists
Because the material on which a preventive detention rests is often material that cannot be disclosed without destroying its source. An informer who reports that a person is arranging a consignment of explosives will not survive disclosure of his report. Intelligence obtained by interception cannot be produced without revealing what is being intercepted.
The clause therefore does for detention what public interest immunity does in ordinary litigation: it allows the decision to rest in part on material the other side does not see. That is a real departure from the ordinary rule that a person must be told the case he has to meet, and the whole question is how far it goes.
The clause taken apart
"Nothing in clause (5) shall require." It operates only as an exception to clause (5). It confers no power to do anything; it merely removes an obligation.
"To disclose facts." Facts, not grounds. This is the distinction the whole chapter turns on and it is set out below.
"Which such authority considers to be against the public interest to disclose." Three elements: the judgment is the authority's; it must be a judgment that disclosure would be against the public interest; and the word is "considers", which imports the subjective satisfaction discussed in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
Grounds and facts: the distinction that decides the cases
This is the point students most often blur, and it is worth stating twice.
Grounds are the conclusions of fact on which the satisfaction rests: that the detenu has been organising the smuggling of gold through a named creek, that he has on three occasions incited a crowd against a community. They must always be communicated. Clause (6) does not touch them.
Facts are the particulars behind those conclusions: the name of the informer, the date and place of an interception, the identity of a witness. Those the authority may withhold on a public interest judgment.
The material relied on occupies the space between the two, and it is where the litigation happens. Where the grounds refer to a document, the document is ordinarily part of the grounds rather than a mere fact behind them, because without it the detenu cannot answer. That is the reasoning in [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation].
Article 22(6): The Privilege Against Disclosure
The statutory versions
Section 8(2) of the National Security Act 1980: nothing in sub-section (1) shall require the authority to disclose facts which it considers to be against the public interest to disclose.
COFEPOSA 1974 contains the same protection in its own scheme, and section 3(3) of that Act frames the disclosure obligation expressly by reference to article 22(5).
Both are in the same words as the Constitution, so nothing turns on any difference between them.
What limits the clause
Four limits, and an answer that gives them shows that the clause is not a blank cheque.
1. It reaches facts only. An authority that withholds the grounds is not exercising clause (6); it is breaching clause (5).
2. There must be an actual judgment. The words are "which such authority considers". If nothing shows that the authority applied its mind to the public interest at all, the clause is not engaged, and this is the ordinary rule about non-application of mind applied here.
3. The public interest must be the reason. Administrative convenience, embarrassment, or a wish to avoid explaining a weak case are not the public interest.
4. It cannot be used to defeat clause (5) in substance. Clause (5) requires the earliest opportunity of making a representation. If what is withheld makes any effective representation impossible, the two clauses collide, and the resolution is that clause (6) is an exception to the disclosure of facts and not a licence to render the representation useless.
A worked example
The grounds served on Imran say that on three named dates he received consignments of foreign-marked gold at a jetty near Alibag, on the basis of information received. He asks for the informer's statement.
Can it be withheld? The identity of an informer, and the statement in so far as it would identify him, are classic clause (6) material, and the authority may withhold them on a recorded public interest judgment.
Must anything be given? Yes. The grounds already state the dates and the place. If there is a seizure panchnama or a customs report relied on, that is material behind the grounds and is ordinarily to be supplied, redacted so far as necessary to protect the source.
What if the whole ground is "information received" with no dates, no place and nothing else? Then the objection is not under clause (6) at all. The ground is vague, and a vague ground is no ground: see [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale].
Article 22(6): The Privilege Against Disclosure
Distinctions
Clause (5)
Clause (6)
What it deals with
grounds and the opportunity to represent
facts behind the grounds
Nature
an obligation on the authority
an exception to that obligation
Whose judgment
none; it is mandatory
the authority's, on the public interest
Reviewable
yes, fully, on the six rules
yes, but only as to whether a genuine judgment was made and on a proper ground
What it does NOT mean
It does not permit withholding the grounds. Only facts.
It does not make the withholding unreviewable. A court may ask whether the authority considered the question at all and whether the reason given is a public interest reason.
It does not extend to the court. The clause relieves the authority of an obligation to the detenu. It is not a bar on the court calling for the record, and in habeas corpus the record is routinely placed before the court.
It is not the same as section 16A(9) of the repealed MISA. That provision went much further, making the grounds and the information confidential and not liable to be disclosed to any court, and it was upheld in ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, in the very different constitutional atmosphere described in that chapter. Nothing like it is in the National Security Act.
Quick revision
Article 22(6): nothing in clause (5) requires the authority to disclose facts which it considers to be against the public interest to disclose.
Facts only. Grounds must always be communicated.
NSA s.8(2) is in the same words.
Four limits: facts only; an actual judgment must be made; the reason must be the public interest; and it cannot be used to make the representation useless.
The middle category, material relied on, is ordinarily to be supplied because the representation depends on it.
Test yourself
1. What may be withheld under clause (6)? Facts which the authority making the order considers to be against the public interest to disclose.
2. May the grounds be withheld? No. Clause (6) is an exception to the disclosure of facts and does not touch the obligation in clause (5) to communicate the grounds.
3. Is the authority's judgment reviewable? Yes, though within limits: a court may ask whether the authority applied its mind to the question and whether the reason is genuinely a public interest reason, but it will not substitute its own view of where the public interest lies.
4. How does clause (6) differ from section 16A(9) of the repealed Maintenance of Internal Security Act? Clause (6) relieves the authority of an obligation to the detenu in respect of facts. Section 16A(9) went much further and made the grounds and the information confidential and not liable to be disclosed to any court.
Article 22(6): The Privilege Against Disclosure
5. A ground reads only "on the basis of information received, the detenu is engaged in smuggling". Is clause (6) the answer to a complaint about it? No. The complaint is that the ground is vague and cannot be answered, which is a breach of clause (5), and clause (6) has nothing to say about it.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Parliament, and only Parliament, may make three kinds of law about preventive detention that no State Legislature can make.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 22(7) empowers Parliament by law to prescribe (a) the circumstances under which, and the class or classes of cases in which, a person may be detained for a period longer than three months under any law providing for preventive detention without obtaining the opinion of an Advisory Board in accordance with sub-clause (a) of clause (4); (b) the maximum period for which any person may in any class or classes of cases be detained under any law providing for preventive detention; and (c) the procedure to be followed by an Advisory Board in an inquiry under sub-clause (a) of clause (4).
Why the clause is dangerous, and why it is also a limit
Both things are true and an answer should say both.
It is dangerous because clause (4) makes the Advisory Board the one safeguard standing between a detenu and indefinite detention, and clause (7)(a) allows Parliament to remove it for a class of cases. There is no requirement that the class be small, no requirement that the circumstances be grave, and no time limit written into clause (7)(a) itself.
It is also a limit in two ways. First, only Parliament may do these things, so no State Legislature can. Second, the proviso to clause (4)(a) provides that even a favourable Board report cannot authorise detention beyond the maximum period prescribed by Parliament under clause (7)(b), so where Parliament has fixed a maximum, it binds.
The three sub-clauses
(a) Detention beyond three months without a Board. Parliament may prescribe the circumstances and the classes of cases. The words are exacting: circumstances and classes of cases, so a law that named no class or no circumstance would not be a law under this sub-clause at all.
(b) The maximum period. Parliament may fix a maximum for any class or classes. This is the sub-clause that gives the proviso to clause (4)(a) its content, and it is the only place in article 22 where an outer limit on detention can come from.
(c) The procedure of an Advisory Board. Parliament may prescribe how the Board is to conduct its inquiry. Section 11 of the National Security Act 1980 is made under this sub-clause: the Board's power to call for further information, the hearing in person if the detenu desires it or the Board considers it essential, the seven week report, the separate part specifying the opinion, the majority rule, the exclusion of legal practitioners and the confidentiality of the proceedings.
Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe
The one significant use of clause (7)(a), and why it is spent
Section 9 of COFEPOSA 1974 is the provision to know, and its own words settle its present effect.
Section 9(1) provides that notwithstanding anything in the Act, any person, including a foreigner, in respect of whom an order of detention is made under the Act at any time before the 31st day of July, 1999, may be detained without obtaining, in accordance with article 22(4)(a), the opinion of an Advisory Board, for a period longer than three months but not exceeding six months from the date of detention, where the order was made with a view to preventing him from smuggling goods or abetting the smuggling of goods or engaging in transporting or concealing or keeping smuggled goods, and the Central Government or an officer not below the rank of an Additional Secretary specially empowered is satisfied that he smuggles or is likely to smuggle, abets or is likely to abet, or engages or is likely to engage in transporting, concealing or keeping smuggled goods, into, out of or through any area highly vulnerable to smuggling, and makes a declaration to that effect within five weeks of the detention.
Explanation 1 defines "area highly vulnerable to smuggling" and the definition is worth knowing because it shows how narrowly the class was drawn: the Indian customs waters contiguous to Goa, Gujarat, Karnataka, Kerala, Maharashtra and Tamil Nadu and the Union territories of Daman and Diu and Pondicherry; the inland area fifty kilometres in width from the coast of India in those States and Union territories; the inland area fifty kilometres in width from the India-Pakistan border in Gujarat, Jammu and Kashmir, Punjab and Rajasthan; the customs airport of Delhi; and such further customs waters, inland area not exceeding one hundred kilometres from any other coast or border, or other customs station, as the Central Government may notify.
The date matters. The words "at any time before the 31st day of July, 1999" were substituted by Act 15 of 1996 for "31st day of July, 1996". No later substitution has been made. So section 9 cannot apply to any order of detention made after 31 July 1999, and the without-a-Board route under COFEPOSA is spent.
A student who states that COFEPOSA allows a year's detention without an Advisory Board is describing the law as it was before the turn of the century. The correct statement is that it did so for orders made before 31 July 1999, in respect of smuggling in a highly vulnerable area, on a declaration made within five weeks, and that the provision has not been renewed.
Clause (7)(b) in operation
Two maximum periods are worth knowing.
Section 13 of the National Security Act 1980: the maximum period for which a person may be detained under a confirmed order is twelve months from the date of detention, without prejudice to the power of the appropriate Government to revoke or modify earlier.
Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe
Section 10 of COFEPOSA 1974: the maximum is one year from the date of detention, or the specified period, whichever expires later, for an ordinary order; and two years from the date of detention, or the specified period, whichever expires later, for an order to which section 9 applies.
The "specified period" is defined by the Explanation to section 10 as the period during which the Proclamation of Emergency issued under article 352(1) on 3 December 1971 and the Proclamation issued under that clause on 25 June 1975 are both in operation. Both were revoked in March 1977, so the specified period ended then and the phrase is now historical. It is worth quoting nonetheless, because it is a rare instance of a detention statute keying its own maximum period to a proclamation of emergency, and it is a direct link between Module I and Module II.
A worked example
Parliament enacts a law providing that a person detained on the ground of terrorism may be held for eighteen months without any reference to an Advisory Board.
Is it within clause (7)(a)? Only if it prescribes the circumstances and the class or classes of cases. A bare reference to "terrorism" would probably not answer that requirement; the drafting of COFEPOSA section 9, with its defined vulnerable areas and its five week declaration, shows the level of particularity the sub-clause contemplates.
Is the eighteen months lawful? Clause (7)(a) itself fixes no outer limit, but the law would also need to fix a maximum under clause (7)(b), and the proviso to clause (4)(a) shows that Parliament's maximum binds.
Could a State enact it? No. Clause (7) names Parliament.
Would it survive articles 14 and 21? That is the real question after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. A class defined so broadly that it covers whoever the executive says it covers, with no Board and no independent check for eighteen months, would face a serious challenge on the ground that the procedure is neither right, just nor fair.
What it does NOT mean
Clause (7) is not a power to detain. It is a power to legislate about detention. The power to detain comes from the statute.
Clause (7)(a) does not dispense with clause (5). Grounds must still be communicated and a representation must still be afforded, whatever happens to the Board.
It does not let Parliament abolish the Board generally. It permits a law for prescribed circumstances and classes of cases, not a general repeal of clause (4).
Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe
Section 3 of the 44th Amendment would remove sub-clause (a) altogether, re-lettering (b) as (a) and (c) as (b). It has never been notified, so sub-clause (a) is still there. See the next chapter.
Quick revision
Article 22(7): Parliament may prescribe (a) circumstances and classes of cases for detention beyond three months without an Advisory Board; (b) the maximum period for any class; (c) the Board's procedure.
Only Parliament. No State Legislature.
The proviso to clause (4)(a): a favourable Board report cannot authorise detention beyond Parliament's clause (7)(b) maximum.
COFEPOSA s.9 is the only significant use of clause (7)(a), and it applies only to orders made before 31 July 1999, for smuggling in a defined highly vulnerable area, on a declaration within five weeks. It is spent.
Maximums: NSA s.13, twelve months. COFEPOSA s.10, one year, or two years in a section 9 case, or the specified period if later; the specified period is when the 1971 and 1975 proclamations were both in operation.
Section 11 of the NSA is made under clause (7)(c).
Test yourself
1. What are the three things Parliament may prescribe under clause (7)? Circumstances and classes of cases for detention beyond three months without an Advisory Board; the maximum period for a class or classes; and the procedure of an Advisory Board.
2. Can a State Legislature use clause (7)(a)? No. The clause names Parliament, so the without-a-Board route is closed to the States entirely.
3. Does section 9 of COFEPOSA still operate? No. It applies only to orders of detention made at any time before 31 July 1999, a date substituted in 1996 and never extended.
4. What is the "specified period" in COFEPOSA section 10? The period during which the Proclamation of Emergency of 3 December 1971 and the Proclamation of 25 June 1975 were both in operation. Both were revoked in March 1977.
5. Which provision of the National Security Act is made under clause (7)(c)? Section 11, which prescribes the procedure of the Advisory Board, including the seven week report, the separate part specifying the opinion, the majority rule, the exclusion of legal practitioners and the confidentiality of the proceedings.
The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Parliament rewrote article 22 in 1978 to make preventive detention harder, and the Government has never notified the change, so the old article is still the law.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 substitutes a new clause (4) in article 22 and omits sub-clause (a) of clause (7), re-lettering the remaining sub-clauses. Section 1(2) of that Act provides that it shall come into force on such date as the Central Government may by notification appoint and that different dates may be appointed for different provisions. Every section of the Amendment except section 3 was brought into force. Section 3 remains unnotified, so article 22(4) and (7) continue to operate in their original form.
What section 3 would do
Clause (4) would be substituted. The new clause would read that no law providing for preventive detention shall authorise the detention of a person for a longer period than two months unless an Advisory Board constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court has reported before the expiration of the said period of two months that there is in its opinion sufficient cause for such detention.
A first proviso would require that an Advisory Board shall consist of a Chairman and not less than two other members, that the Chairman shall be a serving Judge of the appropriate High Court, and that the other members shall be serving or retired Judges of any High Court.
A second proviso would provide that nothing in the clause authorises detention beyond the maximum period prescribed by any law made by Parliament under sub-clause (a) of clause (7).
An Explanation would define "appropriate High Court": for a detention ordered by the Government of India or an officer subordinate to it, the High Court for the Union territory of Delhi; for a detention ordered by the Government of a State other than a Union territory, the High Court for that State; and for a detention ordered by the administrator of a Union territory or an officer subordinate to him, such High Court as may be specified by or under any law made by Parliament.
Sub-clause (a) of clause (7) would be omitted, sub-clause (b) re-lettered as (a), and sub-clause (c) re-lettered as (b), with the consequential change of the reference in clause (4).
The five changes, listed
Three months becomes two months. A third cut in the period a person may be held before any Board must report.
The Chief Justice chooses the Board. At present the detaining Government appoints it under section 9(2) of the National Security Act 1980. Under the new clause the Board is constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court.
The Chairman must be a serving Judge. At present the Board may consist entirely of persons merely qualified for appointment as High Court judges.
The other members must be serving or retired Judges of a High Court. The "qualified to be appointed" category disappears.
The without-a-Board route is abolished. Clause (7)(a), which allows Parliament to prescribe circumstances and classes of cases for detention beyond the period without any Board at all, is omitted entirely.
The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force
Taken together they would convert the Advisory Board from a body chosen by the detaining Government into a body chosen by the judiciary, and would remove the single largest hole in article 22.
Why it has never been brought into force
Because section 1(2) of the Amendment Act left commencement to the Central Government, and the Supreme Court has held that it will not compel the Government to act.
A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710, is worked in [The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy]. Its holding on this point is that the Court could not issue a mandamus obliging the Central Government to bring section 3 into force: Parliament having left the question to the unfettered judgment of the Central Government, it is not for the Court to compel the Government to do what, according to the mandate of Parliament, lies in its discretion to do when it considers it opportune; the executive is responsible to Parliament, which can censure it, and it would be anomalous for the inaction of the executive to have the approval of Parliament while the Court showed its disapproval by mandamus.
The Court nonetheless recorded its unease in terms a student should quote: in leaving commencement to the Government's judgment, Parliament could not have intended that the Government might exercise a kind of veto over its constituent will by never bringing a provision into force; and Parliament having seen the necessity of a provision like section 3, it is not open to the Central Government to sit in judgment over the wisdom of its policy.
That was in 1981, more than two and a half years after the rest of the Amendment had been notified. More than four decades have passed since.
How to state the law in an answer
There is a right way and a wrong way, and the difference is worth marks.
Wrong. "Under article 22(4) as amended by the 44th Amendment, a person cannot be detained for more than two months without the opinion of an Advisory Board headed by a sitting High Court judge."
Right. "Article 22(4) permits detention for up to three months without a favourable report from an Advisory Board of persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court. Section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 would reduce the period to two months, require the Board to be constituted on the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court with a serving Judge as Chairman, and omit clause (7)(a) altogether; but it has never been brought into force, and the Supreme Court declined to compel its commencement in A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710."
The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force
The second version states the current law, the reform, and the reason the reform is not law. That is a complete answer.
Where the evidence for the proposition is
Not in a textbook. In the Constitution's own official text.
The Legislative Department's diglot edition prints article 22(4) as it stands, and beneath it a footnote beginning "Cl. (4) shall stand substituted by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act, 1978, s. 3 (date yet to be notified) as", followed by the substituted clause in full. It prints similar footnotes against clause (7), recording that sub-clause (a) shall stand omitted by section 3(b)(i) and that sub-clauses (b) and (c) shall stand re-lettered, in each case "(date to be notified)".
A footnote in the official text is the best possible authority for a negative proposition of this kind, and it is worth telling a student where to look.
A worked example
A person is detained on 1 March 2026 under the National Security Act. The reference to the Advisory Board is made on 2 April, the Board reports on 25 May that there is sufficient cause, and the Government confirms the detention on 1 June for twelve months.
Which text of article 22 applies? The text as it has stood since 1950. The recasting by section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 was never notified.
How long may he be held before the Board's opinion? Three months, not two. Article 22(4)(a) permits detention beyond three months only where an Advisory Board has reported sufficient cause before the expiry of three months, and here the report of 25 May is within that period.
How is the Board constituted? Under article 22(4)(a) as it stands, of persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court; the amendment would have required a serving or retired Judge as Chairman and appointment on the Chief Justice's recommendation, and it is not in force.
Would the position differ if the amendment had been notified? Yes in two respects: the outer period would be two months, so a report of 25 May would be too late; and a Board not constituted as the amended clause requires would be no Board at all.
The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force
What does a student write? That the amendment exists, that it was never brought into force, that article 22 therefore reads as it did in 1950, and that an answer stating the two month rule as the law is wrong.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the 44th Amendment failed. Almost all of it is in force, including the changes to articles 352, 358 and 359 that are the subject of Module II. Only section 3 is outstanding.
It does not mean the Government acted unlawfully. On A.K. Roy, the discretion was Parliament's to confer and it conferred it.
It does not mean the reform is dead. A notification could be issued at any time. Nothing has repealed section 3.
It does not affect the emergency changes. The article 359 amendment that made articles 20 and 21 non-suspendable is section 40 of the same Act, and it is in force.
Quick revision
Section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 substitutes article 22(4) and omits article 22(7)(a).
Five changes: two months instead of three; Board constituted on the Chief Justice's recommendations; a serving High Court Judge as Chairman; other members serving or retired Judges; and the without-a-Board route abolished.
Section 1(2) left commencement to the Central Government; every section except section 3 was notified.
A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710: no mandamus to compel commencement, but the Government may not veto Parliament's constituent will or sit in judgment on the wisdom of its policy.
The official text of the Constitution prints the substituted clause in a footnote marked "date yet to be notified". That is the authority to cite.
Test yourself
1. Is the period in article 22(4) two months or three? Three. The two month rule is in section 3 of the 44th Amendment, which has never been brought into force.
2. Who would constitute the Advisory Board under the substituted clause, and who does now? Under the substituted clause it would be constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court, with a serving Judge as Chairman. At present the appropriate Government appoints it under section 9(2) of the National Security Act 1980.
3. Why could the Supreme Court not order the Government to bring section 3 into force? Because section 1(2) of the Amendment Act left commencement to the Central Government's judgment, so on A.K. Roy the Court would not compel by mandamus what Parliament had left to the Government's discretion.
4. What would happen to article 22(7)(a) if section 3 were notified? It would be omitted altogether, sub-clause (b) would become (a) and sub-clause (c) would become (b), so Parliament could no longer authorise detention beyond the period without any Advisory Board.
The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force
5. Where can a student verify that section 3 is not in force? In the Legislative Department's official text of the Constitution, which prints the substituted clause (4) and the omissions from clause (7) in footnotes marked "date yet to be notified" and "date to be notified".
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
In 1950 the Supreme Court held that the fundamental rights sit in separate compartments, so a detention law had to satisfy article 22 and nothing else.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27, the Supreme Court upheld the Preventive Detention Act 1950 and held that the fundamental rights in Part III are mutually exclusive: a law authorising preventive detention is to be tested against article 22, which is a self-contained code for such laws, and not against article 19; and that the expression "procedure established by law" in article 21 means the procedure prescribed by a validly enacted law, without any requirement that the procedure be fair or reasonable. That reading is the compartment theory, and it was abandoned in 1978.
The case
Facts. A.K. Gopalan, a Communist leader, was detained under the Preventive Detention Act 1950. He petitioned the Supreme Court under article 32 for habeas corpus, contending that the Act infringed articles 13, 19, 21 and 22, and in particular that a law depriving him of personal liberty had to satisfy the test of reasonable restriction under article 19 and had to prescribe a procedure that was itself fair.
Held. The Act was upheld save for one section. On the questions of principle, the majority held that "personal liberty" in article 21 means liberty of the person, that is freedom from physical restraint, and does not take in the freedoms enumerated in article 19; that article 19 and article 21 deal with different subjects and a law validly depriving a person of personal liberty under article 21 does not have to satisfy article 19; that article 22 is a complete code so far as preventive detention is concerned, so a detention law satisfying article 22 cannot be attacked under article 19 or on any wider reading of article 21; and that "procedure established by law" in article 21 means procedure prescribed by law enacted by a competent legislature, the Constituent Assembly having deliberately preferred that phrase to "due process of law".
Why it matters here. For twenty eight years it meant that a preventive detention statute had only to clear article 22. Since article 22(3) removes the ordinary safeguards and clause (7) allows Parliament to weaken even the substituted ones, that was a very low bar.
What "compartment theory" means
The image is of Part III as a set of separate boxes. Article 19 is one box, containing seven freedoms, each subject to its own clause about reasonable restrictions. Article 21 is another box, about life and personal liberty. Article 22 is a third, about arrest and detention. On the compartment theory a law is tested against the box it falls into, and not against the others.
A.K. Gopalan and the Compartment Theory
Three consequences followed, and they are the reason the theory mattered.
A detention law escaped the reasonableness test. Article 19 requires restrictions to be reasonable. Article 21 as read in Gopalan required only that there be a law. A statute that put a man in prison for a year on suspicion therefore faced no reasonableness scrutiny at all.
Article 21 gave almost nothing. If the only requirement is a validly enacted procedure, then any procedure will do, however arbitrary, so long as a competent legislature enacts it.
Article 22 became a ceiling as well as a floor. Because it was a complete code, a detenu could not argue that something more than article 22 was required.
The dissent that became the law
Fazl Ali J. dissented. His position, in substance, was that the fundamental rights are not water-tight compartments but overlap, that preventive detention necessarily affects the freedoms in article 19, and that the procedure contemplated by article 21 must satisfy the principles of natural justice, including notice and a hearing.
It is worth noticing that Fazl Ali J. had dissented in the same direction in Romesh Thappar v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 124, and Brij Bhushan v. State of Delhi, AIR 1950 SC 129, decided the same year. His view prevailed in the end on the question that mattered most.
Why the Constituent Assembly's choice of words mattered
The majority relied heavily on the drafting history. The Assembly had before it the phrase "due process of law" and deliberately replaced it with "procedure established by law", on the advice of Sir B.N. Rau, who had been told by Justice Frankfurter of the United States Supreme Court that the due process clause was undemocratic because it gave judges power to invalidate legislation. That history is set out in [Why Article 21 Says 'Procedure Established by Law'].
The majority treated the choice as decisive: a phrase deliberately rejected cannot be read back in. The answer that eventually prevailed, in Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, was that the requirement of fairness comes not from reading due process into article 21 but from reading articles 14, 19 and 21 together.
A worked example of the difference the theory made
A statute provides that a person may be detained for two years on the satisfaction of a Deputy Collector, that no grounds need be given for six months, and that the Advisory Board shall consist of three officers of the Government.
On the compartment theory. Test it against article 22 alone. It fails: the Board's composition breaches clause (4), and the six month delay in grounds breaches clause (5). Correct those two defects and, on Gopalan, the statute is valid, however unreasonable its remaining terms.
A.K. Gopalan and the Compartment Theory
After Maneka. Test it against articles 14, 19 and 21 as well. The procedure must be right, just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive; a two year detention on a Deputy Collector's satisfaction, without more, would face scrutiny on that footing; and the effect on the freedoms in article 19 is a relevant question.
What survived Gopalan
Not everything in it was overturned, and an answer that says it was "overruled" without qualification is imprecise.
The interpretation of article 22 as containing the specific requirements for detention laws survives. A detention law must still satisfy clauses (4) to (7).
The rejection of American due process as a textual matter survives. Indian courts have not held that article 21 contains a due process clause; they have held that the procedure must be fair, which reaches much the same result by a different route.
What did not survive is the exclusivity. Article 22 is no longer a complete code in the sense of excluding articles 14, 19 and 21. That is the change Maneka Gandhi made, and it is worked in the next chapter.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the Court approved preventive detention as a policy. It held that the Constitution had authorised it and that the statute complied with the authorisation.
It is not authority for anything about the sufficiency of grounds. That doctrine comes later, from Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, and the cases in chapters 290 to 340.
It was not overruled by name in 1978.Maneka Gandhi held that the articles are not mutually exclusive, which destroys the foundation of Gopalan without a formal overruling of every proposition in it.
Quick revision
A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27. Preventive Detention Act 1950 upheld save for one section.
Compartment theory: articles 19, 21 and 22 are mutually exclusive; article 22 is a complete code for detention laws.
"Procedure established by law" means procedure prescribed by a validly enacted law, with no requirement of fairness.
Consequences: no reasonableness scrutiny of a detention law; article 21 nearly empty; article 22 a ceiling as well as a floor.
Fazl Ali J. dissented, holding that the rights overlap and that the procedure must satisfy natural justice. His view prevailed in 1978.
What survives: article 22's specific requirements, and the textual rejection of American due process. What fell: exclusivity.
Test yourself
1. State the compartment theory in one sentence. That the fundamental rights in Part III occupy mutually exclusive fields, so a law is tested only against the article into which it falls, and article 22 is a complete code for preventive detention.
A.K. Gopalan and the Compartment Theory
2. What did "procedure established by law" mean on the Gopalan reading? Procedure prescribed by a law enacted by a competent legislature, with no requirement that the procedure itself be fair or reasonable.
3. Why did the majority rely on the Constituent Assembly's drafting? Because the Assembly had considered and deliberately rejected "due process of law" in favour of "procedure established by law", and a phrase deliberately rejected cannot be read back into the text.
4. Who dissented, and on what? Fazl Ali J., holding that the fundamental rights are not water-tight compartments, that preventive detention affects the article 19 freedoms, and that the procedure under article 21 must satisfy natural justice.
5. What part of Gopalan survives today? The proposition that a detention law must satisfy the specific requirements of article 22, and the textual position that article 21 does not import American due process. What fell is the exclusivity of the compartments.
Maneka Gandhi, and What It Did to Preventive Detention
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
In 1978 the Supreme Court held that articles 14, 19 and 21 are not separate compartments but overlap, so any law taking away liberty must lay down a procedure that is right, just and fair.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, the Supreme Court held that the mere prescription of some kind of procedure cannot meet the mandate of article 21; the procedure prescribed by law has to be fair, just and reasonable, and not fanciful, oppressive or arbitrary. Article 14 strikes at arbitrariness in State action and ensures fairness and equality of treatment, and the procedure contemplated by article 21 must answer the test of reasonableness in order to be in conformity with article 14: it must be right and just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive. The decision buries the compartment theory of A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27.
The case
Facts. The petitioner was issued a passport on 1 June 1976 under the Passports Act 1967. On 4 July 1977 she received a letter from the Regional Passport Officer, Delhi, dated 2 July 1977, telling her that the Government of India had decided to impound her passport under section 10(3)(c) of the Act "in public interest", and requiring her to surrender it within seven days. She at once asked for a copy of the statement of reasons, which section 10(5) of the Act provides for. The Ministry of External Affairs replied on 6 July 1977 that the Government had decided, "in the interest of the general public", not to furnish her with a copy of the statement of reasons. She filed a petition under article 32 challenging both the impounding and the refusal of reasons.
Held. The right to travel abroad is part of personal liberty in article 21, following the earlier decision in Satwant Singh Sawhney. The mere prescription of some kind of procedure cannot meet the mandate of article 21: the procedure prescribed by law has to be fair, just and reasonable, not fanciful, oppressive or arbitrary. Equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies; one belongs to the rule of law in a republic and the other to the whim and caprice of an absolute monarch. Article 14 strikes at arbitrariness in State action and ensures fairness and equality of treatment, and the principle of reasonableness, which legally as well as philosophically is an essential element of equality or non-arbitrariness, pervades article 14 like a brooding omnipresence; the procedure contemplated by article 21 must therefore answer the test of reasonableness in order to be in conformity with article 14, and must be right and just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive. Although the Passports Act does not provide for a hearing before impounding, that is not conclusive: even where a statute is silent, the principles of natural justice may be implied.
Maneka Gandhi, and What It Did to Preventive Detention
Why it matters here. Three things follow for preventive detention, and they are the whole reason this chapter exists.
The three consequences for this subject
1. Article 22 is no longer a complete code. A detention statute must now satisfy articles 14 and 21 as well as article 22. That is the death of the Gopalan reading, and it is what allows a court to ask whether a procedure is fair rather than merely whether it exists.
2. The procedure must be right, just and fair. So the judicial glosses that make up chapters 290 to 350 are not judicial invention: they are the content of the fairness requirement applied to detention. The rule that grounds must be intelligible to the detenu, that the material relied on must be supplied, that a representation must be considered without unexplained delay, and that a mechanical order discloses no satisfaction, are all applications of it.
3. Arbitrariness is itself a ground. Article 14 strikes at arbitrariness in State action. A detention order made without application of mind, or on grounds that could not support it, is arbitrary and therefore bad, quite apart from any specific breach of article 22.
The golden triangle
The phrase students meet is the golden triangle, meaning articles 14, 19 and 21 read together. Its content after Maneka is this. A law depriving a person of personal liberty must:
be a law made by a competent legislature, which is the Gopalan requirement and survives;
prescribe a procedure that is right, just and fair, which comes from article 21 read with article 14;
not be arbitrary, which comes from article 14; and
satisfy the test of reasonableness in so far as it affects a freedom in article 19, since the articles are no longer mutually exclusive.
For preventive detention the fourth limb is the most contested, because a detention necessarily affects freedom of movement and of assembly, and Gopalan had held that irrelevant.
Why the case did not abolish preventive detention
An answer that stops at the last section will overstate the effect, and an examiner will notice.
Article 22(3)(b) is still in the Constitution.Maneka changes how Part III is read; it does not delete a clause. The ordinary safeguards remain withdrawn from a detenu.
Fairness is measured in context. The judgment itself says the reasonableness of a procedure is to be considered not in the abstract or on hypothetical considerations, such as whether there is a full-dressed hearing as in a court room trial, but in the context of the particular power. A detention procedure will therefore not be judged by the standards of a criminal trial.
Maneka Gandhi, and What It Did to Preventive Detention
Subjective satisfaction survives.Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, was decided before Maneka, but its reasoning about the impossibility of objectively assessing a prediction was not disturbed. A court still cannot weigh the sufficiency of the grounds.
So the accurate statement is that Maneka raised the floor without removing the exception. What it gave a detenu is a standard of fairness inside the article 22 scheme, and a court willing to enforce it.
A worked example
A detention statute provides that the grounds shall be served in English only, whatever the detenu's language, and that a representation may be made within seven days and not thereafter.
On Gopalan. Test against article 22. Clause (5) requires the grounds to be communicated and the earliest opportunity of representation to be afforded. English-only service arguably communicates them; a seven day window arguably affords an opportunity. On a strict reading, the statute passes.
After Maneka. The procedure must be right, just and fair. Grounds in a language the detenu cannot read do not communicate anything, and a seven day cut-off that operates regardless of when the detenu obtains the material is arbitrary. Both provisions face challenge under articles 14 and 21 read with article 22(5), and the rules developed in [Communicating the Grounds, and the Language the Detenu Understands] and [Delay in Deciding the Representation] are exactly this reasoning applied.
What it does NOT mean
It does not import American due process. The Court did not read "due process" into article 21. It reached a similar result by reading articles 14, 19 and 21 together, which is a different route and should be described as such. See [Due Process After Maneka].
It does not make every detention order reviewable on the merits. The satisfaction remains subjective.
It is not confined to passports. Its ratio is about how Part III is read, and it has been applied across the whole of constitutional law.
It did not overrule Gopalan by name. It held that the articles are not mutually exclusive, which removes the foundation of the earlier reading.
Quick revision
Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. Passport impounded under section 10(3)(c) of the Passports Act 1967 "in public interest"; reasons refused under section 10(5) "in the interest of the general public".
The mere prescription of some kind of procedure cannot meet the mandate of article 21; the procedure must be fair, just and reasonable, not fanciful, oppressive or arbitrary.
Equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies; article 14 strikes at arbitrariness; reasonableness pervades article 14 like a brooding omnipresence; the article 21 procedure must be right and just and fair.
Natural justice may be implied even where the statute is silent.
Effect on this subject: article 22 is no longer a complete code; the procedure must be fair; arbitrariness is itself a ground.
It did not abolish preventive detention: article 22(3)(b) stands, fairness is judged in context, and subjective satisfaction survives.
Maneka Gandhi, and What It Did to Preventive Detention
Test yourself
1. What was actually challenged in the case? The impounding of the petitioner's passport under section 10(3)(c) of the Passports Act 1967 in public interest, and the Government's refusal under section 10(5) to furnish the statement of reasons.
2. State the ratio in the Court's own terms. The mere prescription of some kind of procedure cannot meet the mandate of article 21; the procedure prescribed by law has to be fair, just and reasonable, and must answer the test of reasonableness in order to be in conformity with article 14, being right and just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive.
3. What does the case do to A.K. Gopalan? It destroys the compartment theory: the articles are not mutually exclusive, so article 22 is no longer a complete code and a detention law must also satisfy articles 14 and 21.
4. Does it mean a detention procedure must look like a criminal trial? No. The judgment says reasonableness is judged in context and not on hypothetical considerations such as a full-dressed hearing as in a court room trial.
5. Does it import due process into article 21? No. It reaches a comparable standard by reading articles 14, 19 and 21 together rather than by reading the American phrase into the Indian text.
The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A ground the detenu cannot answer, or that has nothing to do with the power being exercised, or that is too old to support a prediction, is not a good ground.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: because article 22(5) requires the grounds to be communicated so that the detenu may make an effective representation, a ground that is vague, a ground that is irrelevant to the statutory purpose, and a ground that is non-existent are all defective. At common law the rule was that a single defective ground vitiated the entire order, because the court could not know how far the invalid ground had contributed to a subjective satisfaction. That rule has been displaced for the National Security Act 1980 by section 5A, which deems an order made on two or more grounds to have been made separately on each of them.
Three kinds of defect
Vague. A ground that does not tell the detenu what he is said to have done, when, or where. "The detenu is engaged in anti-social activities" tells him nothing he can answer. The test is practical: could a person in his position make a representation against this?
Irrelevant. A ground that discloses conduct which does not fall within the statutory purpose named in the order. An order made to prevent acts prejudicial to public order cannot rest on a ground disclosing only a private quarrel, on the concentric circles reasoning in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles].
Non-existent. A ground alleging an incident that did not happen, or that is shown to be false.
To these the cases add two more that are treated in their own chapters: stale, meaning too remote in time to support a prediction, in [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order]; and grounds that betray no application of mind, in [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
The old rule, and why it existed
The reasoning was straightforward. The order rests on a single composite satisfaction formed on all the grounds together. If one ground is bad, no court can say how much weight it carried, or whether the authority would have reached the same satisfaction without it. Since the court cannot dissect the mind of the authority, the whole order falls.
That reasoning is sound, and it is worth stating because it explains why the statutory reversal is controversial.
Section 5A of the National Security Act 1980
The section is headed Grounds of detention severable, and it provides that where a person has been detained in pursuance of an order of detention under section 3 which has been made on two or more grounds, the order shall be deemed to have been made separately on each of such grounds, and accordingly such order shall not be deemed to be invalid or inoperative merely because one or some of the grounds is or are (i) vague, (ii) non-existent, (iii) not relevant, (iv) not connected or not proximately connected with such person, or (v) invalid for any other reason whatsoever.
The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale
Four things follow, and an answer should give all four.
1. The five defects are named. Vague, non-existent, not relevant, not connected or not proximately connected, and invalid for any other reason whatsoever. That last catch-all is very wide.
2. It applies only where there are two or more grounds. An order resting on a single ground that is defective still falls, because there is nothing to sever.
3. It operates by a deeming provision. The order is deemed to have been made separately on each ground, so the surviving ground is treated as an order in itself.
4. It applies to orders made before as well as after the 1984 amendment that inserted it, the section saying so in terms.
COFEPOSA 1974 contains a section 5A in the same terms, so the position under that Act is the same.
What section 5A does not cure
This is where the marks are, because the section is narrower than it looks.
It does not cure a defect that goes to the order rather than to a ground. If the authority was not empowered, or was not aware that the detenu was in custody, or never applied its mind at all, there is no valid satisfaction to sever.
It does not cure a breach of clause (5) in the communication. If the grounds were served late, or in a language the detenu cannot read, or without the documents relied on, the defect is in the communication and not in a ground, and severance is irrelevant.
It does not save an order where the surviving ground would not have produced the satisfaction. The deeming provision treats the order as made separately on each ground, which presupposes that the surviving ground is itself capable of supporting an order. A ground disclosing only a law and order problem cannot support an order made on the public order head, however many other grounds there are.
It does not apply where the statute has no such section. A State detention Act without an equivalent provision is governed by the old rule.
A worked example
The order against Prakash is made under section 3(2) of the National Security Act to prevent acts prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. The grounds served on him are four in number.
The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale
Ground 1. "The detenu is a person of criminal tendencies." Vague. It tells him nothing to answer.
Ground 2. A dispute with a neighbour over a boundary wall in 2021, in which he assaulted the neighbour. Irrelevant to public order, and stale.
Ground 3. An allegation that he led a mob that attacked a place of worship in March 2026, causing the locality to shut for two days. Good on its face.
Ground 4. An incident that the police record itself shows involved a different person of the same name. Non-existent as against him.
Result under the old rule. The whole order falls, because three grounds are bad and the composite satisfaction cannot be dissected.
Result under section 5A. The order is deemed made separately on each ground. Grounds 1, 2 and 4 fall away; ground 3 stands, and the order survives on it.
But two questions remain. Was the satisfaction genuinely formed, given that three of the four grounds were defective? A file of that quality invites the inference of non-application of mind. And does ground 3 by itself disclose a public order problem? On the concentric circles test it does, because the locality changed its behaviour.
Distinctions
Defect in a GROUND
Defect in the ORDER or the COMMUNICATION
Examples
vague, irrelevant, non-existent, remote
wrong authority, no application of mind, grounds served late, wrong language, documents withheld
Cured by s.5A
yes, where there are two or more grounds
no
Consequence
the bad ground falls away
the order falls
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean vagueness no longer matters. A single vague ground in an order resting on that ground alone is still fatal, and vagueness across all the grounds shows there was nothing to be satisfied about.
It does not reverse the burden. The State must still show that the surviving ground is good.
It is not a general validating provision. It names five defects in grounds and does nothing else.
It is not in every detention statute. Check the Act.
Quick revision
Defective grounds: vague, irrelevant, non-existent; also stale and showing no application of mind, treated separately.
Old rule: one bad ground vitiates the whole order, because a composite subjective satisfaction cannot be dissected.
NSA s.5A and COFEPOSA s.5A: where an order is made on two or more grounds it is deemed made separately on each, and is not invalid merely because one or some are vague, non-existent, not relevant, not connected or not proximately connected, or invalid for any other reason whatsoever.
Section 5A does not cure a defect in the order itself or in the communication, and does not save an order whose surviving ground could not have supported it.
A single-ground order remains subject to the old position, because there is nothing to sever.
The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale
Test yourself
1. What was the old rule about one bad ground? That it vitiated the entire order, because the satisfaction was composite and a court could not say how far the invalid ground had contributed to it.
2. What does section 5A of the National Security Act do? It deems an order made on two or more grounds to have been made separately on each, so that the order is not invalid merely because one or some of the grounds are vague, non-existent, not relevant, not connected or not proximately connected with the person, or invalid for any other reason whatsoever.
3. Does section 5A save an order resting on a single defective ground? No. It applies only where the order rests on more than one ground; where there is a single ground there is nothing to sever.
4. Does section 5A cure late service of the grounds? No. That is a defect in the communication under article 22(5) and section 8, not a defect in a ground.
5. Three of four grounds are bad and one is good. What two questions still arise? Whether the satisfaction was genuinely formed at all, given the quality of the material, and whether the surviving ground by itself falls within the statutory purpose on which the order was made.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A prediction about what a person will do next cannot rest on things he did long ago, and an authority that waited months before acting has shown that it did not think the matter urgent.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: because a detention order is founded on a satisfaction about future conduct, there must be a live and proximate link between the incidents relied on as grounds and the satisfaction that the person must be prevented from acting prejudicially. Where the incidents are stale, or where there is unexplained delay between the last incident and the making of the order, or between the making of the order and its execution, the link is snapped and the order cannot stand unless the delay is explained.
Why the rule exists
It is derived, not conferred. Section 3 of the National Security Act 1980 permits an order where the authority is satisfied that it is necessary to detain a person with a view to preventing him from acting in a prejudicial manner. Both words do work.
"With a view to preventing" makes the order future-facing. Past incidents are evidence of propensity, and evidence loses value with time.
"Necessary" makes it urgent. An authority that genuinely believes detention necessary does not take six months to make the order.
Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, worked in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It], supplies the premise: the authority must consider whether the person, having regard to his past conduct judged in the light of the surrounding circumstances and other relevant material, would be likely to act in a prejudicial manner. Past conduct judged in the light of the surrounding circumstances is exactly what a stale ground cannot be.
Section 5A of the National Security Act names the defect in terms: an order is not invalid merely because one or some of the grounds are not connected or not proximately connected with such person. The phrase "not proximately connected" is the statute's own recognition of the live link requirement.
Three places delay can occur
1. Between the incidents and the order. The classic case: grounds reciting incidents from two or three years ago with nothing since. The longer the gap, the more the authority must explain what kept the propensity alive.
2. Between the order and its execution. An order made in January and served in September raises the same question in a sharper form: if the man was at large for eight months and did nothing, the necessity asserted in January looks unreal. The State must explain the delay, and absconding is the ordinary explanation. Sections 7(1) and (2) of the National Security Act provide machinery for exactly that, allowing a report to a Magistrate and the application of the proclamation and attachment provisions of the criminal procedure law where a person has absconded or is concealing himself.
The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order
3. Between the last ground and the satisfaction, where the ground is a criminal case. Where the incidents are the subject of prosecutions in which the detenu has been granted bail, the question is what changed between the bail and the order.
What saves a delay
Four explanations that courts accept, and each has to be on the record rather than in argument.
Absconding. If the man could not be found, the delay is his own doing. Section 7 provides the machinery and its use is evidence that the State was trying.
Continuing conduct. Where the grounds show a course of conduct continuing up to a recent date, an old first incident is part of a pattern rather than a stale ground.
The time genuinely taken to gather material. Investigations in economic offence cases take time, and where the file shows steady work the delay is explained.
Administrative steps that had to be taken. Approval, translation and service take time, and short periods so occupied are not unexplained.
What does not save a delay is a bare assertion that the file was under consideration.
A worked example
The order against Latha is made on 1 August 2026 under section 3(2) of the National Security Act on the public order ground. The grounds recite three incidents: a riot she is said to have led in June 2023, another in August 2023, and a third in July 2026.
Are the 2023 incidents stale? By themselves, yes. Three years is a long time to found a prediction, and nothing is said about the intervening period.
Does the July 2026 incident save the order? It does two things. It is itself a good ground, and it supplies the surrounding circumstances in which the 2023 incidents can be read: they become the earlier part of a pattern rather than isolated stale events.
What must the State still explain? The gap between August 2023 and July 2026. If the grounds or the affidavit show that she was outside the State, or in custody, or that the conduct continued in ways not separately charged, the pattern holds. If nothing is said, the two older grounds are liable to be treated as not proximately connected, and section 5A will sever them.
Change the facts. The order is made on 1 August 2026 and served on 20 March 2027, and nothing explains the seven months. On the second kind of delay, the order is vulnerable in its entirety: the necessity asserted in August is contradicted by seven months of inaction, and unless absconding or some other explanation is placed on the record the link is snapped.
The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order
What it does NOT mean
There is no fixed period. No case lays down a number of months, and an answer that asserts one is wrong. What matters is whether the gap is explained.
Old incidents are not inadmissible. They are the ordinary material of a propensity finding. What they cannot do is stand alone after a long silence.
Delay is not the same as staleness. Staleness is about the age of the grounds; delay is about the conduct of the authority. Both snap the link, and they can occur in the same case.
The rule is not a technicality. It goes to whether a preventive satisfaction was formed at all, which is the same question as in [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
Quick revision
The requirement is derived from the words of the power: "with a view to preventing" makes the order future-facing, and "necessary" makes it urgent.
Khudiram Das, AIR 1975 SC 550: past conduct is judged in the light of the surrounding circumstances and other relevant material.
NSA s.5A names a ground "not connected or not proximately connected with such person" as one of the severable defects.
Three places delay occurs: between incidents and order; between order and execution; and between a bail order and the detention order.
Explanations that work: absconding, with the section 7 machinery used; a continuing course of conduct; time genuinely taken to gather material; and short administrative periods.
No fixed period; the question is whether the gap is explained, and the burden is the State's.
Test yourself
1. From what words is the live link requirement derived? From "with a view to preventing", which makes the order future-facing, and "necessary", which makes it urgent, in section 3 of the Act.
2. Is there a fixed period after which grounds become stale? No. What matters is whether the gap is explained, and the burden of explaining it lies on the State.
3. What machinery does the National Security Act provide where the detenu has absconded? Section 7 allows a report to a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the first class, and an order requiring the person to appear, with the proclamation and attachment provisions of the criminal procedure law applying as if the detention order were a warrant.
4. Which words in section 5A recognise the live link? "Not connected or not proximately connected with such person", which is one of the five severable defects in a ground.
5. An order is made in January and served in September, with no explanation. What is the objection? That the necessity asserted in January is contradicted by eight months of inaction, so the link between the satisfaction and the detention is snapped, and unless absconding or another explanation is on the record the order cannot stand.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A court will not ask whether the authority was right, but it will ask whether the authority actually thought about it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: because section 3 makes the authority's satisfaction the condition of the power, the court cannot examine the sufficiency of the grounds. It can and does examine whether a satisfaction was formed at all. Where the order or the grounds show that the authority did not apply its mind, acted on a proposal placed before it without independent consideration, misdescribed the material, or recited a conclusion the material could not support, there is no satisfaction and therefore no valid order.
Why this is not a back door to the merits
Because the two questions are different, and it is worth putting the difference in one sentence: the merits question is whether the material justified the conclusion; the application of mind question is whether the authority reached a conclusion on the material at all.
Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, states both halves. The court cannot be invited to consider the propriety or sufficiency of the grounds on which the satisfaction is based. But the same judgment explains an earlier observation that the exercise of the power implies a quasi-judicial approach as meaning that the detaining authority must exercise due care and caution and act fairly. Due care and caution is a standard, and a court can see whether it was met.
What shows a failure of mind
Seven indicators, drawn from the way the cases are argued. None is conclusive by itself, and together they are the vocabulary of this ground.
1. The order recites the wrong statutory ground. Satisfaction about law and order where the power is about public order, as in Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740.
2. The order does not deal with a fact that made it questionable. The classic case is the detenu already in custody: an order that does not show awareness of the custody has not confronted the very thing that makes it doubtful, on Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640.
3. The grounds misdescribe the material. A ground that describes an offence, a date or a status wrongly suggests that the material was not read.
4. The grounds are copied. Identical grounds served on several detenus, with names changed, are the strongest single indicator.
5. The order recites a conclusion the material cannot support. Not the same as a conclusion a court would not have reached. If nothing in the file bears on a recited fact, the recital came from somewhere other than the file.
Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order
6. The satisfaction is somebody else's. The Act names the authority. Where the file shows that the decision was in substance taken by a subordinate or by another department, and the named authority merely signed, the statutory satisfaction was not formed.
7. The time taken is impossible. A file of several hundred pages considered and an order made the same hour invites the inference that it was not considered.
The related but distinct doctrine of dictation
Where the authority acted at the direction of a superior, the vice is not that it did not think but that it did not decide. The statute confers the power on a named authority, and a decision taken elsewhere is not that authority's. It is worth keeping the two apart in an answer: non-application of mind is an absence of consideration; acting under dictation is an absence of authorship.
What the State can do about it
Three things, and they explain why well-run detention files look the way they do.
Recite the material and deal with it. Grounds that summarise each item and say what is drawn from it are hard to attack.
Deal expressly with the obvious objection. Custody, delay, acquittal, the availability of prosecution.
Keep the record. The file, the note, the date and hour, and the officer's own signature on the reasoning rather than only on the order.
A worked example
The Commissioner of Police makes orders on the same day against four members of a group. The four sets of grounds are identical except for the names, and each recites: "You were involved in the incident dated 14 March 2026 at Bhiwandi in which a mob attacked shops, and you have thereby acted in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. It is noted that you are in custody and that you are likely to be released on bail."
The copying point. Four identical sets of grounds arising out of one incident are not by themselves fatal, because the four may have played identical parts. But the burden of explaining the identity is practically on the State.
The custody point. The recital shows awareness, which satisfies the first Kamarunnissa condition. It does not satisfy the second or third: there is nothing about a real possibility of bail on reliable material, and nothing about why detention is essential.
The individual role point. If the file shows that one of the four was named by a single witness and another was caught on camera leading the mob, identical grounds show that the differences were not considered, and that is a failure of mind as to the first man.
The result. The order against the man whose material differed is vulnerable. The others may survive, and the question then becomes whether the ground discloses a public order problem, which on these facts it does.
Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order
What it does NOT mean
It is not a review of the merits. The court does not weigh the material.
A short set of grounds is not by itself bad. Brevity is not the absence of thought.
An error of fact is not automatically fatal. It matters where it shows that the material was not read, or where the erroneous fact was itself the ground.
It is not confined to detention law. It is ordinary administrative law applied to a statutory satisfaction, and the same reasoning runs through the rest of Group I's papers.
Quick revision
The merits question and the application of mind question are different: whether the material justified the conclusion, and whether a conclusion was reached on the material at all.
Khudiram Das, AIR 1975 SC 550: no review of propriety or sufficiency; but the authority must exercise due care and caution and act fairly.
Indicators: wrong statutory ground; failure to deal with an obvious objection such as custody; misdescription of the material; copied grounds; a conclusion the material cannot support; a satisfaction formed by somebody else; and an impossible timeline.
Dictation is a separate vice: not absence of thought but absence of authorship.
Kamarunnissa, AIR 1991 SC 1640, is the standard illustration through the custody condition.
Test yourself
1. How is this ground consistent with subjective satisfaction? Because it does not ask whether the authority was right. It asks whether the authority formed a satisfaction at all, which is a question about the existence of the condition of the power rather than about its merits.
2. What does Khudiram Das say the authority must do? Exercise due care and caution and act fairly, which is how that judgment explains the earlier observation that the power implies a quasi-judicial approach.
3. Give three indicators of a failure of mind. Any three of: reciting the wrong statutory ground; not dealing with the fact that the detenu is in custody; misdescribing the material; identical grounds served on several detenus; a conclusion the material cannot support; a satisfaction in substance formed by another officer; an impossible timeline.
4. How does acting under dictation differ? It is an absence of authorship rather than an absence of consideration: the decision was taken by someone other than the authority the statute names.
5. Are identical grounds served on several detenus automatically fatal? No, because they may have played identical parts, but the identity calls for explanation, and where the material against them differed the identity shows that the differences were not considered.
Communicating the Grounds, and the Language the Detenu Understands
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Grounds served in a language the detenu cannot read have not been communicated at all, and an oral translation is not enough.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the obligation in article 22(5) to communicate the grounds means bringing home to the detenu effective knowledge of the facts and grounds on which the order is based. A person not conversant with the language in which the grounds are written must be given them in a language he can understand and, if he is literate, in a script he can read. A mere oral translation at the time of service does not satisfy the constitutional requirement.
The leading case
Harikisan v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1962 SC 911.
Facts. The detenu was served with the order of detention and the grounds in English. He did not know English and asked for a translation in Hindi. The request was refused, on the grounds that the order and the grounds had been orally translated to him at the time they were served, and that English being still the official language, communication in English complied with the law and the Constitution.
Held. Article 22(5) was not complied with and the detention was illegal. Article 22(5) requires that the grounds be communicated to the detenu as soon as may be and that he be afforded the earliest opportunity of making a representation against the order. Communication in this context means bringing home to the detenu effective knowledge of the facts and grounds on which the order is based. To a person not conversant with the English language, in order to satisfy the requirement of the Constitution, the grounds must be given in a language which he can understand and in a script which he can read, if he is a literate person. A mere oral translation at the time of service is not enough.
Why it matters here. It fixes the meaning of "communicate" for the whole of article 22(5), and the phrase "effective knowledge" is the one to quote. It also disposes of the two arguments an authority usually makes: that an oral translation cures the defect, and that service in the official language is sufficient.
The rule confirmed and extended
Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728, applied the same principle to a COFEPOSA detention and added an important refinement: merely explaining the grounds of detention in the mother tongue of the detenu would not be sufficient compliance. The detenu is entitled to the grounds themselves in a language he understands, not to an explanation of them.
That case is worked more fully in [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation], because its principal holding is about documents. What matters here is the language point and one further one: the Court also held that the rule of constructive res judicata does not bar a second habeas corpus petition under article 32 on fresh grounds not taken in the earlier one, because that rule of public policy is entirely inapplicable to illegal detentions.
Communicating the Grounds, and the Language the Detenu Understands
The elements of proper communication
Five, and they can be checked against any set of grounds.
In writing. The grounds must be served as a document. Oral communication is not communication for this purpose.
In a language the detenu understands. Not the official language, and not the language of the office that made the order.
In a script he can read, if he is literate. A Hindi speaker who reads Devanagari is not served by a Hindi text in Roman script.
Where he is illiterate, by a means that brings home effective knowledge. The rule is directed at knowledge, so for an illiterate detenu the requirement is met by whatever genuinely conveys the grounds, which will ordinarily mean reading them over and recording that it was done.
Within the statutory time. Ordinarily five days under section 8(1) of the National Security Act 1980, and up to fifteen only in exceptional circumstances and for reasons recorded in writing.
A worked example
Ravindra, whose only language is Marathi and who reads Devanagari, is detained in Aurangabad. The grounds are served in English on the third day. A police constable reads them out in Marathi and records that he has done so. On the tenth day Ravindra asks for a Marathi text and is refused.
Was there communication? No. On Harikisan, an oral translation at the time of service is not enough, and a literate detenu is entitled to the grounds in a script he can read.
Does the refusal on the tenth day matter? Yes, twice over. It confirms that no written translation was given, and it means that the fifteen day outer limit in section 8(1) has passed without compliance.
What is the consequence? The breach is of the constitutional imperative in article 22(5) and of a mandatory provision of the Act. The detention is illegal, and it is a plea that survives even a Presidential order under article 359, on Makhan Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1964 SC 381.
Change one fact. Ravindra is illiterate. Now the requirement is that effective knowledge be brought home to him, and reading the grounds over in Marathi, with a contemporaneous record of it, may satisfy that. The rule is not a fetish about paper; it is about knowledge.
Why the rule is strict
Because the two obligations in article 22(5) are linked. The purpose of communicating the grounds is to enable the detenu to make a representation, and a representation he cannot make because he does not know what is alleged is no representation at all. A rule about language is therefore a rule about the effectiveness of the only remedy the clause gives him.
Communicating the Grounds, and the Language the Detenu Understands
That is also why the Court refused to treat the official language argument as an answer. The question is not what the State may lawfully write in; it is what this detenu can read.
What it does NOT mean
It does not require translation into every language the detenu knows. One language he understands, in a script he can read, is enough.
It does not require the order itself to be translated in every case. The constitutional obligation attaches to the grounds. In practice the order is served with them and is translated too.
It does not turn on the detenu's education. A detenu who is literate in Marathi and not in English is entitled to Marathi however well educated he is.
It is not cured by the detenu's lawyer understanding English. The right is the detenu's, and the representation is his.
Quick revision
Article 22(5) "communicate" means bringing home to the detenu effective knowledge of the facts and grounds on which the order is based.
Harikisan v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1962 SC 911: grounds in English to a detenu who did not know English; oral translation at service and the official language argument both rejected; detention illegal.
Literate detenu: a language he understands, in a script he can read.
Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728: merely explaining the grounds in the mother tongue is not sufficient compliance; and constructive res judicata does not bar a fresh habeas corpus petition on new grounds.
Time: ordinarily five days under NSA s.8(1), fifteen only on exceptional circumstances and recorded reasons.
Test yourself
1. What does "communicate" mean in article 22(5)? Bringing home to the detenu effective knowledge of the facts and grounds on which the order is based.
2. Is an oral translation at the time of service enough? No. Harikisan holds in terms that it is not.
3. Is service in the official language sufficient compliance? No. The question is what this detenu can understand and read, not what language the State may lawfully use.
4. What does Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel add about the mother tongue? That merely explaining the grounds in the detenu's mother tongue is not sufficient compliance; he is entitled to the grounds themselves in a language he understands.
5. Can a detenu file a second habeas corpus petition on a language point not taken in the first? Yes. On Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel, constructive res judicata is entirely inapplicable to an illegal detention and does not bar a fresh petition under article 32 on grounds not previously taken.
The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Every document and material the detaining authority relied on must be supplied to the detenu, as soon as practicable, or he cannot answer the case.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: one of the constitutional imperatives embodied in article 22(5) is that all the documents and materials relied upon by the detaining authority in passing the order of detention must be supplied to the detenu as soon as practicable, to enable him to make an effective representation. Where such material is part of the basic facts and materials on which the order rests, it must ordinarily be supplied within five days of the order, and for exceptional reasons to be recorded within fifteen days of the commencement of the detention.
The leading case
Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728.
Facts. The petitioner's earlier petition challenging his detention under section 3 of COFEPOSA 1974 had been dismissed by the Supreme Court. He then filed a fresh petition urging additional grounds not urged before: that despite his request the documents relied on by the detaining authority had not been supplied; that many documents were incomplete or wholly withheld, and in particular that 236 out of 460 documents purported to have been supplied were not; that his representation of 17 July 1980 for revocation, forwarded by the jailer to the Central Government, had not been disposed of; and that serving the grounds in English, a language he did not know, without a translation into his mother tongue, breached article 22(5). The State took a preliminary objection that the petition was barred by constructive res judicata.
Held. The preliminary objection was overruled: fresh additional grounds had been taken, and the rule of constructive res judicata, being a rule of public policy, is entirely inapplicable to illegal detentions and does not bar a subsequent petition for habeas corpus under article 32 on fresh grounds not taken earlier.
On the merits, one of the constitutional imperatives in article 22(5) is that all the documents and materials relied upon by the detaining authority must be supplied to the detenu as soon as practicable to enable him to make an effective representation. The materials not supplied here were part of the basic facts and materials which should have been supplied, ordinarily within five days of the order and for exceptional reasons recorded within fifteen days of the commencement of the detention, and the respondent did not say that the documents withheld were irrelevant to the detenu's case.
In matters touching the personal liberty of a person preventively detained, the constitutional imperative in article 22(5) is that any representation made by the detenu should be dealt with the utmost expedition, which had been honoured in the breach. And merely explaining the grounds in the detenu's mother tongue would not be sufficient compliance. The Court applied an earlier decision of its own in the matter of Icchu Devi Choraria against the Union of India, which it reports at [1981] 1 SCR 640. This book has not read that judgment and takes nothing from it beyond the reference and the fact that it was applied.
The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation
Why it matters here. It converts the abstract right in clause (5) into a working rule with a timetable, and it makes the burden the State's: an authority that withholds a document must be able to say that it was not relied on or that it was irrelevant.
The three categories, and which must be supplied
This is the framework that decides the cases, and it draws on Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, worked in [Subjective Satisfaction, and How Far a Court May Examine It].
Grounds. The conclusions of fact on which the satisfaction rests. Always to be communicated, under clause (5) itself.
Documents and materials relied upon. The material on which the authority acted in reaching those conclusions. Must be supplied, on Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel, because without it the representation cannot be effective.
Other particulars. Matter that did not form the basis of the satisfaction: the background of the circumstances in which the authority reached its satisfaction, or particulars administratively necessary for the State Government's supervisory function. Need not be supplied, on Khudiram Das.
The line between the second and third categories is the whole of the litigation, and the test is the same one every time: did the authority rely on it in forming the satisfaction? If yes, it must be supplied. If it was merely in the file, it need not be.
The interaction with clause (6)
Clause (6) permits the authority to withhold facts it considers it against the public interest to disclose. Where a document relied on contains such facts, the two rules meet.
The practical resolution, and the one to state in an answer, is that clause (6) permits redaction and withholding of the protected facts, not the withholding of the whole document, and it cannot be used to reduce the representation to a formality. See [Article 22(6): The Privilege Against Disclosure].
The burden
Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel places it on the State in a specific way: the respondent did not state that the documents which were not supplied were not relevant to the case of the detenu. The inference is that where a detenu identifies material that was before the authority and was not supplied, it is for the State to say either that it was not relied on or that it is irrelevant. Silence will not do.
The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation
That is a practical point of real value, because a detenu rarely knows what is in the file. What he can do is point to what the grounds refer to and ask for it.
A worked example
The grounds served on Nazia recite that she was intercepted at Nhava Sheva with undeclared foreign currency, that a panchnama was drawn, that her statement was recorded, and that two co-accused made statements implicating her. The panchnama and her own statement are supplied. The two co-accused statements are not.
Must they be supplied? Yes, if the authority relied on them, and the grounds say it did by referring to them. They are documents relied upon within Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel.
Can the State say they are confidential? It may invoke clause (6) in respect of facts whose disclosure would be against the public interest, but a co-accused's statement referred to in the grounds is not obviously such material, and the State would have to make and record that judgment.
What if the State simply does not respond? On Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel, the failure to say that the withheld documents were irrelevant to the detenu's case tells against the State.
And the timing? Ordinarily within five days of the order, and within fifteen only for exceptional reasons recorded in writing.
What it does NOT mean
It is not a right to inspect the whole file.Khudiram Das excludes other particulars.
It is not a right to material the authority did not use. The test is reliance.
It is not defeated by the volume of documents. In Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel 236 documents out of 460 were withheld, and the number was part of the complaint rather than an answer to it.
A second petition is not barred. Constructive res judicata does not apply to an illegal detention, so a detenu who discovers the non-supply later may petition again on that ground.
Quick revision
All documents and materials relied upon by the detaining authority must be supplied as soon as practicable, to enable an effective representation. Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728, applying the earlier Icchu Devi Choraria decision reported at [1981] 1 SCR 640.
Timetable: ordinarily within five days of the order; for exceptional reasons recorded, within fifteen days of the commencement of the detention.
Three categories: grounds, always; documents relied on, must be supplied; other particulars, need not be, on Khudiram Das.
The test is reliance, not presence in the file.
The State must say that a withheld document was not relied on or was irrelevant; silence tells against it.
Constructive res judicata does not bar a fresh habeas corpus petition on this ground.
The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation
Test yourself
1. State the rule about documents in one sentence. All the documents and materials relied upon by the detaining authority in passing the order must be supplied to the detenu as soon as practicable to enable him to make an effective representation.
2. Within what time? Ordinarily within five days of the order, and for exceptional reasons to be recorded within fifteen days of the commencement of the detention.
3. What is the test that separates material which must be supplied from material which need not be? Whether the authority relied on it in forming its satisfaction. Material merely in the file, or particulars of the background, need not be supplied on Khudiram Das.
4. Where the State withholds a document and says nothing about it, what follows? On Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel, the failure to state that the document was not relevant to the detenu's case tells against the State.
5. Does an earlier unsuccessful petition bar a fresh one on this ground? No. Constructive res judicata, being a rule of public policy, is entirely inapplicable to illegal detentions.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The Government must decide the detenu's representation itself, quickly, and independently of whatever the Advisory Board is doing.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the right in article 22(5) to make a representation carries with it a corresponding obligation on the appropriate Government to consider it, and four principles govern that obligation. The authority is bound to give the detenu an opportunity to make a representation and to consider it as early as possible. The Government's consideration of the representation is entirely independent of any action by the Advisory Board, including the Board's own consideration of it. There must be no delay in the matter of consideration, and although no hard and fast rule can be laid down about the time taken, the Government has to be vigilant, because the detenu's fundamental right to have his representation considered would be rendered meaningless if the Government dealt with the matter at its own sweet will and convenience. And the Government must form its own opinion and judgment on the representation before sending the case, with the representation, to the Advisory Board.
The leading case
Jayanarayan Sukul v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 675.
Facts. On 5 June 1969 the District Magistrate, 24-Parganas, made an order under section 3(2) of the Preventive Detention Act 1950 detaining the petitioner. He was arrested and served with the grounds on 7 June. Information went to the State Government on 9 June. The Governor approved the order on 14 June and sent the report under section 3(4), with the grounds, to the Central Government. The petitioner made his representation to the State Government on 23 June. On 1 July the State Government placed his case, together with the representation, before the Advisory Board. The Board gave its opinion on 13 August that there was sufficient cause. On 19 August the State Government was said to have rejected the representation. On 26 August the Governor confirmed the order. The petitioner moved the Supreme Court under article 32, complaining that the State Government had not considered his representation with reasonable and proper expedition. The State said it had discharged its duty by rejecting the representation after considering the Board's report and after making its own enquiries through the Superintendent, Railway Police, whose report was somewhat delayed.
Held. Four principles govern the representation of detenus. First, the appropriate authority is bound to give the detenu an opportunity to make a representation and to consider it as early as possible. Secondly, the consideration of the representation by the appropriate authority is entirely independent of any action by the Advisory Board, including the Board's consideration of the representation. Thirdly, there should be no delay in the matter of consideration; although no hard and fast rule can be laid down as to the time taken, the Government has to be vigilant in the governance of the citizens, and the detenu's fundamental right to have his representation considered would be rendered meaningless if the Government did not deal with the matter expeditiously but at its own sweet will and convenience. Fourthly, the appropriate Government is to exercise its own opinion and judgment on the representation before sending the case, along with the representation, to the Advisory Board: if it decides to release the detenu it will not send the matter to the Board at all; if it does not, it sends the case and the representation; if the Board then expresses an opinion in favour of release the Government will release him; and if the Board expresses an opinion against release the Government may still exercise its power to release him. On the facts the State of West Bengal was held to have failed in its duty.
Delay in Deciding the Representation
Why it matters here. The fourth principle is the one students most often get wrong. The Government's duty is not to wait for the Board. It must decide first, and the Board's role is subsequent and separate.
The chain of decisions, and where delay can occur
A representation may have to be considered by more than one authority, and delay at any link is fatal. Under the National Security Act 1980 the chain is this.
The detaining officer, where the order was made under section 3(3). He must forthwith report to the State Government with the grounds under section 3(4), and the order lapses after twelve days, or twenty where the grounds were served after five days but within fifteen, unless approved.
The State Government. It approves under section 3(4), reports to the Central Government within seven days under section 3(5), decides the representation made to it under section 8(1), and places the grounds and the representation before the Advisory Board within three weeks under section 10.
The Advisory Board. It reports within seven weeks under section 11.
The Central Government. It has an independent power of revocation under section 14(1)(a) and (b), so a representation addressed to it must be decided by it.
The rule to state in an answer is that each authority with a power to revoke must apply its own mind to a representation addressed to it, and unexplained delay at any stage vitiates the detention.
How delay is measured
Four working propositions.
There is no fixed number of days.Sukul says so in terms: no hard and fast rule can be laid down.
The State must explain the time it took. The burden is on the State to account for each period, and a bare assertion that the file moved is not an explanation.
Delay in Deciding the Representation
Time spent on the Board is not an answer to delay by the Government. That is the second principle: the two are independent.
Time spent obtaining a report from a subordinate officer must itself be justified. In Sukul the State relied on an enquiry through the Superintendent, Railway Police, whose report was delayed, and that did not save it.
A worked example
Faisal is detained on 1 September and served with the grounds on 4 September. He makes a representation to the State Government on 10 September. The State Government places the grounds and the representation before the Advisory Board on 20 September. The Board reports on 15 October. The State Government rejects the representation on 20 October and confirms the detention on 22 October.
Is the reference to the Board in time? Yes. Three weeks from 1 September is 22 September.
Is the Board's report in time? Yes. Seven weeks from 1 September is 20 October.
Is the detention nonetheless bad? Yes, on Sukul's fourth principle. The State Government did not decide the representation before sending the case to the Board; it decided on 20 October, after the Board reported. The consideration is entirely independent of the Board's action, and the Government must form its own opinion first.
What if the Government had rejected the representation on 15 September and then sent the case on 20 September? That would satisfy the fourth principle, and the remaining question would be whether five days is an unexplained delay, which on these facts it plainly is not.
What it does NOT mean
It does not require a reasoned order on the representation. What is required is that the mind be applied and the decision taken with expedition.
It does not mean the Board's favourable report obliges the Government to detain. Under section 12(1) the Government may confirm, and Sukul's fourth principle records that even after an adverse opinion of the Board on release the Government may still release the detenu.
It is not confined to the State Government. Any authority with a power to revoke that receives a representation must decide it.
It does not make a short delay fatal by itself. What is fatal is delay that is unexplained, and the explanation is the State's to give.
Quick revision
Jayanarayan Sukul v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 675: four principles.
One, opportunity to represent and consideration as early as possible.
Two, the Government's consideration is entirely independent of any action by the Advisory Board.
Three, no delay; no hard and fast rule as to time, but the Government must be vigilant, and the right would be meaningless if the Government acted at its own sweet will and convenience.
Four, the Government must form its own opinion before sending the case and the representation to the Board; it may release without going to the Board; and even after an adverse Board opinion it may still release.
The chain under the NSA: detaining officer's report and approval within twelve or twenty days; State Government's report to the Centre within seven days; representation decided; Board within three weeks; report within seven weeks; Central Government's independent power under section 14.
Delay in Deciding the Representation
Test yourself
1. Give the four principles in Sukul. Opportunity and early consideration; the Government's consideration is independent of the Board's; no delay, with vigilance required though no fixed period is laid down; and the Government must form its own opinion before sending the case to the Board.
2. Can the Government wait for the Advisory Board's report before deciding the representation? No. The two are entirely independent, and the Government must decide first.
3. Is there a fixed number of days within which a representation must be decided? No. No hard and fast rule can be laid down, but every period must be explained by the State.
4. If the Board reports against release, must the Government detain? No. Section 12(1) is permissive, and Sukul records that the Government may still release the detenu.
5. Which authorities may have to decide a representation under the National Security Act? The appropriate Government to which it is addressed under section 8(1), and the Central Government, which has an independent power of revocation under section 14, so that a representation addressed to it must be decided by it.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The Supreme Court upheld the National Security Act, refused to order the Government to bring the 44th Amendment's better Advisory Board into force, and then improved the Board's procedure itself as far as article 22 allowed.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710, a Constitution Bench upheld the National Security Act 1980 and the Ordinance that preceded it. It held that the President's power to issue an Ordinance under article 123 is legislative and not executive, so an Ordinance is a law for the purposes of article 21; that the Court could not issue a mandamus compelling the Central Government to bring section 3 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 into force, because Parliament had left the commencement to the Government's unfettered judgment; that a detenu has no right to appear through a legal practitioner before an Advisory Board; but that if the detaining authority or the Government takes the aid of a legal practitioner or legal adviser before the Board, the detenu must be allowed the same facility, since to deny it would breach article 14; and that the embargo does not prevent the detenu from being aided or assisted by a friend who is not in truth a legal practitioner.
The case
Facts. Section 1(2) of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 provided that it should come into force on such date as the Central Government might by notification appoint, and that different dates might be appointed for different provisions. Section 3 of that Act substituted a new clause (4) in article 22, cutting three months to two and requiring an Advisory Board constituted in accordance with the recommendations of the Chief Justice of the appropriate High Court with a serving Judge as Chairman. By notification the Central Government brought into force every section of the 44th Amendment except section 3. Meanwhile the Government issued the National Security Ordinance 2 of 1980, which became the National Security Act 1980. The petitioner was detained under the Ordinance on the ground that he was indulging in activities prejudicial to public order. In his petition under article 32 he argued, among other things, that the power to issue an Ordinance is executive and not legislative, so that an Ordinance is not "law" for article 21.
Held. Per Chandrachud C.J., Bhagwati and Desai JJ., with Gupta and Tulzapurkar JJ. dissenting on the commencement question and Gupta J. also on the Ordinance question:
The President's power to issue an Ordinance under article 123 is a legislative and not an executive power. The Constituent Assembly took the view that the President's power to legislate by Ordinance is as necessary for the peace and good government of the country as Parliament's power to legislate by passing laws, and devised it to take care of urgent situations that cannot brook delay. It is not easy to accept with equanimity the proposition that the executive can indulge in legislative activity, but the Constitution is what it says and not what one would like it to be.
The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy
The Court could not issue a mandamus to the Central Government obliging it to bring section 3 of the 44th Amendment into force. Parliament having left that question to the unfettered judgment of the Central Government, it is not for the Court to compel the Government to do what, according to the mandate of Parliament, lies in its discretion to do when it considers it opportune. The executive is responsible to Parliament, and if Parliament considers that the executive has betrayed its trust it can censure the executive; it would be anomalous that the inaction of the executive should have the approval of Parliament and yet the Court should show its disapproval by mandamus.
The Court nonetheless recorded that in leaving commencement to the Government's judgment Parliament could not have intended that the Government might exercise a kind of veto over its constituent will by never bringing a provision into force, and that Parliament having seen the necessity of a provision like section 3, it is not open to the Central Government to sit in judgment over the wisdom of its policy.
On representation before the Board: a detenu has no right to appear through a legal practitioner in the proceedings before the Advisory Board, and the reason behind article 22(3)(b) is that a legal practitioner should not be permitted to appear before the Board for any party. The Constitution does not contemplate that the detaining authority or the Government should have the facility of a legal practitioner while the detenu is denied it, and permitting the one and denying the other would be in breach of article 14. Therefore if the detaining authority or the Government takes the aid of a legal practitioner or a legal adviser before the Board, the detenu must be allowed the facility of appearing through a legal practitioner. And the embargo should not be extended so as to prevent the detenu from being aided or assisted by a friend who, in truth and substance, is not a legal practitioner: every person whose interests are adversely affected by proceedings of serious import is entitled to be heard in them and to be assisted by a friend.
Why it matters here. Three separate things. It settles that an Ordinance is law for article 21, which matters because detention statutes are often introduced by Ordinance. It is the leading authority on the commencement of a constitutional amendment, and the reason section 3 of the 44th Amendment can remain unnotified for decades. And it defines what the Advisory Board hearing actually is.
The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy
What the Board is worth, honestly assessed
Five points, and an answer that makes them is doing more than reciting the Act.
1. Its composition is chosen by the detaining Government. Section 9(2) of the National Security Act leaves the appointment to the appropriate Government, and article 22(4) as it stands allows persons merely qualified for appointment as High Court judges.
2. It sees only what the Government places before it. Section 10 requires the Government to place the grounds and the representation. The Board may call for further information, but it has no independent investigative machinery.
3. It sits in confidence. Section 11(4) makes the proceedings and the report confidential except for the part stating the opinion. Neither the detenu nor the public learns the reasoning.
4. Its favourable report is permissive and its adverse report is binding. Under section 12(1) a favourable report allows the Government to confirm; under section 12(2) an adverse report requires release. That asymmetry is the Board's real value: it cannot force a detention, only stop one.
5. It is not a substitute for a court. It reports on sufficiency of cause. It does not decide legality, and the High Court's jurisdiction on habeas corpus is untouched.
The commencement point, which is the most examinable part
MU asks about the 44th Amendment on four of the nine papers. A.K. Roy is the authority for the proposition that a provision of a constitutional amendment may remain unnotified indefinitely, and it explains why.
The mechanism is section 1(2) of the Amendment Act itself: Parliament chose to leave commencement to the Central Government and to allow different dates for different provisions. Having done so, it left the Government with a discretion the Court would not control by mandamus.
The Court's own discomfort is on the record, and a student should quote it: Parliament could not have intended that the Government might exercise a kind of veto over its constituent will, and it is not open to the Government to sit in judgment over the wisdom of Parliament's policy. But discomfort is not a remedy, and the amendment remains unnotified more than four decades later.
The consequence for a student is exact: when writing about article 22(4), state the law as three months and a Board of persons qualified for appointment, and then state what section 3 would change and that it has never been notified, citing A.K. Roy. That is a complete answer and it is the one an examiner is looking for.
The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy
A worked example
Before an Advisory Board in Mumbai, the State is represented by a Government Pleader who addresses the Board on the material. The detenu appears alone and asks to be represented by an advocate.
Can he be refused? Not on these facts. On A.K. Roy, where the detaining authority or the Government takes the aid of a legal practitioner or legal adviser, the detenu must be allowed the facility of appearing through a legal practitioner, because to permit one and deny the other would breach article 14.
Change the facts. No lawyer appears for the State, and an officer places the file before the Board. The detenu asks for an advocate.
Now? He may be refused. Section 11(4) provides that nothing in that section entitles him to appear by a legal practitioner, and A.K. Roy holds there is no right. But he may ask to be assisted by a friend who is not in truth a legal practitioner, and on A.K. Roy that should be allowed.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean the National Security Act is beyond challenge.A.K. Roy upheld the Act; it did not immunise orders made under it, and almost all the litigation in this book is about orders rather than about the Act.
It does not mean an Ordinance is as good as an Act in every respect. It means an Ordinance is law for the purposes of article 21. Its life is limited by article 123 and it must be laid before Parliament.
It does not mean a court can never compel commencement. The Court's reasoning turned on Parliament having left commencement to the Government's unfettered judgment. Where a statute fixes an objective standard to guide that discretion, the position may differ, and the judgment says as much.
It does not make the Board a court. It makes the Board a body that must act fairly within a scheme the Constitution designed to be less than a trial.
Quick revision
A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710. Chandrachud C.J., Bhagwati and Desai JJ., Gupta and Tulzapurkar JJ. dissenting in part.
An Ordinance under article 123 is a legislative act, so it is law for article 21.
No mandamus to bring section 3 of the 44th Amendment into force: Parliament left commencement to the Central Government's unfettered judgment.
But the Government may not exercise a veto over Parliament's constituent will, and may not sit in judgment on the wisdom of its policy.
No right to a legal practitioner before the Advisory Board; equality if the State uses one; assistance by a friend who is not a legal practitioner allowed.
The Board: appointed by the detaining Government, sees what the Government places before it, sits in confidence, its adverse report binds and its favourable report only permits.
The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy
Test yourself
1. Why could the Court not order the Government to bring section 3 of the 44th Amendment into force? Because section 1(2) of that Amendment Act left commencement to such date as the Central Government might appoint, so Parliament had committed the question to the Government's unfettered judgment, and the executive's accountability for that inaction lies to Parliament rather than to the Court.
2. Is an Ordinance "law" for the purposes of article 21? Yes. The President's power under article 123 is legislative and not executive, so an Ordinance is law.
3. When may a detenu appear by a lawyer before an Advisory Board? Where the detaining authority or the Government takes the aid of a legal practitioner or legal adviser, because permitting one and denying the other would breach article 14. There is otherwise no right.
4. May a detenu be assisted by a friend before the Board? Yes, where the friend is not in truth a legal practitioner. The embargo in article 22(3)(b) is not to be extended so far.
5. What is the asymmetry in section 12 of the National Security Act, and why does it matter? A favourable report merely permits the Government to confirm, while an adverse report obliges it to revoke and release. The Board can therefore stop a detention but cannot compel one, and that is where its value lies.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A person in custody may be detained, but only if the authority knew he was in custody, had reason to believe he would probably get bail and would probably then act prejudicially, and thought detention essential to stop him.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: even in the case of a person in custody a detention order can validly be passed if three conditions are satisfied. First, the authority passing the order is aware of the fact that he is actually in custody. Secondly, it has reason to believe on the basis of reliable material placed before it that there is a real possibility of his being released on bail, and that on being so released he would in all probability indulge in prejudicial activity. Thirdly, it is felt essential to detain him to prevent him from so doing.
Why there is a problem at all
Because a detention order is preventive. If the man is already in jail, he is already prevented, and there is nothing left for the order to do. An order made in that situation looks like an order made for a different purpose: to keep him inside when a court might let him out, which is punishing him for the prospect of bail rather than preventing future conduct.
The law's answer is not to forbid such orders but to require the authority to confront that objection on the face of its satisfaction. The three conditions are how it does so.
The leading case
Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640.
Facts. Three men were intercepted at Sahar International Airport on 5 October 1989 by officers of the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence and searched on suspicion, and diamonds, precious stones and foreign currency they had planned to smuggle out were recovered. They were arrested and were in jail custody on remand. On 10 November 1989 orders of detention under section 3(1) of COFEPOSA 1974 were made against each of them with a view to preventing them from smuggling goods, and the orders and grounds were served on them in jail on 21 November 1989. On 20 December 1989 declarations under section 9(1) of the Act were made and served in time. Their wives filed habeas corpus petitions in the Bombay High Court raising four contentions: that the detention was unwarranted because the detenus were in custody; that the detaining authority had shown non-application of mind by describing the offence as bailable; that a representation of 18 December 1989 had not been disposed of promptly; and that certain crucial documents called for had not been supplied, depriving them of an effective representation.
Held. Even in the case of a person in custody a detention order can validly be passed if the three conditions set out above are satisfied. On documents, it is not sufficient to say that copies were not supplied in time on demand: it must further be shown that the non-supply has impaired the detenu's right to make an effective and purposeful representation. A demand for any and every document, however irrelevant, merely because there is a reference to it in the grounds of detention, cannot vitiate an otherwise legal detention order; no hard and fast rule can be laid down, but what is essential is that the detenu must show that the failure to supply the documents before the meeting of the Advisory Board had impaired or prejudiced his right, however slight or insignificant.
Detention of a Person Already in Custody
Why it matters here. It states the three conditions in a form that can be applied, and its second holding qualifies the document rule in [The Documents Relied On, and the Right to an Effective Representation] in an important way: prejudice matters.
The three conditions, applied
1. Awareness of the custody. The order or the grounds must show that the authority knew the man was in jail. An order that reads as though he were at large discloses no application of mind to the very fact that makes the order questionable.
2. Real possibility of release, and probability of prejudicial activity on release. Two limbs, both to be founded on reliable material placed before the authority. It is not enough to say that bail applications are usually granted. There must be material, and the belief must be about this man.
3. Detention felt essential. The authority must have concluded that nothing short of a detention order will answer the case.
An order that satisfies none of these is bad. An order that recites all three formulaically, with nothing in the material to support them, is bad for non-application of mind, on which see [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
How this fits the two competing lines
Students often meet two apparently opposed propositions: that a detention order cannot be made against a person in custody, and that it can. Both come from real cases, and the reconciliation is Kamarunnissa.
The proposition that it cannot be made is a shorthand for the case where the authority did not know of the custody, or gave no thought to bail, or used the order as a substitute for opposing bail. The proposition that it can be made is a shorthand for the case where the three conditions are satisfied.
The correct statement of the law is the three conditions, and an answer that gives them will not be caught out by either shorthand.
Detention of a Person Already in Custody
The prejudice qualification on documents
Kamarunnissa's second holding is worth separating out because it is frequently misapplied in both directions.
What it does not do. It does not weaken the rule in Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728, that documents and materials relied on must be supplied.
What it does. It answers the different argument that any document mentioned anywhere in the grounds must be supplied on pain of invalidity. The detenu must show that the failure impaired or prejudiced his right to make an effective and purposeful representation, and the test moment is before the meeting of the Advisory Board.
How to state both. Documents relied on must be supplied; a complaint about non-supply succeeds where the omission impaired the representation, and the threshold of prejudice is low, however slight or insignificant.
A worked example
Salim is arrested on 3 May and remanded to judicial custody in a case under the customs law. On 12 May a detention order under COFEPOSA is served on him in jail. The grounds recite the seizure, state that he is in judicial custody, and add: "It is noted that the offence is bailable and that in similar cases bail has been granted, and there is every likelihood of his being released and resuming his activities."
Condition one? Satisfied. The grounds say he is in custody.
Condition two? Partly. The reference to bail in similar cases is thin, and the second limb, that this man would in all probability resume prejudicial activity, needs material about him. If the file contains his earlier involvement, that will do; if it contains nothing, the order is vulnerable.
Condition three? The grounds should say why nothing short of detention will answer, for example that opposing bail has failed before.
And the non-application of mind point? In Kamarunnissa itself the detenus argued that describing the offence as bailable showed non-application of mind. Whether such a description betrays a failure of mind depends on whether it is accurate on the facts, and the argument is one to make on the material rather than in the abstract.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean an order may be made whenever a bail application is pending. The material must show a real possibility of release and a probability of prejudicial activity thereafter.
It does not turn on the outcome of the bail application. The question is the state of the authority's satisfaction when the order was made.
It does not authorise detention as a means of defeating a bail order. That is the very abuse the three conditions exist to expose.
It does not dilute the document rule. It adds a requirement of prejudice to a complaint about non-supply.
Detention of a Person Already in Custody
Quick revision
Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640. Three conditions for detaining a person already in custody: awareness of the custody; reason to believe on reliable material that there is a real possibility of release on bail and that on release he would in all probability indulge in prejudicial activity; and that detention is felt essential to prevent it.
Second holding: non-supply of documents must be shown to have impaired the right to make an effective and purposeful representation; a demand for any and every document merely because it is referred to in the grounds does not vitiate an otherwise legal order; the test moment is before the meeting of the Advisory Board; and the prejudice may be slight.
The two shorthand propositions, that such an order cannot and can be made, are reconciled by the three conditions.
Test yourself
1. Give the three conditions. Awareness that the person is actually in custody; reason to believe on reliable material that there is a real possibility of release on bail and that on release he would in all probability indulge in prejudicial activity; and that it is felt essential to detain him to prevent that.
2. Is a bare recital that the detenu is in custody enough? No. The recital satisfies the first condition only, and the second and third must be founded on reliable material placed before the authority.
3. What did Kamarunnissa add about documents? That non-supply must be shown to have impaired the detenu's right to make an effective and purposeful representation, and that a demand for any and every document merely because it is referred to in the grounds cannot vitiate an otherwise legal order.
4. By what moment must the documents have been supplied on that test? Before the meeting of the Advisory Board.
5. Why is such an order suspect in principle? Because a man already in jail is already prevented, so an order made in that situation invites the inference that its purpose is to defeat bail rather than to prevent future conduct.
Revocation, and a Second Detention on the Same Facts
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Either Government may revoke a detention order at any time, and the expiry or revocation of one order does not by itself stop a fresh order being made against the same person.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 14(1) of the National Security Act 1980 provides that, without prejudice to section 21 of the General Clauses Act 1897, a detention order may at any time be revoked or modified, notwithstanding that it was made by an officer under section 3(3), by the State Government to which he is subordinate or by the Central Government, and notwithstanding that it was made by a State Government, by the Central Government. Section 14(2) provides that the expiry or revocation of an earlier detention order does not bar the making of a subsequent order under section 3 against the same person.
Who may revoke
Three authorities, and the ladder matters.
The officer who made the order, under section 21 of the General Clauses Act 1897, which allows a power to make an order to be exercised to rescind it. Section 14(1) preserves that power expressly by opening "without prejudice to the provisions of section 21".
The State Government, where the order was made by a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police under section 3(3).
The Central Government, whatever the order and whoever made it, including an order made by a State Government.
The Central Government's power over a State's order is the point students miss, and it has a practical consequence: a representation addressed to the Central Government must be considered and decided by it, and unexplained delay by it vitiates the detention just as delay by the State would. That is the chain described in [Delay in Deciding the Representation].
When revocation is compulsory
Revocation is ordinarily discretionary. In one case it is mandatory.
Section 12(2). Where the Advisory Board has reported that there is no sufficient cause for the detention, the appropriate Government shall revoke the order and cause the person to be released forthwith. There is no discretion and no period of grace.
Section 13 and the relationship with revocation
Section 13 fixes the maximum period at twelve months from the date of detention for a confirmed order, and its proviso states that nothing in the section affects the power of the appropriate Government to revoke or modify the order at any earlier time. So the twelve months is a ceiling, not a term to be served.
Temporary release, which is not revocation
Section 15 allows the appropriate Government at any time to direct that a detenu be released for a specified period, either unconditionally or on conditions he accepts, and to cancel the release at any time. It may require a bond with or without sureties. The person must surrender at the time and place and to the authority specified. Failure to surrender without sufficient cause is punishable with imprisonment up to two years, or fine, or both, and breach of a condition makes the bond liable to forfeiture.
Revocation, and a Second Detention on the Same Facts
The distinction matters. Revocation ends the detention. Temporary release suspends it. A person on temporary release remains under the order and can be required back without a fresh order.
A second order on the same facts
Section 14(2) provides that the expiry or revocation of an earlier order does not bar a subsequent order under section 3 against the same person, and it says so whether the earlier order was made before or after the 1984 amendment that inserted the sub-section.
That is the statute's answer to an obvious device: a Government that has run out of time under section 13, or whose order has been revoked, cannot be prevented from acting again merely by the fact of the earlier order.
But the power is not unlimited, and the limits come from the general law rather than from the sub-section.
A fresh order needs a fresh satisfaction. The authority must be satisfied anew, on material before it at that time. An order that simply repeats the earlier grounds shows that no fresh satisfaction was formed, which is the objection in [Non-Application of Mind, and the Mechanical Order].
The live link must exist at the date of the new order. Grounds that were proximate when the first order was made may be stale when the second is. See [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order].
A revocation for illegality is not the same as an expiry. Where the first order was quashed by a court because it was bad, the State cannot cure the illegality by making an identical order. It must act on material that meets the objection.
The maximum period is not restarted at will. Section 13 runs from the date of detention under the order in question, so a second order does begin a fresh period; but a pattern of successive orders on the same facts is itself evidence that the power is being used to evade the maximum, and that is a ground of challenge on the general principle that a statutory limit may not be defeated by a device.
A worked example
Anwar is detained on 1 May 2026 under section 3(2). On 1 August the High Court quashes the order because the grounds were served in a language he cannot read. On 5 August a fresh order is made, on identical grounds, and this time the grounds are served in Urdu.
Revocation, and a Second Detention on the Same Facts
Is the fresh order barred? Not by section 14(2), which expressly preserves the power.
Is it good? Two questions. First, was a fresh satisfaction formed? If the file shows only that the earlier order was reissued with a translation, the answer is no, and the second order fails for the same reason as an order made without application of mind. Second, is the live link intact? Three months have passed, and if nothing has happened since, the State must explain why the necessity persists.
Change the facts. The first order expires by efflux of the twelve month maximum on 30 April 2027, and on 1 May 2027 a fresh order is made on the same grounds. Now the objection is stronger: the pattern shows the power being used to extend a period Parliament has fixed, and the State would have to show new material.
What it does NOT mean
Revocation is not an acquittal. It ends the detention and decides nothing about the merits.
Section 14(2) is not a licence. It removes a bar; it supplies no satisfaction.
Temporary release is not parole in the criminal law sense. It is an executive indulgence under a detention order that remains in force.
The Central Government's power to revoke does not make it the appellate authority. It is a parallel power, and its existence is why a representation to it must be decided by it.
Quick revision
NSA s.14(1): revocation or modification at any time, by the officer under General Clauses Act s.21, by the State Government over its officer's order, and by the Central Government over any order including a State's.
s.12(2): revocation is compulsory and release forthwith where the Board reports no sufficient cause.
s.13: twelve months maximum, with a proviso preserving earlier revocation.
s.15: temporary release suspends rather than ends the detention; failure to surrender carries up to two years.
s.14(2): expiry or revocation of an earlier order does not bar a subsequent one, but a fresh order needs a fresh satisfaction, a live link at its own date, and material meeting the defect that felled the first.
Test yourself
1. Who may revoke an order made by a Commissioner of Police under section 3(3)? The Commissioner himself under section 21 of the General Clauses Act, the State Government to which he is subordinate, and the Central Government.
2. When is revocation compulsory? Under section 12(2), where the Advisory Board reports that there is no sufficient cause for the detention; the Government shall revoke and release the person forthwith.
3. What is the difference between revocation and temporary release? Revocation ends the detention; temporary release suspends it, the order remaining in force, so the person can be required to surrender without a fresh order.
Revocation, and a Second Detention on the Same Facts
4. Does the quashing of an order bar a fresh one? No, on section 14(2), but the fresh order needs a fresh satisfaction formed on material that meets the objection which felled the first, and the live link must exist at the date of the new order.
5. What is the objection to a series of successive orders on the same facts? That the power is being used to defeat the maximum period Parliament has fixed, which is a device rather than an exercise of the statutory power.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Eighteen sections that let the Union or a State Government lock a person up for up to a year without charge, on six named grounds, subject to a Board of judges.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the National Security Act 1980, Act 65 of 1980, extends to the whole of India and provides for preventive detention on six grounds set out in section 3. It was preceded by the National Security Ordinance 2 of 1980, and both were upheld in A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710. Its scheme is: the power in section 3; execution, place and conditions in sections 4 and 5; severability of grounds in section 5A; validating provisions in section 6; absconders in section 7; grounds and representation in section 8; the Advisory Board in sections 9 to 12; the maximum period in section 13; revocation in section 14; temporary release in section 15; protection of action taken in good faith in section 16; the relationship with State laws in section 17; and repeal and saving in section 18.
Section 1 and section 2: extent and definitions
Section 1. The Act may be called the National Security Act 1980 and extends to the whole of India. The words "except the State of Jammu and Kashmir" were omitted by the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act 2019 with effect from 31 October 2019, so the Act now runs there too.
Section 2 defines four expressions. Appropriate Government means the Central Government where the order was made by it or a person is detained under such an order, and the State Government where the order was made by a State Government or by an officer subordinate to it. Detention order means an order made under section 3. Foreigner has the meaning in the Foreigners Act 1946. Person includes a foreigner. And State Government, in relation to a Union territory, means the administrator.
The reference in section 2(c) is to the Foreigners Act 1946, which has since been repealed by the Immigration and Foreigners Act 2025. A reference in one Act to a repealed Act is ordinarily read as a reference to the corresponding provision of the replacing Act, and section 8 of the General Clauses Act 1897 provides for exactly that. The point is worth a line in an answer about the currency of the Act.
Section 3: the power, and the six grounds
This is the section every answer must quote, and it is drafted in two sub-sections for a constitutional reason set out in [Where the Power Comes From: Entry 9 of List I and Entry 3 of List III].
Section 3(1). The Central Government or the State Government may, if satisfied with respect to any person that with a view to preventing him from acting in any manner prejudicial to (a) the defence of India, the relations of India with foreign powers, or the security of India, or (b) if satisfied with respect to any foreigner that with a view to regulating his continued presence in India or with a view to making arrangements for his expulsion from India, it is necessary so to do, make an order directing that such person be detained.
The National Security Act 1980
Section 3(2). The Central Government or the State Government may, if satisfied with respect to any person that with a view to preventing him from acting in any manner prejudicial to the security of the State, or from acting in any manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order, or from acting in any manner prejudicial to the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, it is necessary so to do, make an order directing that such person be detained.
The Explanation to section 3(2) excludes from "supplies and services essential to the community" the maintenance of supplies of commodities essential to the community as defined in the Prevention of Blackmarketing and Maintenance of Supplies of Essential Commodities Act 1980, and provides that no order shall be made under this Act on any ground on which an order may be made under that Act. Two detention statutes are thus kept from overlapping.
Section 3(3): delegation. Where, having regard to the circumstances prevailing or likely to prevail in an area within the jurisdiction of a District Magistrate or a Commissioner of Police, the State Government is satisfied that it is necessary, it may by order in writing direct that during such period as is specified that officer may also exercise the powers in sub-section (2). The period shall not in the first instance exceed three months, extendable by the State Government from time to time by periods not exceeding three months at a time.
Section 3(4): report and approval. An officer acting under sub-section (3) must forthwith report the fact to the State Government with the grounds and other relevant particulars, and no such order shall remain in force for more than twelve days unless approved by the State Government in the meantime. Where under section 8 the grounds are communicated after five days but not later than fifteen days, the twelve days becomes twenty days.
Section 3(5): report to the Centre. Where an order is made or approved by a State Government, it must within seven days report the fact to the Central Government with the grounds and other particulars bearing on the necessity for the order.
The National Security Act 1980
Sections 4 and 5: execution, place and conditions
Section 4. A detention order may be executed at any place in India in the manner provided for the execution of warrants of arrest under the criminal procedure law.
Section 5. Every person in respect of whom an order has been made is liable to be detained in such place and under such conditions, including conditions as to maintenance, discipline and punishment for breaches of discipline, as the appropriate Government may specify by general or special order; and to be removed from one place of detention to another, whether within the same State or in another State, by order of the appropriate Government. A proviso requires the consent of the other State Government before a State Government may remove a person to another State.
Section 5A: grounds severable
Inserted by the National Security (Second Amendment) Act 1984. Where an order is made on two or more grounds, it is deemed to have been made separately on each, and is not invalid merely because one or some of the grounds are vague, non-existent, not relevant, not connected or not proximately connected with the person, or invalid for any other reason whatsoever. Worked in [The Grounds of Detention: Vague, Irrelevant and Stale].
Sections 6 and 7: validity and absconders
Section 6. No detention order is invalid or inoperative merely because the person to be detained is outside the territorial jurisdiction of the Government or officer making the order, or because the place of detention is outside those limits.
Section 7. Where the Government or an officer under section 3(3) has reason to believe that a person against whom an order has been made has absconded or is concealing himself so that the order cannot be executed, it may report the fact in writing to a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the first class having jurisdiction where he ordinarily resides, and may by order notified in the Official Gazette direct him to appear before a specified officer at a specified place within a specified period. On such a report, the proclamation and attachment provisions of the criminal procedure law apply as if the detention order were a warrant issued by the Magistrate. Failure to comply with a gazetted direction is punishable with imprisonment up to one year, or fine, or both, unless the person proves that compliance was impossible and that he informed the officer within the period of the reason and of his whereabouts. Such an offence is cognizable notwithstanding the criminal procedure law.
Section 7 matters beyond its own terms: its use is the ordinary way a State explains delay between the making and the execution of an order, on which see [The Live Link, and Delay in Passing the Order].
The National Security Act 1980
Section 8: grounds and representation
Set out and worked in [Article 22(5): The Grounds and the Right of Representation]. In short: grounds as soon as may be, ordinarily within five days, in exceptional circumstances and for reasons recorded in writing within fifteen days; the earliest opportunity of representation to the appropriate Government; and no obligation to disclose facts the authority considers against the public interest to disclose.
The six grounds, and which legislature they come from
Ground
Sub-section
Seventh Schedule entry
Defence of India
3(1)(a)
List I Entry 9
Relations of India with foreign powers
3(1)(a)
List I Entry 9
Security of India
3(1)(a)
List I Entry 9
Regulating a foreigner's presence or arranging expulsion
3(1)(b)
List I Entry 9, with the Union's power over foreigners
Security of the State
3(2)
List III Entry 3
Maintenance of public order
3(2)
List III Entry 3
Maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community
3(2)
List III Entry 3
A worked example
A District Magistrate, empowered by a written order of the State Government made on 1 February 2026 and expressed to be in force for three months, detains Ravi on 20 April 2026 to prevent him from acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
Is the District Magistrate empowered? Only if the State Government's order was in force on 20 April. An order made on 1 February for three months expires on 30 April, so the order is within it; had he acted on 5 May he would have had no power at all.
Is the ground available to him? Yes. The maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community is one of the grounds a State may use, being within Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
Which grounds could he not have used? The defence of India, the relations of India with foreign powers, and the security of India, which are Entry 9 matters belonging to the Union.
What must the State Government do? Section 3(4) requires the officer to report the fact forthwith to the State Government with the grounds and the particulars, and the order does not remain in force beyond twelve days unless approved by the State Government.
And if the ground had been the security of India? The order would be bad, not because a District Magistrate can never be empowered, but because he may be empowered only for the grounds within a State's competence.
When must the grounds be served? Under section 8 as soon as may be, ordinarily within five days, and in exceptional circumstances for reasons recorded within ten to fifteen days as the section provides.
The National Security Act 1980
What it does NOT mean
The Act does not define national security. It is named for it and never uses it as a test.
A District Magistrate does not have the power by virtue of his office. He needs a written order of the State Government under section 3(3), for a period not exceeding three months in the first instance.
Section 3(1) is not available to a State, by its own authority, for the first three of the grounds listed above. The sub-section names both Governments, but a State exercising it is exercising a power under a Union Act made under Entry 9, not a power of its own.
Section 6 does not extend the grounds. It removes a technical objection about territorial limits.
Quick revision
National Security Act 1980, Act 65 of 1980, extends to the whole of India, and to Jammu and Kashmir since 31 October 2019.
s.3(1): defence of India, relations with foreign powers, security of India; and a foreigner's continued presence or expulsion.
s.3(2): security of the State, maintenance of public order, maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, with the blackmarketing Explanation.
s.3(3): delegation to a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police by written order, three months at a time. s.3(4): forthwith report, twelve days or twenty. s.3(5): report to the Centre within seven days.
s.4 execution as a warrant; s.5 place, conditions and transfer with the other State's consent; s.5A severability; s.6 territorial objections removed; s.7 absconders and the proclamation machinery; s.8 grounds and representation.
Test yourself
1. How many grounds does section 3 contain, and how are they divided? Six substantive grounds plus the foreigner provision: three in sub-section (1), resting on Entry 9 of the Union List, and three in sub-section (2), resting on Entry 3 of the Concurrent List.
2. For how long may a State Government empower a District Magistrate under section 3(3)? For such period as it specifies, not exceeding three months in the first instance, extendable from time to time by periods not exceeding three months at a time.
3. How long does an order made by a District Magistrate remain in force without approval? Twelve days, or twenty days where the grounds were communicated after five days but not later than fifteen.
4. What does the Explanation to section 3(2) do? It excludes blackmarketing in essential commodities as defined in the 1980 Act of that name, and provides that no order shall be made under this Act on a ground on which an order may be made under that Act.
5. What happens when a detenu absconds? Section 7 allows a written report to a Magistrate and a gazetted direction to appear; the proclamation and attachment provisions of the criminal procedure law then apply as if the detention order were the Magistrate's warrant, and non-compliance is a cognizable offence punishable with up to one year, fine, or both.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Board within three weeks, report within seven weeks, confirm or release, twelve months at the outside, and revocation available to two Governments at any time.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: sections 9 to 18 of the National Security Act 1980 carry a detention from the making of the order to its end. The appropriate Government constitutes Advisory Boards of three persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court; it refers every case to a Board within three weeks of the detention; the Board reports within seven weeks; a favourable report permits confirmation and an adverse report compels release; the maximum period is twelve months; and either the State or the Central Government may revoke at any time.
Section 9: the Board
The Central Government and each State Government shall, whenever necessary, constitute one or more Advisory Boards for the purposes of the Act. Every such Board shall consist of three persons who are, or have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court, appointed by the appropriate Government.
Two observations for an answer. Three, not one, so the majority rule in section 11(3) has work to do. And the appointment is the detaining Government's, which is the criticism the 44th Amendment would have answered.
Section 10: reference
Save as otherwise expressly provided in the Act, in every case where a detention order has been made, the appropriate Government shall within three weeks from the date of detention place before the Board constituted by it under section 9 the grounds on which the order has been made, the representation if any made by the person affected, and, where the order was made by an officer under section 3(3), also that officer's report under section 3(4).
Three things go to the Board: the grounds, the representation, and the officer's report. Not the whole file.
Section 11: procedure
The Board shall, after considering the materials placed before it and after calling for such further information as it may deem necessary from the appropriate Government or from any person called for the purpose through the appropriate Government or from the person concerned, and if in any particular case it considers it essential to do so or if the person concerned desires to be heard, after hearing him in person, submit its report within seven weeks from the date of detention.
Sub-section (2). The report shall specify in a separate part the Board's opinion whether or not there is sufficient cause for the detention.
Sub-section (3). Where there is a difference of opinion, the opinion of the majority is deemed to be the opinion of the Board.
The National Security Act: From Order to Release
Sub-section (4). Nothing in the section entitles the person against whom an order has been made to appear by any legal practitioner in any matter connected with the reference to the Board; and the proceedings of the Board and its report, excepting that part in which the opinion is specified, shall be confidential.
The qualifications A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710, placed on sub-section (4) are worked in [The Advisory Board in Practice, and A.K. Roy].
Section 12: what follows the report
Sub-section (1). Where the Board has reported that there is sufficient cause, the appropriate Government may confirm the order and continue the detention for such period as it thinks fit.
Sub-section (2). Where the Board has reported that there is no sufficient cause, the appropriate Government shall revoke the order and cause the person to be released forthwith.
The asymmetry is the Board's real value: it can stop a detention and it cannot compel one.
Section 13: the maximum
The maximum period for which a person may be detained under an order confirmed under section 12 is twelve months from the date of detention, with a proviso preserving the power of the appropriate Government to revoke or modify the order at any earlier time.
Section 14: revocation, and a second order
Sub-section (1). Without prejudice to section 21 of the General Clauses Act 1897, a detention order may at any time be revoked or modified: notwithstanding that it was made by an officer under section 3(3), by the State Government to which he is subordinate or by the Central Government; and notwithstanding that it was made by a State Government, by the Central Government.
That is worth noticing. The Central Government can revoke a State's order. A representation addressed to it must therefore be decided by it, which is the point made in [Delay in Deciding the Representation].
Sub-section (2). The expiry or revocation of an earlier detention order does not bar the making of a subsequent order under section 3 against the same person. The conditions on that power are worked in [Revocation, and a Second Detention on the Same Facts].
Sections 15 to 18
Section 15: temporary release. The appropriate Government may at any time direct that a detenu be released for a specified period, with or without conditions he accepts, and may cancel the release. It may require a bond with or without sureties. The person must surrender at the time and place and to the authority specified. Failure to surrender without sufficient cause is punishable with imprisonment up to two years, or fine, or both. Breach of a condition or of the bond makes the bond liable to be forfeited.
The National Security Act: From Order to Release
Section 16: protection of action taken in good faith. No suit or other legal proceeding shall lie against the Central Government or a State Government, and no suit, prosecution or other legal proceeding shall lie against any person, for anything in good faith done or intended to be done in pursuance of the Act.
Section 17: State laws. Nothing in the Act applies to or has any effect with respect to orders of detention made under any State law which were in force immediately before the commencement of the National Security Ordinance 1980.
Section 18: repeal and saving, repealing the Ordinance and saving what was done under it.
The timetable, as dates
For a detention beginning on 1 April:
by 22 April, reference to the Advisory Board under section 10, three weeks;
by 20 May, the Board's report under section 11, seven weeks;
by 30 June, the constitutional three month limit in article 22(4), by which the Board must have reported sufficient cause;
at any time, revocation by the State or the Central Government under section 14, and temporary release under section 15;
not beyond 31 March of the following year, the twelve month maximum in section 13.
A worked example
An order is made by a Commissioner of Police on 1 April under section 3(3). Grounds are served on 5 April. The State Government approves on 14 April. It refers the case to the Board on 30 April. The Board reports on 2 June that there is sufficient cause. The State Government confirms on 5 June and fixes twelve months.
Approval. Within twelve days of 1 April is 13 April, and the grounds were served within five days, so the twenty day extension does not apply. Approval on 14 April is one day late, and the order lapsed on 13 April. That is fatal, and no later step cures it.
Reference. 30 April is beyond three weeks from 1 April, which was 22 April. A second breach.
The Board's report. 2 June is within seven weeks of 1 April, which was 20 May. A third breach.
And the three month rule. Even a report of 2 June is before 30 June, so article 22(4) is satisfied on timing.
The example is deliberately constructed so that the constitutional limit is met and the statutory timetable is breached three times. That is the common pattern in real cases, and it is why an answer should work the statute rather than only the article.
What it does NOT mean
The Board does not confirm the detention. It reports; the Government confirms.
Twelve months is not a term. It is a maximum, and the Government may revoke at any time.
The National Security Act: From Order to Release
Section 16 does not bar habeas corpus. It protects against suits and prosecutions for things done in good faith. It does not oust the writ jurisdiction, which is a constitutional jurisdiction.
Temporary release is not bail. It is an executive indulgence on conditions the detenu accepts, revocable at any time, with a criminal sanction for failing to surrender.
Quick revision
s.9: Boards constituted whenever necessary; three members who are, have been, or are qualified to be High Court Judges; appointed by the appropriate Government.
s.10: reference within three weeks, comprising the grounds, the representation and the section 3(4) report.
s.11: report within seven weeks; opinion in a separate part; majority prevails; no legal practitioner; proceedings and report confidential except the opinion.
s.12: favourable report, Government may confirm; adverse report, Government shall revoke and release forthwith.
s.13: twelve months maximum from the date of detention.
s.14: revocation at any time, by the State Government or by the Central Government, and a second order is not barred by the expiry or revocation of an earlier one.
s.15 temporary release, two years for failure to surrender; s.16 good faith protection; s.17 pre-1980 State orders untouched; s.18 repeal and saving.
Test yourself
1. Give the three statutory periods. Reference to the Board within three weeks of the date of detention; the Board's report within seven weeks of the date of detention; and a maximum of twelve months from the date of detention for a confirmed order.
2. What three things must be placed before the Board? The grounds on which the order was made, the representation if any made by the person affected, and, where the order was made by an officer under section 3(3), that officer's report under section 3(4).
3. Who may revoke an order made by a State Government? The State Government itself, and also the Central Government, under section 14(1)(b).
4. Does section 16 prevent a detenu from moving the High Court? No. It bars suits, prosecutions and other legal proceedings for things done in good faith under the Act; it does not oust the constitutional writ jurisdiction.
5. What is the punishment for failing to surrender after a temporary release? Imprisonment which may extend to two years, or fine, or both, unless the failure was with sufficient cause.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A detention law for smugglers and foreign exchange offenders, built on the same skeleton as the National Security Act but with a wider set of officers who may detain and a longer maximum period.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act 1974, Act 52 of 1974, provides for preventive detention with a view to conserving and augmenting foreign exchange and preventing smuggling. Its section 3 confers the power on the Central or a State Government and on named officers of each; section 5A makes the grounds severable; section 8 constitutes and regulates the Advisory Board; section 9 permitted detention beyond three months without a Board for orders made before 31 July 1999; section 10 fixes the maximum period; section 10A extended detentions during the Emergency; section 11 provides for revocation; section 12 for temporary release; and section 12A made special provision during the Emergency.
The preamble, which is the constitutional justification
Quotable, and it does real work in an answer about why economic offences are treated as a class apart.
The Act recites that it is "An Act to provide for preventive detention in certain cases for the purposes of conservation and augmentation of Foreign Exchange and prevention of smuggling activities and for matters connected therewith". Then two recitals.
First: whereas violations of foreign exchange regulations and smuggling activities are having an increasingly deleterious effect on the national economy and thereby a serious adverse effect on the security of the State.
Second: whereas, having regard to the persons by whom and the manner in which such activities or violations are organised and carried on, and having regard to the fact that in certain areas which are highly vulnerable to smuggling, smuggling activities of a considerable magnitude are clandestinely organised and carried on, it is necessary for the effective prevention of such activities and violations to provide for detention of the persons concerned in any manner therewith.
The chain of reasoning is: smuggling harms the economy, harm to the economy harms the security of the State, and the security of the State is a ground for preventive detention. That chain is what an examiner is testing when the question asks why exceptional legislation is needed to curb economic offences.
Sections 1 and 2
Section 1 gives the short title, extent and commencement: the Act extends to the whole of India and came into force on 19 December 1974.
Section 2 contains the definitions, of which two matter. Appropriate Government means, as respects an order made by the Central Government or an officer of the Central Government, the Central Government, and as respects an order made by a State Government or its officer, that State Government; the definition decides who must be moved for revocation and who reports to whom. And smuggling has the meaning assigned to it in the Customs Act 1962, with all its grammatical variations, so the offence vocabulary of the punitive statute is carried into the detention statute without being re-drafted.
COFEPOSA 1974 as a Detention Law
Section 3: the power
Who may detain. The Central Government, a State Government, any officer of the Central Government not below the rank of a Joint Secretary specially empowered for the purposes of the section, or any officer of a State Government not below the rank of a Secretary specially empowered.
That is wider than the National Security Act, where under section 3(3) only a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police may be empowered, and then only by a written order for a limited period.
On what satisfaction. That with a view to preventing the person, including a foreigner, from acting in any manner prejudicial to the conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange, or with a view to preventing him from
(i) smuggling goods, or (ii) abetting the smuggling of goods, or (iii) engaging in transporting or concealing or keeping smuggled goods, or (iv) dealing in smuggled goods otherwise than by engaging in transporting or concealing or keeping them, or (v) harbouring persons engaged in smuggling goods or in abetting the smuggling of goods,
it is necessary so to do.
The proviso. No order of detention shall be made on any of the grounds specified in the sub-section on which an order may be made under section 3 of the Prevention of Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1988. The two Acts are thus kept apart, in the same way that the National Security Act is kept apart from the blackmarketing Act.
Section 3(2). Where an order is made by a State Government or by an officer empowered by a State Government, the State Government must within ten days forward a report to the Central Government.
Section 3(3). For the purposes of article 22(5), the grounds must be communicated as soon as may be after the detention, but ordinarily not later than five days, and in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing, not later than fifteen days, from the date of detention.
The drafting of section 3(3) is worth noticing: it names the constitutional clause it is giving effect to.
Sections 4 to 7
Section 4: execution anywhere in India in the manner provided for warrants of arrest.
Section 5: place and conditions of detention.
Section 5A: grounds severable, in the same terms as section 5A of the National Security Act.
COFEPOSA 1974 as a Detention Law
Section 6: no order invalid merely because the person or the place of detention is outside the territorial jurisdiction.
Section 7: absconding persons, with the same machinery of report to a Magistrate and gazetted direction.
Section 8: the Advisory Board
COFEPOSA gathers into one section what the National Security Act spreads over sections 9 to 12: the constitution of the Board, the reference, the Board's procedure and the action on its report. Its clause (f) is the confirmation provision to which sections 9(2) and 10 refer.
Section 9: detention beyond three months without a Board, and its sunset
This is the article 22(7)(a) provision, and it is spent. Section 9(1) applies only to a person in respect of whom an order is made at any time before the 31st day of July, 1999, and permits detention without the Board's opinion for longer than three months but not exceeding six months from the date of detention, where the order was made to prevent smuggling, abetting smuggling, or transporting, concealing or keeping smuggled goods, and the Central Government or an officer not below the rank of an Additional Secretary specially empowered is satisfied that the person smuggles or is likely to smuggle, abets or is likely to abet, or engages or is likely to engage in transporting, concealing or keeping smuggled goods into, out of or through an area highly vulnerable to smuggling, and makes a declaration to that effect within five weeks of the detention.
The definition of a highly vulnerable area, and the reason the section is now spent, are set out in [Article 22(7): What Parliament May Prescribe].
Section 10: the maximum period
For an order to which section 9 does not apply and which has been confirmed under section 8(f): one year from the date of detention, or the specified period, whichever expires later.
For an order to which section 9 does apply and which has been confirmed: two years from the date of detention, or the specified period, whichever expires later.
The Explanation defines specified period as the period during which the Proclamation of Emergency issued under article 352(1) on 3 December 1971 and the Proclamation issued under that clause on 25 June 1975 are both in operation. Both were revoked in March 1977, so the phrase is now historical, and the operative maximums are one year and two years.
Section 10A extended, during the Emergency, the detention of persons whose orders had been confirmed before the 1976 amendment.
Sections 11 to 15
Section 11: revocation of detention orders, in terms comparable to section 14 of the National Security Act.
Section 12: temporary release of persons detained.
COFEPOSA 1974 as a Detention Law
Section 12A: special provisions for dealing with emergency. This is the section that connects COFEPOSA directly to Module II: it made special provision for detentions while the 1971 and 1975 proclamations were in force, and it is the reason the Act's own maximum period is keyed to those proclamations.
Section 13: protection of action taken in good faith, the standard provision barring a suit or prosecution against a person for anything done in good faith under the Act.
Section 14: the repeal of the Ordinance that preceded the Act, with the usual saving, and section 15 the transitional provision that goes with it.
Why the last three matter. Section 13 is the provision a detenu meets when he sues the detaining officer: it does not protect an act done outside the Act, and the question is always whether what was done was done under the Act at all, which is the same question the pleas in [What a Presidential Order Can Never Bar: Makhan Singh] turn on.
A worked example
An officer of the Directorate of Revenue Intelligence, not below the rank of Joint Secretary and specially empowered, makes an order on 1 March 2026 detaining Farid to prevent him from harbouring persons engaged in smuggling goods. The grounds are served on the seventh day, with reasons recorded in writing. The State in which he is held is not the State whose Government made the order.
Is the officer competent? Yes, if he is not below the rank of Joint Secretary to the Central Government and has been specially empowered for the purposes of section 3.
Is the ground within section 3(1)? Yes: harbouring persons engaged in smuggling goods or in abetting the smuggling of goods is the sixth limb.
Is the service of the grounds in time? The ordinary period under section 3(3) is five days; fifteen days are allowed in exceptional circumstances for reasons recorded in writing. The seventh day is therefore good only if such reasons exist and were recorded, and a court will look at the reasons and not merely at their existence.
Who must the order be reported to? If it was made by a State Government or its officer, section 3(2) requires a report to the Central Government within ten days; an order by a Central officer needs no such report.
By when must the Advisory Board be moved? Section 8 requires a reference within five weeks of the date of detention, so by 5 April 2026.
What is the maximum period? One year from 1 March 2026 under section 10, since section 9 cannot apply to an order made after 31 July 1999.
Can he be moved to another State? Section 5 allows removal from one place of detention to another, but a State Government may not remove him to another State without that State's consent.
COFEPOSA 1974 as a Detention Law
COFEPOSA and the National Security Act compared
NSA 1980
COFEPOSA 1974
Grounds
six, in two sub-sections
conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange, and five smuggling limbs
Who may detain
Central or State Government; a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police if specially empowered in writing for up to three months at a time
Central or State Government; an officer of the Centre not below Joint Secretary or of a State not below Secretary, specially empowered
Grounds within
five days, fifteen on recorded reasons
the same, s.3(3), expressly for article 22(5)
Board
ss.9 to 12, three members
s.8
Without a Board
not provided
s.9, spent after 31 July 1999
Maximum
twelve months, s.13
one year, or two years in a s.9 case, or the specified period if later, s.10
Severability
s.5A
s.5A
What it does NOT mean
COFEPOSA is not a criminal statute. It creates no offence and provides for no trial. Smuggling is punished under the customs law; this Act detains.
It is not confined to Indians. Section 3(1) says "any person (including a foreigner)".
Section 9 does not operate today. Its sunset is on the face of the section.
A detention under it is not a bar to prosecution. The two run in parallel, which is one of the standing criticisms of the scheme.
Quick revision
COFEPOSA 1974, Act 52 of 1974. Preamble: smuggling harms the national economy and thereby the security of the State.
s.3(1): conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange; smuggling; abetting; transporting, concealing or keeping; dealing; harbouring. Officers of the Centre not below Joint Secretary and of a State not below Secretary may be specially empowered.
s.3(2): State report to the Centre within ten days. s.3(3): grounds within five days, fifteen on recorded reasons, expressly for article 22(5).
s.5A severability; s.7 absconders; s.8 the Advisory Board; s.9 the article 22(7)(a) route, spent after 31 July 1999; s.10 maximums of one and two years plus the specified period; s.10A the Emergency extension; s.11 revocation; s.12 temporary release; s.12A special provisions for emergency.
Test yourself
1. What does COFEPOSA's preamble say connects smuggling to the security of the State? That violations of foreign exchange regulations and smuggling activities have an increasingly deleterious effect on the national economy and thereby a serious adverse effect on the security of the State.
2. Which officers may make a detention order under section 3? The Central Government, a State Government, an officer of the Central Government not below the rank of Joint Secretary specially empowered, and an officer of a State Government not below the rank of Secretary specially empowered.
COFEPOSA 1974 as a Detention Law
3. What is the maximum period of detention under section 10? One year from the date of detention, or the specified period whichever expires later, for an ordinary order; two years, or the specified period whichever expires later, for an order to which section 9 applies.
4. What is the "specified period", and does it still run? The period during which the Proclamations of Emergency of 3 December 1971 and 25 June 1975 were both in operation. It does not still run; both were revoked in March 1977.
5. Why can a COFEPOSA order not be made on a ground available under the PIT NDPS Act 1988? Because the proviso to section 3(1) expressly forbids it, keeping the two detention statutes from overlapping.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
A State may make its own preventive detention law, but only on three grounds, and it must build its scheme around the Advisory Board because it cannot use the route that dispenses with one.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: Entry 3 of the Concurrent List permits a State Legislature to provide for preventive detention for reasons connected with the security of a State, the maintenance of public order, or the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community. A State Act is subject to article 22 in full, so it must provide for the communication of grounds, an opportunity of representation, and an Advisory Board of persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court reporting within three months. It cannot use article 22(7), which names Parliament, so it can neither dispense with the Board nor fix a maximum period under clause (7)(b); and it is subject to article 254 where it conflicts with a Union law on the same concurrent field.
The four constitutional constraints on a State Act
1. Only three grounds. The security of a State, the maintenance of public order, and the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community. A State cannot detain for reasons connected with the defence of India, foreign affairs or the security of India, which are Entry 9 matters exclusive to Parliament.
2. Article 22 applies in full. Clause (5) requires the grounds and the opportunity of representation. Clause (4) requires the Board and the three month limit.
3. Clause (7) is closed to it. The sub-clauses empower Parliament. So a State Act cannot authorise detention beyond three months without a Board under clause (7)(a), and cannot fix a maximum under clause (7)(b) in the sense that binds the proviso to clause (4)(a). In practice a State Act fixes its own maximum as an ordinary statutory provision.
4. Article 254 applies. On a concurrent matter a Union law prevails over a repugnant State law, unless the State law was reserved for the President's consideration and received his assent, in which case it prevails in that State; and Parliament may afterwards add to, amend, vary or repeal it.
The Maharashtra Act a student will actually meet
Maharashtra's preventive detention law is the Maharashtra Prevention of Dangerous Activities of Slumlords, Bootleggers, Drug Offenders, Dangerous Persons and Video Pirates Act 1981, universally called the MPDA. Its long title lists the classes of person it is aimed at, and the list has grown by amendment over the years.
Three features of its design are worth knowing, and they are typical of State Acts of this family.
The State Detention Laws, and Maharashtra's MPDA
It works by defined classes. Rather than a general power, the Act defines who may be detained: a slumlord, a bootlegger, a drug offender, a dangerous person, a video pirate, and the further classes added by amendment. That is a drafting choice with a constitutional purpose: a class defined by the statute is easier to defend against an article 14 challenge than a discretion at large.
It rests on the public order ground. The satisfaction is that the person is acting or is about to act in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order, which is the Entry 3 head. Everything in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles] therefore applies to it directly, and it is the ground on which most MPDA orders are challenged.
Its machinery mirrors the Union Acts. An order by the State Government or by a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police specially empowered; approval and report; grounds within the article 22(5) periods; reference to an Advisory Board; confirmation or revocation; and a maximum period fixed by the Act.
This book does not quote the sections of the MPDA, because no copy of that Act has been read for this book. What is stated above is the constitutional frame, which is the examinable part, and a student working on an actual MPDA matter should read the Act itself.
Why so many State orders are quashed on the public order point
Because the classes the Act names are defined by criminal conduct, and criminal conduct is ordinarily a law and order matter. A bootlegger sells illicit liquor; a video pirate infringes copyright; a dangerous person commits offences against the body. None of that disturbs the even tempo of the life of the community merely by being an offence.
So the State must show, ground by ground, that the conduct reached the community. That is the Arun Ghosh v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 1228, test applied to a class-based statute, and it is why the reported MPDA cases turn on it so often.
A practical corollary: where a person can be prosecuted and the State has not explained why prosecution will not answer, the inference that the order is being used as a substitute for the ordinary criminal law is strong. That is the modern approach set out in [The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention].
The overlap with the National Security Act
Section 17 of the National Security Act 1980 provides that nothing in that Act applies to or has effect with respect to orders of detention made under any State law which were in force immediately before the commencement of the National Security Ordinance 1980. So pre-1980 State orders were left alone.
The State Detention Laws, and Maharashtra's MPDA
For orders made afterwards, the two schemes run side by side, and the choice of statute is the State's. The practical difference is the ground and the maximum period: a State Act's classes are narrower than the National Security Act's public order head, and its maximum is whatever the State Act fixes.
A worked example
The Government of a State enacts an Act permitting the detention for two years of a "habitual offender", defined as a person against whom three or more charge sheets have been filed in five years, on the satisfaction of a Superintendent of Police, with an Advisory Board of two retired District Judges and no requirement to state grounds for thirty days.
The Board. Bad. Article 22(4) requires persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court. Retired District Judges do not answer that description unless they are qualified for appointment to a High Court, and two is not a defect in itself since the Constitution fixes no number.
Thirty days for the grounds. Bad. Article 22(5) requires the grounds as soon as may be, and thirty days is not that; nor could a State fix such a period, since clause (5) is a constitutional command.
Two years. Bad unless a favourable Board report is obtained within three months and the Act's own scheme works within clause (4). A State cannot use clause (7)(a) to dispense with the Board.
The class. Arguable. A class defined by charge sheets alone is a class defined by accusation rather than by conduct, and an article 14 challenge would ask whether the classification has a rational nexus with the object of preventing prejudice to public order.
The satisfaction of a Superintendent of Police. Not obviously bad in principle, since the Constitution names no officer, but the level of the officer is relevant to the reasonableness of the procedure under article 21 after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597.
What it does NOT mean
A State Act is not a lesser law. It is as valid as a Union Act within its field.
A State cannot borrow the Union's grounds. The three Entry 9 grounds are closed to it.
Presidential assent does not cure incompetence. Article 254(2) operates on repugnancy in a concurrent field, not on a law outside the State's legislative power altogether.
The Board's composition is not negotiable. Article 22(4) fixes it, and no State Act can dilute it.
Quick revision
Entry 3 of List III: security of a State, maintenance of public order, maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community. Those three and no others.
Article 22 applies in full; article 22(7) is closed to a State because it names Parliament; article 254 governs a clash with a Union law.
Maharashtra: the MPDA 1981, aimed at defined classes including slumlords, bootleggers, drug offenders, dangerous persons and video pirates, resting on the public order ground.
Most challenges succeed on the concentric circles point, because the classes are defined by criminal conduct and criminal conduct is ordinarily law and order.
NSA s.17 leaves pre-1980 State orders untouched; thereafter the schemes run side by side.
The State Detention Laws, and Maharashtra's MPDA
Test yourself
1. On what three grounds may a State Legislature provide for preventive detention? The security of a State, the maintenance of public order, and the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community.
2. Why can a State Act not provide for detention beyond three months without an Advisory Board? Because that route exists only under article 22(7)(a), which empowers Parliament, and a State Legislature cannot legislate under it.
3. What is the commonest successful challenge to a State detention order, and why? That the grounds disclose only a law and order problem rather than a disturbance of public order, because the classes such Acts define are defined by criminal conduct, which is ordinarily a law and order matter.
4. Does Presidential assent under article 254(2) save a State Act that is outside the State's competence? No. Article 254 deals with repugnancy on a concurrent matter; it does not confer competence.
5. What does section 17 of the National Security Act do? It provides that nothing in that Act applies to or has effect with respect to orders of detention made under a State law which were in force immediately before the commencement of the National Security Ordinance 1980.
The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Three layers: what the Constitution guarantees, what the statute adds, and what the courts have built on top of both.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the safeguards against preventive detention in India operate at three levels. The constitutional safeguards are in article 22(4) to (7): the three month limit, the Advisory Board, the communication of grounds and the opportunity of representation. The statutory safeguards are in the detention Act itself: under the National Security Act 1980 the periods in sections 3(4), 8, 10, 11 and 13, the approval and reporting requirements, the composition of the Board, and the powers of revocation and temporary release. The judicial safeguards are the requirements the courts have derived from articles 14, 21 and 22 read together after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597: relevance, proximity, application of mind, intelligibility, supply of material, and expedition.
Layer one: the constitutional safeguards
Four, and they cannot be taken away by any legislature.
1. The three month limit and the Advisory Board, article 22(4). No law may authorise detention beyond three months unless a Board of persons who are, have been, or are qualified to be appointed as, Judges of a High Court has reported sufficient cause before the three months expire, or the person is detained under a Parliamentary law made under clause (7)(a) and (b).
2. Communication of the grounds, article 22(5). As soon as may be.
3. The earliest opportunity of making a representation, article 22(5). Not merely permission to represent.
4. The limits on clause (7), and the proviso to clause (4)(a). Only Parliament may dispense with the Board or fix a maximum, and even a favourable Board report cannot authorise detention beyond Parliament's maximum.
Layer two: the statutory safeguards
Under the National Security Act 1980, and the periods are what make them real.
On the making of the order. Section 3(3) limits delegation to a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police, by written order, for three months at a time. Section 3(4) requires a forthwith report and makes the order lapse in twelve days, or twenty, without approval. Section 3(5) requires a report to the Central Government within seven days.
On the grounds. Section 8(1): as soon as may be, ordinarily five days, fifteen only on exceptional circumstances and reasons recorded in writing, with the representation to be made to the appropriate Government.
On the Board. Section 9: three members of the prescribed description. Section 10: reference within three weeks with the grounds, the representation and the officer's report. Section 11: report within seven weeks, opinion in a separate part, majority prevails.
On the outcome. Section 12(1): a favourable report permits confirmation. Section 12(2): an adverse report compels revocation and release forthwith.
The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse
On duration. Section 13: twelve months maximum.
On release. Section 14: revocation at any time by the State or the Central Government. Section 15: temporary release.
Layer three: the judicial safeguards
Six, each with its own chapter, and each is an application of the requirement that the procedure be right, just and fair.
1. The correct ground. Satisfaction must be on the head the power names. Ram Manohar Lohia v. State of Bihar, AIR 1966 SC 740.
2. Relevance and existence of the grounds. Vague, irrelevant and non-existent grounds are no grounds, subject now to severability under section 5A.
3. Proximity. A live link between the grounds and the satisfaction, and no unexplained delay in making or executing the order.
4. Application of mind. A mechanical order discloses no satisfaction. Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, requires due care and caution and fair action.
5. Effective communication. The grounds in a language the detenu understands and a script he can read, and the documents and materials relied on supplied. Harikisan v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1962 SC 911, and Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728.
6. Expedition in deciding the representation. By each authority that has to decide it, independently of the Board. Jayanarayan Sukul v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 675.
To those six, two more rules apply where the facts raise them: the three conditions for detaining a person already in custody, from Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640; and the requirement of a fresh satisfaction for a second order.
Safeguards against misuse, which is MU's other phrasing
QP 27118 asks specifically about safeguards against misuse. That is a different question from what the safeguards are, and it deserves a different answer. Five things operate against misuse rather than merely regulating the power.
1. The lapse provisions. An order by a District Magistrate dies in twelve days without approval. Nothing else in the scheme is so unforgiving, and it forces a second mind onto the file quickly.
2. The adverse Board report. Section 12(2) is mandatory. A Government that has detained wrongly can be compelled to release by a body of judges.
3. The Central Government's power over a State order. Section 14(1)(b) puts a second Government in a position to undo the first.
4. Habeas corpus. Articles 32 and 226 are unaffected by anything in the Act, and section 16's protection for acts done in good faith does not touch them.
5. The judicial safeguards themselves. Every one of the six above is a rule that a misused power will trip over, because a misused power is characteristically one that is exercised without material, on the wrong ground, after a delay, and against a person who could have been prosecuted.
The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse
What is missing, which an LL.M. answer should say
Four gaps, stated honestly.
No hearing before the order. The detenu learns of the case after he is in custody.
No lawyer before the Board. Section 11(4), subject to the equality qualification in A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710.
No review on the merits. Subjective satisfaction closes that door.
The Board is appointed by the detaining Government, and the amendment that would have changed this has never been notified. See [The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force].
A worked answer: a model plan
For a 25 mark question on safeguards, in this order.
What preventive detention is, in two sentences, and the constitutional authorisation.
Layer one: the four constitutional safeguards, with the article and clause for each.
Layer two: the statutory safeguards with the periods, using the National Security Act as the example.
Layer three: the six judicial safeguards, with one case each.
The two situational rules: custody, and a second order.
What is missing: the four gaps.
The 44th Amendment's unnotified section 3, and A.K. Roy.
An assessment in three sentences.
That plan is complete, it is ordered, and it can be written in the time available.
Quick revision
Three layers: constitutional, statutory, judicial.
Constitutional: three months and the Board, grounds, earliest opportunity of representation, and the limits on clause (7).
Statutory under the NSA: three month delegation, twelve or twenty day lapse, seven day report to the Centre, five or fifteen days for grounds, three weeks to the Board, seven weeks for the report, confirm or release, twelve months, revocation and temporary release.
Judicial: correct ground, relevance and existence, proximity, application of mind, effective communication and supply of material, expedition in deciding the representation.
Against misuse: the lapse provisions, the mandatory adverse report, the Central Government's power over a State order, habeas corpus, and the judicial rules themselves.
Missing: no prior hearing, no lawyer before the Board, no merits review, and a Board appointed by the detaining Government.
Test yourself
1. Name the four constitutional safeguards. The three month limit with the Advisory Board under article 22(4); communication of the grounds under clause (5); the earliest opportunity of making a representation under clause (5); and the limits in clause (7) together with the proviso to clause (4)(a).
2. Which statutory provision is the most unforgiving, and why does it matter? Section 3(4) of the National Security Act, under which an order made by a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police lapses in twelve days, or twenty, unless approved by the State Government. It forces a second mind onto the file at once.
The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse
3. Give the six judicial safeguards with one case each. Correct ground, Lohia; relevance and existence of grounds; proximity; application of mind, Khudiram Das; effective communication and supply of material, Harikisan and Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel; and expedition, Sukul.
4. What are the four gaps in the scheme? No hearing before the order; no lawyer before the Board; no review on the merits; and a Board appointed by the detaining Government.
5. How does an answer on "safeguards against misuse" differ from one on "safeguards"? It concentrates on the provisions that operate to defeat a misused power: the lapse provisions, the mandatory release on an adverse Board report, the Central Government's power to revoke a State order, habeas corpus, and the judicial rules that a misused order characteristically fails.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The power reaches any person, on six grounds, in ordinary times, for up to a year, and it is stopped by five different kinds of limit.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the scope of the preventive detention power in India is defined by four things, namely who may be detained, on what grounds, by whom, and for how long. Its limits are of five kinds: constitutional limits in article 22 and in the rest of Part III; legislative competence limits in Entry 9 of the Union List and Entry 3 of the Concurrent List; statutory limits in the Act itself; judicial limits derived from articles 14, 21 and 22 read together; and the practical limit that the power must be shown to be necessary because the ordinary law will not answer.
Scope: how far the power reaches
Who. Any person, and section 2(d) of the National Security Act 1980 provides that person includes a foreigner. There is no exemption by status. A member of Parliament, a journalist and a former judge are all within the power.
On what grounds. Six under the National Security Act: the defence of India, the relations of India with foreign powers, the security of India, the security of the State, the maintenance of public order, and the maintenance of supplies and services essential to the community, plus the foreigner provision in section 3(1)(b). Other Acts add their own: smuggling and foreign exchange under COFEPOSA, illicit traffic in narcotics under the PIT NDPS Act, and the defined classes under a State Act.
By whom. The Central Government or a State Government; a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police specially empowered in writing under section 3(3) of the National Security Act; and, under COFEPOSA, an officer of the Centre not below Joint Secretary or of a State not below Secretary, specially empowered.
For how long. Twelve months under the National Security Act; one year, or two in a section 9 case, under COFEPOSA; whatever a State Act fixes within article 22.
In what circumstances. In ordinary times. No proclamation of emergency is required, and that is what makes Indian preventive detention unusual: in most constitutional systems a comparable power exists only in an emergency.
Limitation: what stops the power
1. Constitutional limits. Article 22(4) fixes three months without a favourable Board report. Article 22(5) requires grounds and a representation. Article 22(7) restricts the exceptions to Parliament. Beyond article 22, articles 14 and 21 apply after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, so the procedure must be right, just and fair and the action must not be arbitrary. Articles 32 and 226 keep the courts open.
The Scope and the Limits of the Power
2. Competence limits. A State cannot use the Entry 9 grounds. Parliament and the States share Entry 3. Article 254 resolves a clash.
3. Statutory limits. Every period in the Act is a limit: twelve days for approval, five or fifteen days for grounds, three weeks to the Board, seven weeks for the report, twelve months in all. So is the description of who may be empowered, and so is the requirement that the empowering order be in writing and for a limited period.
4. Judicial limits. The six rules in [The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse], and the situational rules about custody and second orders.
5. The necessity limit. Section 3 permits an order only where the authority is satisfied that it is necessary to detain. Where the ordinary law would answer, and the State cannot say why it will not, the necessity is not made out. That is the limit doing the most work in the modern cases, and it is developed in the next chapter.
The one limit that does not exist
There is no limit by reference to the gravity of what is apprehended. The statute does not require that the anticipated harm be serious, only that it fall within a named head. In practice the concentric circles test supplies a threshold for the public order head, because conduct that does not reach the community is not within the ground at all. But there is no general proportionality requirement written into the detention statutes, and an answer that says there is would be overstating the law.
That is a real gap, and it is worth naming. Contrast the position under [National Security and the Freedom of Speech], where Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308, requires proportionality and the least intrusive measure of an executive order restricting freedoms. No equivalent has been read into section 3 of the National Security Act, though the necessity requirement does some of the same work.
A worked example that tests the boundaries
Which of these is within the scope of the power, and what limits bite?
A. A journalist whose reporting embarrasses the State Government. Within the scope in the sense that he is a person and the executive may form a satisfaction. Stopped by the limits: no named ground covers embarrassment, the order would be mala fide, and Vinod Dua v. Union of India, AIR 2021 SC 3239, shows the Court's approach to the criminal analogue.
B. A person acquitted last month of rioting, against whom fresh intelligence has been received about a planned communal attack. Within the scope. The acquittal is no bar. Limits: the ground must be public order and the material must show reach into the community; the live link must hold; the fresh intelligence must be material the authority actually considered.
The Scope and the Limits of the Power
C. A person already in judicial custody in a smuggling case. Within the scope. Limits: the three conditions in Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640.
D. A foreign national whose presence the Government wishes to regulate pending expulsion. Within the scope, expressly, under section 3(1)(b) of the National Security Act. Limits: the article 22(5) safeguards apply to him as to anyone else, and article 21 protects a person rather than a citizen.
E. A person who has been repeatedly granted bail in cases the State considers serious. Within the scope in principle, but this is the case in which the necessity limit bites hardest, because the record shows that the ordinary law has been invoked and has produced a result the State dislikes.
What it does NOT mean
Scope is not the same as validity. An order may be within the scope of the power and still bad for breach of a limit.
A wide scope is not an argument against the limits. The two are independent, and the answer to a question about scope should not slide into an argument about whether the power should exist.
The absence of a gravity threshold is not the absence of any threshold. The concentric circles test and the necessity requirement supply one in practice.
Limits are not only judicial. Four of the five kinds are found in the Constitution and the statutes.
Quick revision
Scope: any person including a foreigner; six grounds under the NSA plus the statute-specific grounds elsewhere; the Governments and specially empowered officers; twelve months under the NSA; and all of it in ordinary times without any proclamation.
Limits: constitutional, competence, statutory, judicial, and necessity.
No gravity threshold is written into the statutes, and no general proportionality requirement has been read into section 3, though the concentric circles test and the necessity requirement do similar work.
Contrast Anuradha Bhasin, which requires proportionality and the least intrusive measure of executive orders restricting freedoms.
Test yourself
1. What are the four elements of the scope of the power? Who may be detained, on what grounds, by whom, and for how long, with the further point that it operates in ordinary times without any proclamation.
2. Name the five kinds of limit. Constitutional, legislative competence, statutory, judicial, and the necessity requirement in the Act itself.
3. Is there a gravity threshold in the detention statutes? No. The statutes require the anticipated conduct to fall within a named head, not that it be serious, though the concentric circles test supplies a threshold for the public order head in practice.
The Scope and the Limits of the Power
4. Does the power extend to foreigners? Yes. Section 2(d) of the National Security Act provides that person includes a foreigner, and section 3(1)(b) contains a ground specific to foreigners.
5. In which situation does the necessity limit bite hardest? Where the ordinary criminal law has already been invoked and the State is dissatisfied with the result, because the record then shows that prosecution was available and the State must explain why it will not answer.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
The Court has moved from policing the paperwork of a detention order to asking whether the ordinary criminal law would have done, and it now supplies a ten point checklist.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the modern approach has three features. First, preventive detention cannot be made a substitute for the ordinary law: where the offences complained of can be dealt with under the ordinary law of the land, recourse to preventive detention is contrary to the constitutional guarantees in articles 19 and 21. Secondly, dissatisfaction with the grant of bail is not a ground for detention; the remedy is to appeal against or seek cancellation of the bail. Thirdly, in Ameena Begum v. State of Telangana, decided on 4 September 2023, the Court set out ten tests by which a constitutional court may examine the legality of a detention order.
The three decisions
1. Preventive detention is not a substitute for the ordinary law
Banka Sneha Sheela v. State of Telangana, AIR 2021 SC 3656.
Facts. The detenu was described by the State as a habitual fraudster who had created fear among gullible members of the public and was likely to commit similar offences in future, and it was said that the ordinary law had no deterrent effect on him. He was detained under the Telangana Prevention of Dangerous Activities Act, whose section 2(a) defines acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order by reference to a long list of classes of offender. The High Court declined to interfere and his wife appealed.
Held. The detention order was quashed and the detenu ordered to be freed forthwith. On the facts, at the highest a possible apprehension of a breach of law and order could be made out if it was apprehended that the detenu, if set free, would continue to cheat gullible persons. That may be a good ground to appeal against the bail orders granted, or to seek cancellation of bail, but it cannot provide the springboard to move under a preventive detention statute. The Court applied its earlier decision in Rekha, which it cites as reported at (2011) 5 SCC 244, and reproduced from it the propositions that offences of a nature which can be dealt with under the ordinary law of the land do not warrant recourse to preventive detention, that taking such recourse is contrary to the constitutional guarantees in articles 19 and 21, that sufficient grounds must be made out by the detaining authorities to invoke such provisions, and that preventive detention cannot be made a substitute for the ordinary law nor absolve the investigating authorities of their normal functions of investigating crimes, since detention in most cases is for a year only and cannot be used as an instrument to keep a person in perpetual custody without trial.
The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention
Why it matters here. It is the clearest modern statement of the necessity limit, and its bail point is the one most often decisive on the facts: an order made because the State is unhappy that a court granted bail is an order made for the wrong purpose.
2. The ten tests
Ameena Begum v. State of Telangana, decided on 4 September 2023, reported as 2023 INSC 788.
Facts. The appellant's husband was detained under the Telangana Prevention of Dangerous Activities Act on the footing that his activities were prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. The State relied on an earlier decision in which the detention of a person selling liquor harmful to health had been upheld, on the footing that the detaining authority had recorded a satisfaction on credible material that the activity endangered public health and so public order. The appellant contended, among other things, that the detention had been directed for the maximum period of twelve months without any application of mind or reasons.
Held. The detention order and the High Court's judgment were quashed and the detenu ordered to be released forthwith. The activities attributed to the appellant's husband could not be branded as prejudicial to the maintenance of public order, and the earlier decision the State relied on was distinguishable. In the course of the judgment the Court held that any order of a detaining authority which shows that it runs beyond the powers actually conferred is not a valid order under the governing preventive detention law, and set out ten matters a constitutional court is entitled to examine when testing the legality of an order of preventive detention:
whether the order is based on the requisite satisfaction, albeit subjective, of the detaining authority, the absence of such satisfaction as to the existence of a matter of fact or law on which the validity of the exercise of the power is predicated being the sine qua non for the exercise of the power not being satisfied;
whether, in reaching that satisfaction, the authority applied its mind to all relevant circumstances and did not act on material extraneous to the scope and purpose of the statute;
whether the power was exercised for achieving the purpose for which it was conferred, or for an improper purpose not authorised by the statute and therefore ultra vires;
whether the authority acted independently or under the dictation of another body;
whether the authority, by self-created rules of policy or otherwise in a manner not authorised by the statute, disabled itself from applying its mind to the facts of each individual case;
The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention
whether the satisfaction rests on materials of rationally probative value and due regard was given to the matters the statute mandates;
whether the satisfaction was arrived at bearing in mind a live and proximate link between the past conduct and the imperative need to detain, or is based on stale material;
whether the grounds are such as an individual with some degree of rationality and prudence would consider connected with the fact and relevant to the subject matter of the inquiry;
whether the grounds are not vague but precise, pertinent and relevant, informing the detenu with sufficient clarity of the satisfaction for the detention and giving him the opportunity to make a suitable representation; and
whether the timelines provided by law have been strictly adhered to.
The Court added that where the exercise of power is found bad or vitiated on any of those tests, the detention, which visits the person with drastic consequences, calls for being interdicted to right the wrong.
Why it matters here. It is the single most useful thing in this chapter, because it is a checklist an examiner will recognise and a practitioner can use. It also collects and restates every rule this module has built, which is why it is worth reading against [The Safeguards Gathered, and the Safeguards Against Misuse].
3. The decision both rest on
Both judgments proceed from Rekha, which they cite as reported at (2011) 5 SCC 244. This book has not read that report, and takes from it only what Banka Sneha Sheela reproduces: that offences which can be dealt with under the ordinary law do not warrant preventive detention, that recourse to it in such a case is contrary to articles 19 and 21, and that detention cannot be a substitute for the ordinary law.
What the trend actually is, in four propositions
1. Necessity is now the live question. Twenty years ago most reported challenges were about the paperwork: the language of the grounds, the supply of documents, the dates. Those rules remain, but the modern cases are decided on whether the State should have prosecuted instead.
2. The concentric circles test is applied strictly. A class-based State Act does not convert a law and order case into a public order case merely by naming the class. Banka Sneha Sheela rejects that argument in terms.
3. Bail is not the enemy. The remedy for a bail order the State dislikes is an appeal or an application to cancel, not a detention order.
4. The Court has moved from reviewing to structuring.Ameena Begum does what Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India, AIR 2020 SC 1308, did for executive orders restricting freedoms: it converts an unstructured discretion into a list of things that must be shown.
The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention
A worked example
The State detains Vikas, who has four cheating cases against him, in all of which he has been granted bail. The grounds recite that he is a white collar offender within the State Act, that people of the locality live in fear of being cheated, and that the ordinary law has proved no deterrent.
On the older approach. The order would be tested for vagueness, for the supply of documents and for the timelines. If those were in order it would probably stand.
On the modern approach. It falls at the first hurdle. Cheating gullible persons is a law and order matter, not a disturbance of the even tempo of the life of the community. That the ordinary law has proved no deterrent is an argument for prosecuting properly, not for detaining. And the reference to bail is fatal rather than helpful: on Banka Sneha Sheela, dissatisfaction with bail is a ground for appealing against it, not a springboard for a detention statute.
Run it against the ten tests. It fails test three, because the power was exercised for a purpose the statute does not authorise; test six, because the material is not rationally probative of a public order problem; and test eight, because the grounds are not relevant to the subject matter of the inquiry.
What it does NOT mean
It does not mean preventive detention has been abolished by the courts. Orders are still upheld where the material shows a genuine public order problem and the safeguards were observed.
It does not weaken the older rules. The ten tests include them.
It is not confined to State Acts. The reasoning applies equally to the National Security Act, and the necessity requirement is in section 3 of that Act in terms.
"Recent trend" is not a licence for generalities. An answer should name the decisions and the propositions, not assert that the courts have become more protective.
Quick revision
Banka Sneha Sheela v. State of Telangana, AIR 2021 SC 3656: preventive detention is not a substitute for the ordinary law; offences that can be dealt with under the ordinary law do not warrant it; dissatisfaction with bail is a ground to appeal or seek cancellation, not a springboard for a detention statute; detention is for a year only and cannot keep a person in perpetual custody without trial.
Ameena Begum v. State of Telangana, 4 September 2023, 2023 INSC 788: ten tests, running from the existence of the requisite satisfaction to strict adherence to the timelines.
Both proceed from Rekha, cited in them as (2011) 5 SCC 244.
The trend in four words: necessity, strict classification, bail is not the enemy, and structure rather than review.
The Recent Judicial Trend on Preventive Detention
Test yourself
1. State the central proposition of Banka Sneha Sheela. That preventive detention cannot be made a substitute for the ordinary law: where the offences can be dealt with under the ordinary law of the land, recourse to preventive detention is contrary to the constitutional guarantees in articles 19 and 21.
2. What is the correct remedy where the State is dissatisfied with a bail order? An appeal against the bail order or an application for its cancellation, not a detention order.
3. Give any four of the ten tests in Ameena Begum. Any four of: the existence of the requisite satisfaction; application of mind to all relevant circumstances and no extraneous material; exercise for the proper purpose; independence from dictation; no self-disabling rule of policy; materials of rationally probative value; a live and proximate link and no stale material; grounds a rational and prudent person would consider relevant; grounds precise, pertinent and relevant rather than vague; and strict adherence to the timelines.
4. Does the modern approach displace the older rules about grounds and documents? No. The ten tests include them, and add the necessity question that now decides most cases.
5. Why is it wrong to answer a "recent trend" question in generalities? Because the marks are in the propositions and the decisions, and an assertion that the courts have become more protective states a conclusion without the reasoning that supports it.
Syllabus topic 2, "Preventive Detention and Indian Constitution"
❧
In one line
Work the order, then the ground, then the grounds, then the communication, then the timetable, then the representation, and only then the merits, which you cannot reach anyway.
---
The facts
Sunil is a builder in Kalyan. The record shows the following.
14 August 2025. He assaults a rival contractor outside a site office after an argument about a tender. A first information report is registered and he is granted bail.
2 February 2026. He is arrested with two others after a fight at a wedding hall. He is granted bail on 6 February.
11 May 2026. He leads a group that stops work on a municipal drainage project, threatens the labourers, and drives them off. The work stops for a week. Local traders shut their shops for two days. A first information report is registered.
19 May 2026. He applies for bail. The application is pending.
23 May 2026. The Commissioner of Police, acting under an order of the State Government dated 1 April 2026 made under section 3(3) of the National Security Act 1980, makes an order under section 3(2) detaining Sunil to prevent him from acting in a manner prejudicial to the maintenance of public order. He is arrested the same day.
23 May 2026. The Commissioner reports the order to the State Government with the grounds.
2 June 2026. The grounds are served on Sunil in Marathi. They recite the three incidents. They also say: "You are in custody in Crime No. 214 of 2026 and are likely to be released on bail." No document is supplied with them.
8 June 2026. The State Government approves the order.
10 June 2026. Sunil makes a representation to the State Government, saying he cannot answer the grounds without the police papers.
20 June 2026. The State Government places the grounds and the representation before the Advisory Board.
28 July 2026. The Board reports that there is sufficient cause.
1 August 2026. The State Government rejects the representation and confirms the detention for twelve months.
---
Step 1: was the order made by a competent authority?
The Commissioner of Police may exercise the section 3(2) power only where the State Government has by order in writing so directed under section 3(3), and the period specified may not exceed three months in the first instance.
The empowering order is dated 1 April 2026 and the detention order is 23 May 2026. That is within three months, so the Commissioner was competent. If the empowering order had been dated 1 January, the point would need checking against any extension.
Result: no defect.
Step 2: was the ground available on these facts?
The order is on the public order head. Apply the concentric circles in [Law and Order, Public Order and Security of the State: The Three Concentric Circles].
Preventive Detention: A Worked Problem
14 August 2025, the assault on a rival contractor. A private quarrel over a tender. Law and order.
2 February 2026, the fight at a wedding hall. An affray. Law and order.
11 May 2026, stopping the drainage work. Work stopped for a week and the market shut for two days. The current of life of the community was disturbed. Public order.
Result: one good ground out of three.
Step 3: what follows from two bad grounds?
Section 5A of the National Security Act deems an order made on two or more grounds to have been made separately on each, so the two law and order grounds fall away and the order survives on the third, subject to two further questions.
Are the older grounds stale as well as irrelevant? August 2025 is nine months before the order and February 2026 is three months before. Nothing explains the gaps.
Does the quality of the material suggest that no satisfaction was formed? That two of the grounds are law and order matters is not fatal after section 5A, but it is evidence to be weighed with everything else on the application of mind point.
Result: the order survives step 3, weakened.
Step 4: was the detenu in custody, and was that dealt with?
He was. Apply the three conditions in Kamarunnissa v. Union of India, AIR 1991 SC 1640.
Aware of the custody? Yes. The grounds say so.
Real possibility of release on bail, on reliable material? The grounds say he is "likely to be released on bail" and say nothing more. There is no material about the offence, the practice in such cases, or the pendency of the application. That is an assertion rather than a satisfaction founded on reliable material.
Probability of prejudicial activity on release, and detention essential? Neither is addressed at all.
Result: a serious defect. Two of the three conditions are not satisfied on the face of the grounds.
Step 5: was the communication good?
Language. Marathi, and nothing suggests he cannot read it. Harikisan v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1962 SC 911, is satisfied.
Time. The order and arrest were on 23 May; the grounds were served on 2 June, the tenth day. Section 8(1) allows five days ordinarily, and up to fifteen only in exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing. Nothing on these facts records any reason.
Result: a breach of section 8(1). Service on the tenth day without recorded reasons is out of time even though it is within fifteen days.
Documents. None supplied. On Lallubhai Jogibhai Patel v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 728, all documents and materials relied on must be supplied as soon as practicable so that the representation can be effective. On Kamarunnissa the detenu must show that the non-supply impaired his right, and here he said so in his representation of 10 June.
Preventive Detention: A Worked Problem
Result: a second breach.
Step 6: was the timetable kept?
Approval under section 3(4). The order was made on 23 May. Approval must come within twelve days, which is 4 June, or within twenty days where the grounds were communicated after five days but not later than fifteen, which is 12 June. The grounds were served on the tenth day, so the twenty day period applies and approval on 8 June is in time.
Notice what that means. The late service of the grounds, which is itself a breach, has the incidental effect of extending the approval period. A student who spots that has read section 3(4) carefully.
Reference to the Board under section 10. Three weeks from 23 May is 13 June. The reference was on 20 June.
Result: a breach of section 10.
Report under section 11. Seven weeks from 23 May is 11 July. The Board reported on 28 July.
Result: a breach of section 11.
Article 22(4). Three months from 23 May is 23 August. The Board reported sufficient cause on 28 July, so the constitutional limit is met even though the statutory period was missed.
Step 7: was the representation dealt with properly?
Apply Jayanarayan Sukul v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1970 SC 675.
The representation was made on 10 June. The State Government sent the case to the Board on 20 June without deciding it, and decided it only on 1 August, after the Board reported on 28 July.
That breaches the second and fourth principles: the Government's consideration is entirely independent of the Board's, and the Government must form its own opinion before sending the case to the Board.
Result: a further breach, and on its own a sufficient ground.
Step 8: the merits
There are none to consider. On Khudiram Das v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1975 SC 550, a court cannot be invited to consider the propriety or sufficiency of the grounds. Whether the drainage incident really justified a year's detention is not a question for the court.
---
A worked answer
The detention is bad on five independent grounds.
The three conditions for detaining a person in custody are not satisfied, two of them being wholly unaddressed.
The grounds were served on the tenth day without any recorded reason, contrary to section 8(1).
The documents relied on were not supplied, and prejudice was asserted at the time.
The reference to the Advisory Board and the Board's report were both out of time under sections 10 and 11.
The State Government did not decide the representation before sending the case to the Board, and decided it only after the Board reported.
Preventive Detention: A Worked Problem
Two of the grounds fall away under section 5A, and the surviving ground is good, so the classification point does not by itself decide the case. The order fails on procedure, which is how most detentions fail.
---
The order of attack, as a list to memorise
Competence of the authority, and the empowering order.
The statutory ground, and the concentric circles.
The individual grounds: vague, irrelevant, non-existent, stale, and section 5A.
Custody, if the detenu was in custody.
Communication: language, time, documents.
The timetable: approval, reference, report, three months, twelve months.
The representation: who decided it, when, and in what order.
Application of mind, running through all of the above.
The merits, which are closed.
Quick revision
Eight steps, in order: is the Act competent; is the authority empowered; is the ground within the statute; is the ground a public order ground or only a law and order one; is the material such that a satisfaction could be formed; was the timetable kept; was the representation dealt with; and only then the merits.
The three conditions for detaining a person already in custody: awareness of the custody, a real possibility of release, and material showing that if released he is likely to act prejudicially.
The timetable: grounds ordinarily within five days and in exceptional circumstances for reasons recorded within the longer period the statute allows; reference to the Advisory Board within five weeks; the Board's report within eleven weeks of detention; and confirmation only on the Board's opinion of sufficient cause.
Section 5A saves an order resting on more than one ground where some are bad; it cannot save an order resting on a single bad ground.
A representation must be considered by the detaining authority and by the Government independently of the Board, and without avoidable delay.
Most detentions fail on procedure, not on the merits, which is why the order of attack is the answer plan.
Test yourself
1. Why does the late service of the grounds help the State on the approval question? Because section 3(4) substitutes twenty days for twelve where the grounds were communicated after five days but not later than fifteen, so serving late extends the period within which the State Government must approve.
2. Which single breach on these facts would be enough by itself? Any of the five, and the clearest is the failure to decide the representation before sending the case to the Board, which is the fourth principle in Sukul.
Preventive Detention: A Worked Problem
3. Does the fact that two of the grounds are law and order matters destroy the order? No, because section 5A deems the order to have been made separately on each ground, so it survives on the good one, though the quality of the material is evidence on application of mind.
4. Was article 22(4) satisfied? Yes. The Board reported sufficient cause on 28 July, within three months of the detention on 23 May, even though the statutory seven week period was missed.
5. Why is there nothing to say about the merits? Because the satisfaction is subjective and a court cannot be invited to consider the propriety or sufficiency of the grounds on which it was based.
Exceptional legislation is a statute that changes the ordinary rules of criminal justice for a class of case the State says the ordinary rules cannot handle.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: exceptional legislation, sometimes called special or extraordinary legislation, describes a statute which departs from the ordinary criminal law and procedure in respect of a defined class of offence or offender, on the footing that the ordinary law is inadequate to the danger. Its characteristic features are a specially defined offence, a special court, a relaxation of the ordinary rules of evidence, a restriction on bail, an enlargement of police powers, and an immunity or a sanction requirement protecting those who administer it.
The six features
A statute need not have all six to be exceptional, and the more it has the more exceptional it is. Reading a statute against this list is a usable exam technique.
1. A specially defined offence. Terrorist act, disruptive activity, organised crime, unlawful activity. The definition is usually wider than an existing offence and is drawn to catch preparation and association as well as the act.
2. A special court. A Designated Court under TADA, a Special Court under POTA and under the National Investigation Agency Act 2008, and courts constituted under many other statutes. Worked in [Special Courts].
3. A relaxation of the rules of evidence. The two classic devices are the reverse burden and the admissibility of a confession to a police officer. Both are worked in [The Reverse Burden and the Presumption of Innocence] and [Confessions to Police Officers Under Special Statutes].
4. A restriction on bail. Ordinarily by twin conditions requiring the court to be satisfied of the accused's innocence before releasing him, or by a bar on release where the accusation is prima facie true. Worked in [Bail Under Special Statutes: The Twin Conditions].
5. Enlarged powers of investigation and custody. Longer periods of remand, longer periods for filing a charge sheet, wider powers of interception and search.
6. Protection for the administrators. A sanction requirement or an immunity, of which section 6 of the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 is the strongest example.
The two arguments for it, which are different from each other
MU's questions ask why such legislation is thought necessary, and the honest answer is that two distinct arguments are made and they should not be run together.
The emergency argument. Ordinary criminal procedure assumes that the harm has happened and that the object is to punish it. Where the harm would be catastrophic and irreversible, the State says it must act earlier and on less. This is the argument for the anti terror statutes.
The intractability argument. Ordinary criminal procedure assumes a witness who will testify, an investigator who is not intimidated, and a trial that concludes in reasonable time. Where the class of offender routinely defeats those assumptions, by killing witnesses, by corrupting investigation, or by using resources the State cannot match, the State says the ordinary process cannot function. This is the argument for the organised crime and economic offence statutes, and the preamble to COFEPOSA 1974 makes it in terms when it recites the manner in which such activities are organised and carried on.
Module one is free. The rest of LL.M. Constitutional and Administrative Law Semester 1 is part of the bundle.
You are reading a chapter from a later module. Everything in module one of every
subject stays free, and so does every question paper and the syllabus.
Due process means that the State may not take a person's life, liberty or property except by a fair procedure, and in its wider sense that the law itself must be fair.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: due process of law is a constitutional standard, of English origin and American development, requiring that a person be deprived of life, liberty or property only in accordance with a procedure that is fair, and, in its substantive form, that the law authorising the deprivation be itself reasonable and not arbitrary. It has two branches: procedural due process, concerned with notice, a hearing, an impartial adjudicator and a reasoned decision; and substantive due process, concerned with the content of the law and its rationality.
Where the phrase comes from
Magna Carta, 1215, chapter 39. No free man shall be taken or imprisoned or disseised or outlawed or exiled or in any way destroyed, nor will we go upon him nor send upon him, except by the lawful judgment of his peers or by the law of the land. The words are "the law of the land", not "due process".
A statute of Edward III, 1354. The phrase "due process of law" first appears in an English statute, restating the Magna Carta guarantee. That is the point at which the words become a term of art.
The Fifth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, 1791. No person shall be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law. It binds the federal government.
The Fourteenth Amendment, 1868. Nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law. It binds the States, and it is under this clause that most American due process litigation has been conducted.
The two branches
Procedural due process asks how the deprivation was carried out. Its content is familiar: notice of what is alleged, an opportunity to be heard, a decision by an impartial adjudicator, a decision on the evidence, and reasons. It is close to the principles of natural justice, and in most systems the two overlap almost completely.
Substantive due process asks whether the law itself is one that may be made at all. It examines the content of the statute rather than the procedure under it, and asks whether the restriction is reasonable, whether the means are related to the end, and whether the interference is proportionate.
The distinction matters here because the Indian answer to the two branches is different. India's courts have been comfortable with the first and, for a long period, hostile to the second, and that history is in [Why Article 21 Says 'Procedure Established by Law'].
Why Article 21 Says 'Procedure Established by Law'
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
The framers were advised that due process would let judges strike down social legislation, so they wrote a phrase borrowed from Japan instead.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 21 provides that no person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. The Constituent Assembly considered and rejected the American formula "without due process of law", on the advice of the constitutional adviser Sir B.N. Rau, who had discussed the question with Justice Felix Frankfurter of the Supreme Court of the United States and had been told that the due process clause was undemocratic because it gave judges the power to invalidate legislation. The phrase actually adopted follows article 31 of the Constitution of Japan of 1946.
The sequence of events
The Draft Constitution used "due process of law". The clause as first drafted followed the American formula.
Sir B.N. Rau's tour of 1947. The constitutional adviser travelled to the United States, the United Kingdom, Ireland and Canada, and met judges and jurists. Among them was Justice Frankfurter, who advised him against the due process clause on the ground that it was undemocratic, because it gave a small number of judges the power to override the will of the legislature, and that it threw an unfair burden on the judiciary.
The Drafting Committee changed the words. The phrase became "procedure established by law", which is the formula of article 31 of the Japanese Constitution of 1946.
The Assembly debated it and kept the change. Members argued for the restoration of due process, and the change was retained.
What the framers thought they were doing
Two things, and both are worth stating.
Protecting social and economic legislation. The Assembly was about to enact land reform, abolition of intermediaries and labour legislation. The American experience showed that a due process clause could be used to strike such laws down, and the framers did not intend to hand that weapon to the courts.
Keeping the judiciary out of policy. Frankfurter's objection was not about outcomes but about institutions. A clause that requires a judge to decide whether a law is reasonable in substance makes the judge a legislator in the last resort.
Notice what follows for the paper. The framers restricted judicial power in article 21 while conferring wide emergency and detention powers on the executive elsewhere in Part III. The combination is the reason A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27, could be decided as it was, and it is the constitutional design that the courts spent the next thirty years working around.
India got the substance of due process without the words, by holding that a procedure which is not right, just and fair is not a procedure established by law.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, the requirement in article 21 that a deprivation of life or personal liberty be according to procedure established by law is read as a requirement that the procedure be fair, just and reasonable, and not fanciful, oppressive or arbitrary. That standard is derived from reading articles 14, 19 and 21 together rather than from importing the American clause, and it is the standard against which every provision of an exceptional statute is now tested.
The four things the decision established for this subject
1. A procedure must be fair, not merely enacted. That is the sentence to quote: the mere prescription of some kind of procedure cannot meet the mandate of article 21.
2. Arbitrariness is itself a constitutional vice. Equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies; article 14 strikes at arbitrariness in State action; and the procedure contemplated by article 21 must answer the test of reasonableness in order to be in conformity with article 14.
3. Natural justice may be implied where a statute is silent. The Court said so about the Passports Act, which did not provide for a hearing before impounding.
4. Reasonableness is judged in context. The judgment cautions that the question is to be considered not in the abstract or on hypothetical considerations, such as whether there is a full-dressed hearing as in a court room trial, but in the context of the particular power.
That fourth point is the one most often omitted and the one that decides special legislation cases. It is why an anti terror statute is not measured against the standards of an ordinary sessions trial, and it is also why the State cannot say that any procedure will do because the subject is terrorism.
What the standard actually requires
Six working requirements, which are the practical content of the phrase "right, just and fair" as applied to criminal and quasi criminal process.
Notice of the case. The person must know what is alleged, in a form he can answer.
An opportunity to answer. Real, not formal. This is where the reverse burden is tested.
An impartial tribunal. Constituted by law and independent of the prosecuting authority.
Evidence properly obtained. This is where a confession to a police officer is tested.
Proportionate deprivation of liberty pending decision. This is where bail restrictions are tested.
Decision within a reasonable time. This is where long trials are tested, and it is the requirement that has done the most work in the last decade.
Five points at which a special statute departs from ordinary procedure, and the constitutional answer to each.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: special legislation departs from the ordinary criminal process at five identifiable points: the burden of proof, by statutory presumptions; the law of confessions, by admitting statements made to police officers; bail, by conditions that reverse the ordinary approach; the openness of the trial, by in-camera proceedings and protected witnesses; and the length of pre-trial custody, by extended periods for investigation and remand. Each has been tested against the requirement in article 21, as read after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, that the procedure be right, just and fair, and in each case the Indian answer has been to uphold the provision on a construction that limits it rather than to strike it down.
The five departures, mapped
1. The burden of proof. Ordinary rule: the prosecution proves guilt beyond reasonable doubt and the accused proves nothing. Special rule: on proof of foundational facts, the court shall presume the offence unless the contrary is proved. Section 21 of TADA is the classic example, and it is set out in [The Reverse Burden and the Presumption of Innocence].
2. Confessions to police officers. Ordinary rule: a confession to a police officer is not proved against a person accused of an offence. Special rule: a confession recorded by a police officer above a stated rank is admissible. Section 15 of TADA is the classic example, and it is set out in [Confessions to Police Officers Under Special Statutes].
3. Bail. Ordinary rule: bail is the rule and jail the exception, and the court asks whether the accused will abscond or tamper. Special rule: the court must be satisfied of something about the merits before releasing. Section 43D(5) of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 is the version now in force, and it is set out in [Bail Under Special Statutes: The Twin Conditions].
4. Openness of the trial. Ordinary rule: trials are held in open court. Special rule: proceedings may be held in camera and the identity of witnesses may be protected. Section 16 of TADA is the example, and Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab dealt with a challenge to it.
5. Pre-trial custody. Ordinary rule: the accused must be released on default bail if the charge sheet is not filed within sixty or ninety days. Special rule: the period is extended, commonly to one hundred and eighty days, on a report of the Public Prosecutor. Section 43D(2) of the UAPA is the version in force.
The constitutional objections, and the answers
Each departure raises a different objection, and matching them is what an examiner is looking for.
The Reverse Burden and the Presumption of Innocence
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
A special statute tells the court to presume guilt once certain facts are proved, and the accused must then disprove it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: a reverse burden provision requires the court, on proof of stated foundational facts, to presume an element of the offence or the offence itself unless the contrary is proved. Section 21 of TADA, section 53 of POTA and section 43E of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 are of this kind. The constitutional objection is that the presumption of innocence forms part of a procedure that is right, just and fair under article 21, and the answer given by the courts is that a presumption which operates only after the prosecution has proved the foundational facts beyond reasonable doubt does not offend, because the accused is not required to disprove a bare accusation.
Section 21 of TADA, in its own words
The section provides that in a prosecution for an offence under section 3(1), if it is proved
that the arms or explosives or any other substances specified in section 3 were recovered from the possession of the accused and there is reason to believe that such arms or explosives or other substances of a similar nature were used in the commission of such offence; or
that by the evidence of an expert the finger prints of the accused were found at the site of the offence or on anything including arms and vehicles used in connection with the commission of such offence; or
that a confession has been made by a co-accused that the accused had committed the offence; or
that the accused had made a confession of the offence to any person other than a police officer,
the Designated Court shall presume, unless the contrary is proved, that the accused had committed such offence.
Sub-section (2) provides that in a prosecution for an offence under section 3(3), if it is proved that the accused rendered any financial assistance to a person accused of, or reasonably suspected of, an offence under that section, the Designated Court shall presume, unless the contrary is proved, that he committed the offence under that sub-section.
Reading the section closely shows why it was contentious. The third limb makes a co-accused's confession a foundation for presuming guilt, which reverses the ordinary caution with which such a statement is treated. The fourth limb makes an extra-judicial confession to any person a foundation, which is ordinarily among the weakest kinds of evidence.
The four kinds of provision, kept apart
Students lose marks by calling everything a reverse burden. There are four distinct devices and they have different consequences.
An evidential burden. The accused must raise the issue and point to some material; the legal burden of disproving it remains on the prosecution. This is the mildest device and it is common in ordinary law.
Confessions to Police Officers Under Special Statutes
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
The ordinary law says a confession to a policeman proves nothing; TADA and POTA said it could convict, and the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act does not.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 15 of TADA provided that notwithstanding anything in the Code of Criminal Procedure or in the Indian Evidence Act 1872, a confession made by a person before a police officer not lower in rank than a Superintendent of Police, and recorded by him in writing or on a mechanical device, was admissible in the trial of that person for an offence under the Act. Section 32 of POTA continued the device with added safeguards, including production before a Magistrate. The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967, into which the substance of POTA was carried in 2004, contains no such provision, so a confession to a police officer is inadmissible under it as it is under the ordinary law.
The ordinary rule, and why it exists
Sections 25 and 26 of the Indian Evidence Act 1872, now sections 22 and 23 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam 2023, provide that no confession made to a police officer shall be proved as against a person accused of any offence, and that no confession made by a person while in the custody of a police officer shall be proved against him unless it is made in the immediate presence of a Magistrate.
The rule is not about the reliability of policemen in the abstract. It is about incentives: an investigating officer who can convict on a statement he himself records has every reason to obtain one, and the person from whom he obtains it is in his custody. The rule removes the incentive by removing the value of the product.
That is why removing the rule is the single most consequential change a special statute can make, and why it is the first thing to discuss in an answer about due process and special legislation.
Section 15 of TADA
The section provided that notwithstanding anything contained in the Code or in the Indian Evidence Act 1872, but subject to the provisions of the section, a confession made by a person before an officer not lower in rank than a Superintendent of Police, and recorded by such police officer either in writing or on any mechanical device like cassettes, tapes or sound tracks from which sounds or images can be reproduced, shall be admissible in the trial of such person for an offence under the Act or the rules made under it.
Sub-section (2) required the police officer, before recording any confession, to explain to the person making it that he was not bound to make a confession and that if he did so it might be used as evidence against him.
Ordinary law asks whether the accused will run or interfere; a special statute asks the court to form a view about his guilt before releasing him.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the ordinary approach to bail is that bail is the rule and jail the exception, and the questions are whether the accused will abscond, tamper with evidence or influence witnesses. A special statute reverses the approach by requiring the court to be satisfied of something about the merits. Section 43D(5) of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 provides that an accused shall not be released on bail if the court, on a perusal of the case diary or the report under section 173 of the Code, is of the opinion that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accusation against him is prima facie true. Section 37 of the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 goes further, requiring the court to be satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accused is not guilty and that he is not likely to commit an offence while on bail.
Section 43D of the UAPA, in its own words
Sub-section (4). Nothing in section 438 of the Code shall apply in relation to any case involving the arrest of any person accused of having committed an offence punishable under this Act. That is the exclusion of anticipatory bail.
Sub-section (5). Notwithstanding anything contained in the Code, no person accused of an offence punishable under Chapters IV and VI of the Act shall, if in custody, be released on bail or on his own bond unless the Public Prosecutor has been given an opportunity of being heard on the application for such release. Provided that such accused person shall not be released on bail or on his own bond if the Court, on a perusal of the case diary or the report made under section 173 of the Code, is of the opinion that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accusation against such person is prima facie true.
Sub-section (6). The restrictions on granting of bail specified in sub-section (5) are in addition to the restrictions under the Code or any other law for the time being in force.
Sub-section (7). Notwithstanding sub-sections (5) and (6), no bail shall be granted to a person accused of an offence punishable under the Act if he is not an Indian citizen and has entered the country unauthorisedly or illegally, except in very exceptional circumstances and for reasons to be recorded in writing.
The three grades of restriction
Reading the provisions against each other shows that they are not all equally severe, and saying so is worth marks.
Seven concerns, each real, each with an answer, and the honest position is that the answers are better on some than on others.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the concerns about due process in anti terror legislation are the vagueness of the offence definitions, the reversal of the burden of proof, the admissibility of confessions to police officers, the restriction of bail and the consequent long pre-trial custody, the closure of the trial and the protection of witnesses, the low conviction rate which suggests misuse, and the tendency of such statutes to be applied to cases far outside their intended field.
The seven concerns
1. Vagueness of the definition
The concern. A definition such as disruptive activity under TADA, or an act intended to strike terror in the people or any section of the people, is wide enough to catch conduct that nobody would describe as terrorism. Vagueness offends article 21 because a person cannot know in advance what is prohibited, and it offends article 14 because it leaves the choice to the executive.
The reply. Terrorism is not a single act and a definition that names particular acts will always be outflanked. The courts read such definitions narrowly, which is what Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, did.
The honest assessment. The reply is weakest here. A narrow judicial construction arrives years after the arrest, and by then the accused has been in custody.
2. The reverse burden
The concern. The presumption of innocence allocates the risk of error to the State, and reversing it in the gravest cases reverses it where it matters most.
The reply. The presumption arises only after foundational facts are proved beyond reasonable doubt, and it is rebuttable.
The honest assessment. Sound in principle, and it depends entirely on the courts insisting on the foundational facts. See [The Reverse Burden and the Presumption of Innocence].
3. Confessions to police officers
The concern. The rule excluding such confessions exists because of the incentive to extract them, and removing it makes conviction on a coerced statement possible.
The reply. Safeguards can be attached: rank, warning, a Magistrate, an enquiry about torture, medical examination. People's Union for Civil Liberties v. Union of India (POTA), AIR 2004 SC 456, upheld POTA's section 32 on exactly that footing.
The honest assessment. Parliament itself conceded the point: the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 contains no such provision. The concern is now historical for terrorism, and it remains live for other special statutes.
4. Bail and pre-trial custody
The concern. Where bail is barred and trials take years, the process is the punishment. A person acquitted after seven years has served a sentence.
A special court is an ordinary criminal court given a special jurisdiction, a special procedure and a special appeal, so that a class of case is tried differently.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: a special court is a court constituted or designated under a statute to try a defined class of offences, with a jurisdiction, procedure and appellate route different from those of the ordinary criminal courts. In India such courts are almost always presided over by a serving judicial officer of the rank of a Sessions Judge; the modern practice, under the National Investigation Agency Act 2008, is to designate an existing Court of Session as a Special Court rather than to constitute a new court.
Why a special court at all
Four reasons are given, and they should be separated because they are not equally good.
Speed. A court dealing only with one class of case is expected to dispose of it faster. This is the reason most often given and the one the record supports least.
Expertise. A judge who tries only terrorism cases understands the evidence, the technology and the organisations.
Security. A trial that may attract violence needs a court that can sit safely, in camera if necessary, and can protect witnesses.
Procedure. The special procedural provisions need a court that operates them, and it is convenient to attach them to a designated forum.
The three generations
TADA: Designated Courts, sections 9 to 14
TADA constituted Designated Courts, with provisions for their constitution, place of sitting, jurisdiction, power with respect to other offences, Public Prosecutors, and procedure and powers. Section 14 conferred wide procedural powers, including, by sub-section (5), power notwithstanding the Code, if the court thought fit and for reasons to be recorded, to proceed with the trial in the absence of the accused or his pleader and to record the evidence of any witness, subject to the right of the accused to recall the witness for cross-examination.
Section 16 provided for proceedings to be held in camera. Its validity was argued in Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, where the Court noted the Full Bench decision of the Punjab and Haryana High Court striking it down as offending article 14, and the reliance placed by the Additional Solicitor General on the observation in A.K. Roy v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 710, that the right to a public trial is not one of the guaranteed rights under the Indian Constitution as it is under the Sixth Amendment of the American Constitution.
Section 19 provided for appeal, and it is the feature most criticised: the appeal lay to the Supreme Court, so the High Court was bypassed altogether.
Part XIVA of the Constitution lets legislatures take whole classes of dispute away from the ordinary courts and give them to tribunals.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: articles 323A and 323B were inserted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976 with effect from 3 January 1977. Article 323A empowers Parliament to provide by law for the adjudication or trial by administrative tribunals of disputes and complaints with respect to recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to public services and posts in connection with the affairs of the Union or of any State or of any local or other authority, or of any corporation owned or controlled by the Government. Article 323B empowers the appropriate Legislature to provide for the adjudication or trial by tribunals of disputes, complaints or offences with respect to the matters enumerated in clause (2), which include taxation, foreign exchange and import and export, industrial and labour disputes, land reform, ceiling on urban property, and elections to Parliament and the State legislatures.
Article 323A in detail
Clause (1) confers the power, and confines it to service matters.
Clause (2) sets out what such a law may do. It may establish an administrative tribunal for the Union and a separate one for each State or for two or more States; specify the jurisdiction, powers including the power to punish for contempt, and authority of each; provide for the procedure, including provisions as to limitation and rules of evidence; exclude the jurisdiction of all courts, except the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court under article 136; provide for the transfer of pending cases; repeal or amend an order made by the President under article 371D(3); and contain supplemental provisions for effective functioning and speedy disposal.
Clause (3) provides that the article shall have effect notwithstanding anything in any other provision of the Constitution or in any other law for the time being in force.
Clause (2)(d) and clause (3) are the operative provisions for the constitutional argument, and it is worth pausing on them. Read literally, they authorise a law excluding the jurisdiction of every court including the High Courts under articles 226 and 227, leaving only a discretionary appeal to the Supreme Court under article 136. That is a very large claim, and it is what [Tribunals After L. Chandra Kumar] is about.
Article 323B in detail
Clause (1) empowers the appropriate Legislature, meaning Parliament or a State Legislature according to the subject, to provide for tribunals for disputes, complaints or offences with respect to the matters in clause (2), so far as that Legislature has power to make laws about them.
Clause (2) lists the matters. Levy, assessment, collection and enforcement of any tax; foreign exchange and import and export across customs frontiers; industrial and labour disputes; land reform by acquisition of an estate, extinguishment or modification of rights in it, or a ceiling on agricultural land; ceiling on urban property; and elections to either House of Parliament or of a State Legislature, excluding the matters in articles 329 and 329A. The clause continues with further entries.
A tribunal may decide first, but a High Court must always be able to review, because judicial review is part of the basic structure.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India, AIR 1997 SC 1125, a Bench of seven judges held that clause (2)(d) of article 323A and clause (3)(d) of article 323B, to the extent that they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 227 and article 32, are unconstitutional; that section 28 of the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985 and the exclusion of jurisdiction clauses in all other legislation enacted under those articles are unconstitutional to the same extent; and that the jurisdiction conferred on the High Courts by articles 226 and 227 and on the Supreme Court by article 32 is part of the inviolable basic structure of the Constitution.
The two decisions
The Sampath Kumar decision
The earlier decision, in the matter of S.P. Sampath Kumar against the Union of India, upheld the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985 on the footing that the Tribunal was an effective substitute for the High Court, and directed changes to the Act to make the substitution real, chiefly in the manner of appointment of members. That reasoning accepted the exclusion of the High Court provided the replacement was equivalent.
This book has not read a report of that decision. It is named here because it is the step L. Chandra Kumar departs from, and nothing is taken from it beyond that.
L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India, AIR 1997 SC 1125
Facts. A group of matters raised the validity of clause (2)(d) of article 323A and clause (3)(d) of article 323B, and of section 28 of the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985, in so far as they excluded the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court; and the question whether tribunals constituted under those articles could test the constitutional validity of statutory provisions.
Held. Clause (2)(d) of article 323A and clause (3)(d) of article 323B, to the extent they exclude the jurisdiction of the High Courts and the Supreme Court under articles 226 and 227 and article 32, are unconstitutional. Section 28 of the Act and the exclusion of jurisdiction clauses in all other legislation enacted under the aegis of those articles are, to the same extent, unconstitutional. The jurisdiction conferred on the High Courts by articles 226 and 227 and on the Supreme Court by article 32 is part of the inviolable basic structure of the Constitution. While that jurisdiction cannot be ousted, other courts and tribunals may perform a supplemental role in discharging the powers conferred by those articles. Tribunals created under articles 323A and 323B are competent to test the constitutional validity of statutory provisions and rules. All decisions of such tribunals will, however, be subject to scrutiny before a Division Bench of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the tribunal falls.
Economic offences are treated as a class apart because their harm is diffuse, their proof is documentary, and their profit survives the punishment.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: economic offences are offences whose harm falls on the economy rather than on an identifiable victim, and Indian law treats them as a class apart on four grounds: the harm is diffuse and cumulative, so no individual complains; the offender is organised, resourced and able to defeat ordinary investigation; the profit remains with the offender or his associates after conviction, so punishment alone is no deterrent; and the effect on the economy is treated as an effect on the security of the State, which is the reasoning the preamble to COFEPOSA 1974 adopts in terms.
The four grounds, and what each produces in the statute
Each ground produces a different legislative device, and matching them is the analysis an examiner wants.
1. Diffuse harm, no complainant. A smuggler steals from everyone and from nobody in particular. There is no one to file a complaint and no one to give evidence. The legislative response is to make the State the initiator, to give investigating agencies powers of summons and search, and to make statements to those agencies usable.
2. Organised and resourced offenders. The response is preventive detention, so that the person is removed while the investigation proceeds, and this is what COFEPOSA does.
3. Profit survives punishment. The response is forfeiture. A fine is a business cost; taking the property is not. SAFEMA 1976 is the Indian instance, and the modern equivalent is attachment and confiscation under the money laundering law.
4. Effect on the economy as an effect on the security of the State. The response is to bring the subject within the security vocabulary, which unlocks the detention powers.
The reasoning recited in the statute itself
COFEPOSA's preamble is the best short statement of the argument in Indian law, and it should be quoted rather than paraphrased.
It recites that violations of foreign exchange regulations and smuggling activities are having an increasingly deleterious effect on the national economy and thereby a serious adverse effect on the security of the State; and that, having regard to the persons by whom and the manner in which such activities are organised and carried on, and to the fact that in certain areas highly vulnerable to smuggling such activities of considerable magnitude are clandestinely organised and carried on, it is necessary for their effective prevention to provide for the detention of the persons concerned.
Three claims are packed into that. The harm is to the economy. The harm to the economy is a harm to the security of the State. And the manner of organisation defeats the ordinary process.
A preventive detention statute aimed at the economy, whose object is to remove the organiser rather than to punish the offence.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act 1974 is preventive and not punitive in nature; its scope is defined by the purposes in section 3(1), namely the conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange and the prevention of smuggling in five specified forms; and its salient features are the power in a wide range of officers to detain, the severability of grounds, an Advisory Board, a period of detention longer than under the general detention law, and a link to forfeiture under a companion Act.
Nature
Preventive, not punitive. No offence is created. Nobody is tried. Smuggling is punished under the Customs Act 1962 and foreign exchange contraventions under the foreign exchange law; this Act detains.
Economic, not criminal, in its object. The object recited is the conservation and augmentation of foreign exchange and the prevention of smuggling, and the preamble ties both to the national economy.
Union legislation resting on the security head. The preamble's recital that the harm to the economy is a serious adverse effect on the security of the State is what places the Act within Entry 9 of the Union List.
Companion to a forfeiture statute. SAFEMA 1976 uses a COFEPOSA detention as the trigger for forfeiting illegally acquired property, which is worked in the next chapter.
Scope
The scope is fixed by section 3(1), and an answer should list the six purposes exactly.
Preventing a person from acting in any manner prejudicial to the conservation or augmentation of foreign exchange; and preventing him from smuggling goods; from abetting the smuggling of goods; from engaging in transporting or concealing or keeping smuggled goods; from dealing in smuggled goods otherwise than by engaging in transporting or concealing or keeping them; and from harbouring persons engaged in smuggling goods or in abetting the smuggling of goods.
Two limits on the scope are on the face of the Act.
Any person, including a foreigner. Section 3(1) says so expressly.
Not on a PIT NDPS ground. The proviso to section 3(1) forbids an order on a ground on which an order may be made under section 3 of the Prevention of Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1988.
Salient features
Eight, and this is the list MU's question about salient features is asking for.
1. A wide range of detaining authorities. The Central Government, a State Government, an officer of the Central Government not below the rank of Joint Secretary specially empowered, or an officer of a State Government not below the rank of Secretary specially empowered. Compare the National Security Act, where only a District Magistrate or Commissioner of Police may be empowered, and then only by written order for three months at a time.
Detention takes the person; SAFEMA takes the property, and it reaches the property of his relatives and associates too.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Smugglers and Foreign Exchange Manipulators (Forfeiture of Property) Act 1976 provides for the forfeiture of illegally acquired property held by or on behalf of persons convicted under the customs or foreign exchange laws, persons detained under COFEPOSA 1974, and their relatives and associates. Its scheme is a notice under section 6 requiring the person to show cause why the property should not be forfeited, an inquiry, and an order of forfeiture under section 7, with the burden of proving that the property was not illegally acquired lying on the person affected.
Why forfeiture at all
Because the objection to ordinary punishment in economic cases is that the profit survives it. A fine is a business cost. Imprisonment removes the person but not the money, and the money is the point of the enterprise.
Forfeiture answers that objection directly, and it is the device in this module with the strongest justification. It is also the device that raises the sharpest property and fairness questions, because it reaches persons who have been convicted of nothing.
The scheme
Section 2: who the Act applies to. Persons convicted under the customs or foreign exchange laws of an offence involving a stated minimum sentence; persons in respect of whom an order of detention has been made under COFEPOSA, subject to the exceptions in the proviso to section 2(2)(b); and, by clauses (c) and (d) of section 2(2), the relatives and associates of such persons.
Section 3: illegally acquired property. Clause (c) defines it, in substance as property acquired wholly or partly out of or by means of income, earnings or assets derived from the activities the Act targets, or for which the person is unable to account satisfactorily.
Section 6: the notice. The competent authority, having reason to believe that property is illegally acquired, serves a notice requiring the person to indicate the sources of his income, earnings or assets out of which he acquired it and to show cause why it should not be declared forfeited.
Section 7: the order. After the inquiry, the competent authority records a finding and, where satisfied, declares the property forfeited to the Central Government free from all encumbrances.
Section 12A: forfeiture during an emergency. The provision by which the Act connects to Module II's second half, and which is why the Act appears in this book at all.
Sections 12 to 27: the machinery. An Appellate Tribunal, a bar of jurisdiction, and the administration of forfeited property.
The rest of the Act, in outline
A student who has to describe the Act, and not only the leading sections, should be able to name the shape of the whole of it.
COFEPOSA has a sister detention statute for narcotics, a forfeiture statute for the proceeds, and a modern successor in the money laundering law that carries all three devices at once.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: besides COFEPOSA 1974 and SAFEMA 1976, the family of economic offence legislation includes the Prevention of Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1988, which is a preventive detention statute drafted on COFEPOSA's model; the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985, which is the punitive statute behind it; and the Prevention of Money Laundering Act 2002, which is the modern statute and which combines attachment and confiscation of the proceeds with a restrictive bail provision and with special courts.
PIT NDPS 1988: COFEPOSA drafted again
The Prevention of Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1988, Act 46 of 1988, is worth studying because the resemblance to COFEPOSA is not accidental. Read the two preambles side by side and the second is the first with the subject changed.
Its preamble recites that illicit traffic in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances poses a serious threat to the health and welfare of the people and that the activities of persons engaged in such traffic have a deleterious effect on the national economy; and that, having regard to the persons by whom and the manner in which such activities are organised and carried on, and to the fact that in certain areas highly vulnerable to such traffic activities of considerable magnitude are clandestinely organised and carried on, it is necessary for their effective prevention to provide for the detention of the persons concerned.
That is COFEPOSA's recital with narcotics in place of smuggling, and the national economy doing the same work.
Section 3 is COFEPOSA's section 3 too. The Central or a State Government, or an officer of the Centre not below Joint Secretary or of a State not below Secretary, specially empowered, may detain any person including a foreigner with a view to preventing him from engaging in illicit traffic. A State's order goes to the Centre within ten days. Grounds are served as soon as may be, ordinarily within five days and in exceptional circumstances for reasons recorded within fifteen, expressly for article 22(5).
Section 9 constitutes the Advisory Boards for the purposes of article 22(4)(a) and 22(7)(c), of a Chairman and two others qualified as article 22(4)(a) requires; requires a reference within five weeks; and provides for the Board's report and for confirmation.
Section 10 is the section 9 of this Act: a route past the Board for orders made before 31 July 1999, on a declaration within five weeks, for a person engaging in illicit traffic into, out of, through or within an area highly vulnerable to it, which the Explanation defines as the Indian customs waters, the customs airports, and the metropolitan cities of Bombay, Calcutta, Delhi and Madras and the city of Varanasi.
An Act that created two new offences, put them before a Designated Court, made a confession to a police officer admissible, and reversed the burden of proof.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Terrorist and Disruptive Activities (Prevention) Act 1987 was enacted to make special provision for the prevention of, and for coping with, terrorist and disruptive activities. It created the offences of a terrorist act in section 3 and a disruptive activity in section 4, provided for trial by Designated Courts under section 9, made a confession to a police officer of the rank of Superintendent admissible under section 15, modified the ordinary criminal procedure by section 20 including a restrictive bail provision and an extended period of remand, and raised presumptions of guilt in section 21. It was a temporary Act, originally in force for two years from 24 May 1987, and it was allowed to expire on 23 May 1995.
Why it was passed, and why it was temporary
The 1987 Act followed the 1985 Act of the same name, which itself followed the disturbances in Punjab. Its long title is unusually candid: the Act is to make special provision for the prevention of, and for coping with, terrorist and disruptive activities.
Section 1(3) and 1(4) are the constitutional feature that students forget. Sections 5, 15, 21 and 22 came into force at once and the rest was deemed to have come into force on 24 May 1987; and the Act was to remain in force for two years from that date, with savings for anything done under it. Parliament extended the life of the Act repeatedly, by two years at a time, until it declined to extend it again in 1995.
That structure is itself an argument. A statute that has to be renewed every two years is a statute Parliament is admitting it should not have permanently.
Section 3: the terrorist act
The definition and the offence are in the same section, which is why the section is so often quoted.
Section 3(1). Whoever, with intent to overawe the Government as by law established or to strike terror in the people or any section of the people or to alienate any section of the people or to adversely affect the harmony amongst different sections of the people, does any act or thing by using bombs, dynamite or other explosive substances or inflammable substances or firearms or other lethal weapons or poisons or noxious gases or other chemicals or by any other substances, whether biological or otherwise, of a hazardous nature, in such a manner as to cause or as is likely to cause death of or injuries to any person or persons, or loss of or damage to or destruction of property, or disruption of any supplies or services essential to the life of the community, or detains any person and threatens to kill or injure him in order to compel the Government or any other person to do or abstain from doing any act, commits a terrorist act.
The Act was upheld almost in its entirety, but the Court rewrote it as it upheld it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, a Constitution Bench of five judges upheld the Terrorist and Disruptive Activities (Prevention) Acts of 1985 and 1987 as within the legislative competence of Parliament and as not violating articles 14 and 21, struck down only section 22, read the requirement of actual knowledge or reason to believe into the definition of abetment, laid down six guidelines for the recording of confessions under section 15, and directed the constitution of Screening or Review Committees at the Centre and in the States to review every case registered under the Act.
The case
Facts. A batch of writ petitions, criminal appeals and a special leave petition challenged the constitutional validity of the Terrorist Affected Areas (Special Courts) Act 1984 and the Terrorist and Disruptive Activities (Prevention) Acts of 1985 and 1987. The challenge went to the legislative competence of Parliament, the definitions of a terrorist act and a disruptive activity, the definition of abetment, the constitution and tenure of the Designated Courts, the admissibility under section 15 of a confession made to a police officer of the rank of Superintendent, the in camera trial and the concealment of witnesses under section 16, the appeal provisions in section 19, the modified procedure and the bail provisions in section 20, and the identification provision in section 22.
Held. The Court answered in eighteen numbered conclusions, and the ones a student must know are set out below.
The conclusions, grouped
Competence
The 1984 Act and the two TADA Acts fall within the legislative competence of Parliament in view of article 248 read with Entry 97 of List I, and could fall within the ambit of Entry 1 of List I, Defence of India.
That is worth pausing on. Parliament did not legislate on public order, which is a State subject; the Court located the Acts in the residuary entry and in defence. The whole architecture of [Who May Legislate: Public Order and Security in the Seventh Schedule] is behind that sentence.
The definitions
Abetment. As the meaning of abet in section 2(1)(i)(a) of the 1987 Act is vague and imprecise, actual knowledge or reason to believe on the part of the person to be brought within the definition should be read into that provision, instead of reading the provision down.
Notice the distinction the Court draws between reading a provision down and reading words into it. Reading down narrows a provision by construction; reading in supplies a missing element. Here a mental element was supplied, so that a person who assists without knowing what he assists is outside the section.
The Commission's position was that the problem was investigation, prosecution and delay, and that a drastic law would be gravely misused, as TADA had been.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the National Human Rights Commission, constituted under the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, is charged by section 12(e) with reviewing the factors, including acts of terrorism, that inhibit the enjoyment of human rights and recommending remedial measures. Acting under that function it pronounced an Opinion on 14 July 2000 on the Prevention of Terrorism Bill 2000 in which, consistently with the view it had taken on TADA, it unanimously recommended that no such law be enacted, holding that the acts the Bill covered were already covered by existing law, that the real problems were of investigation, prosecution and delay, and that the Bill if enacted would provide unintentionally a strong weapon capable of gross misuse and violation of human rights.
Where the Commission gets its standing to say so
Two provisions, and an answer should cite them.
Section 12 lists the functions. The Commission may inquire suo motu or on a petition into a complaint of violation of human rights or of negligence in preventing such violation by a public servant; intervene in any proceeding involving an allegation of violation of human rights pending before a court, with that court's approval; visit any jail or other institution where persons are detained, notwithstanding any other law, to study the living conditions of the inmates and make recommendations; review the safeguards provided by or under the Constitution or any law for the protection of human rights and recommend measures for their effective implementation; and, in clause (e), review the factors, including acts of terrorism, that inhibit the enjoyment of human rights and recommend appropriate remedial measures.
Section 13 gives it the powers of a civil court trying a suit while inquiring into complaints: summoning and examining witnesses on oath, discovery and production of documents, evidence on affidavit, requisitioning any public record from any court or office, and issuing commissions. It may require any person to furnish information, and a person so required is deemed legally bound within the meaning of sections 176 and 177 of the Penal Code. It may enter and search for documents through a Gazetted Officer, and it is deemed to be a civil court for certain offences committed in its presence.
Clause (e) of section 12 is the provision to quote. Parliament expressly told the Commission to look at terrorism as a factor inhibiting human rights, which means an opinion on an anti-terrorism Bill is not the Commission straying outside its remit; it is the Commission doing the job the statute gave it.
TADA rewritten with the Kartar Singh safeguards built in, and repealed anyway.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Prevention of Terrorism Act 2002 was deemed to have come into force on 24 October 2001 and was to remain in force for three years. It defined a terrorist act in section 3 in terms close to TADA's, created offences of membership of and support to a terrorist organisation in Chapter III, provided for Special Courts, made a confession to a police officer of the rank of Superintendent admissible under section 32 but subject to safeguards drawn from Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, restricted bail by section 49, and provided for Review Committees under section 60. It was upheld in People's Union for Civil Liberties v. Union of India (POTA), (2004) 9 SCC 580, and repealed by Parliament in 2004.
What POTA changed from TADA
The most useful way to learn this Act is as a list of answers to the criticisms of the last one.
The speech offence is gone. There is no equivalent of TADA's section 4 disruptive activity. Questioning the territorial integrity of India is no longer an offence carrying five years.
The confession is hedged. Section 32 keeps the Superintendent of Police confession but adds four things the Kartar Singh guidelines had asked for.
The appeal goes to the High Court. Section 34 gives an appeal on facts and law to a Bench of two judges of the High Court, not to the Supreme Court alone as TADA's section 19 did.
Bail is easier after a year. The proviso to section 49(7) makes the restrictive condition lapse after one year from the date of detention, after which only section 49(6) applies.
Investigation is by a senior officer. Section 51 forbids investigation by an officer below the rank of Deputy Superintendent, or Assistant Commissioner in the metropolitan areas, which is Kartar Singh guideline 4 written into the statute.
Sanction is required. Section 50 bars cognizance without the previous sanction of the Central or the State Government.
There are Review Committees by statute. Section 60 requires them, chaired by a person who is or has been a Judge of a High Court, appointed with the concurrence of the Chief Justice where a sitting judge is chosen. Under Kartar Singh the Committees were a direction of the Court; here they are in the Act.
A student who can say those seven things has understood why POTA is called TADA with safeguards.
Section 3: the terrorist act
Section 3(1)(a) is TADA's section 3(1) with two changes. The intent limb becomes an intent to threaten the unity, integrity, security or sovereignty of India or to strike terror in the people or any section of the people, which drops TADA's vaguer limbs about alienating a section or affecting harmony. The means limb adds or by any other means whatsoever, which widens it. The effect limb adds damage or destruction of property or equipment used or intended to be used for the defence of India or in connection with the purposes of the Government.
An Act that lets the Central Government ban an association, subject to confirmation by a Tribunal presided over by a High Court judge.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 was enacted to provide for the more effective prevention of certain unlawful activities of individuals and associations. Chapter II empowers the Central Government to declare an association unlawful by notification under section 3, requires the notification to be referred within thirty days to the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Tribunal under section 4, and provides that the notification has no effect until the Tribunal confirms it; the Tribunal, constituted under section 5, consists of one person who must be a Judge of a High Court. Membership of a declared association, taking part in its meetings, contributing to it or assisting its operations is punishable under section 10, and unlawful activity itself is punishable under section 13.
Where the Act comes from
The Act belongs with the Constitution (Sixteenth Amendment) Act 1963, which added the sovereignty and integrity of India to the grounds of restriction in articles 19(2) and 19(4). Once the Constitution permitted restrictions on speech and on association in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, a statute imposing them followed. The Act was passed on 30 December 1967.
Its original long title was to provide for the more effective prevention of certain unlawful activities of individuals and associations. The words and for dealing with terrorist activities were inserted later, and the preamble reciting the United Nations Security Council resolutions was added in the amendments of the 2000s. Reading the long title in its present form, with the interpolated words, shows the join.
The definitions in section 2
Unlawful activity, in relation to an individual or association, means any action taken by such individual or association, whether by committing an act or by words spoken or written or by signs or by visible representation or otherwise, which:
(i) is intended, or supports any claim, to bring about, on any ground whatsoever, the cession of a part of the territory of India or its secession from the Union, or which incites any individual or group to bring about such cession or secession; or
(ii)disclaims, questions, disrupts or is intended to disrupt the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India; or
(iii) causes or is intended to cause disaffection against India.
Compare that with TADA's section 4(2). The word questions is there, and so is the coverage of speech, of writing, of signs and of visible representation. TADA's disruptive activity offence was in substance already in this Act; what TADA added was a five year minimum sentence. That is a point worth making in an answer on exceptional legislation, because it shows how much of the criticised law was permanent law all along.
The UAPA: The Terrorist Act and the Terrorist Organisation
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
POTA re-enacted inside the association-banning Act, with no sunset clause and with the power extended in 2019 to designate an individual as a terrorist.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: Chapter IV of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967, inserted in 2004, defines a terrorist act in section 15 and punishes it in section 16, punishes the raising of funds in section 17, conspiracy and incitement in section 18, and membership of a terrorist gang or organisation in section 20. Chapter VI, headed Terrorist Organisations and Individuals, empowers the Central Government by section 35 to add an organisation to the First Schedule or the name of an individual to the Fourth Schedule where it believes them involved in terrorism. Section 38 punishes association with a terrorist organisation with intent to further its activities, and section 43D modifies the Code of Criminal Procedure, extending remand and restricting bail.
Section 15: the terrorist act as it now stands
The definition has grown with each amendment, and the growth is the point.
The intent limb. Whoever does any act with intent to threaten or likely to threaten the unity, integrity, security, economic security or sovereignty of India, or with intent to strike terror or likely to strike terror in the people or any section of the people in India or in any foreign country.
Three enlargements are visible in that sentence. The words or likely to mean that an act is a terrorist act if it is likely to threaten, whether or not the person intended it. Economic security was inserted in 2013. And the reach extends to striking terror in the people of a foreign country.
Limb (a): means and effects. By using bombs, dynamite or other explosive or inflammable substances, firearms or other lethal weapons, poisonous or noxious gases or other chemicals, or any other substances whether biological, radioactive, nuclear or otherwise of a hazardous nature, or by any other means of whatever nature, to cause or likely to cause: death or injury to any person; loss of, damage to or destruction of property; disruption of any supplies or services essential to the life of the community in India or in any foreign country; damage to the monetary stability of India by way of production or smuggling or circulation of high quality counterfeit Indian paper currency, coin or of any other material; or damage or destruction of any property in India or a foreign country used or intended to be used for the defence of India or for any other purpose of the Government of India, a State Government or their agencies.
Limb (b). Overawing by means of criminal force or the show of criminal force, or attempting to do so, or causing or attempting to cause the death of any public functionary, which the Explanation defines as the constitutional authorities or any other functionary notified by the Central Government.
The provision does not say the accused must be shown to be innocent; it says he must not be released if the accusation looks true, and that is worse.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: section 43D(5) of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act 1967 provides that no person accused of an offence under Chapters IV and VI shall be released on bail without the Public Prosecutor being heard, and that he shall not be released if the court, on a perusal of the case diary or the report made under section 173 of the Code, is of opinion that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accusation against him is prima facie true. In National Investigation Agency v. Zahoor Ahmad Shah Watali, AIR 2019 SC 1734, the Supreme Court held that the court at the bail stage must take the material on record at face value and may not conduct a mini trial; and in Union of India v. K.A. Najeeb, AIR 2021 SC 712, it held that the statutory restriction does not oust the power of constitutional courts to grant bail where the trial is not likely to conclude in reasonable time and the accused has already suffered a long incarceration.
Reading the provision carefully
Three limbs, and students commonly conflate them.
The Public Prosecutor must be heard. That is the whole of the main part of sub-section (5).
The proviso is the bar. The accused shall not be released on bail if the court, on a perusal of the case diary or the report under section 173, is of opinion that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accusation against such person is prima facie true.
The material is limited. The court looks at the case diary or the police report. It is not conducting a trial on evidence.
Now set that beside its ancestors. TADA's section 20(8) and POTA's section 49(7) required the court to be satisfied that there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accused is not guilty. Section 43D(5) requires it to refuse bail where the accusation is prima facie true.
The change reads like a relaxation and works as a tightening, and an LL.M. answer should be able to explain why. Under the older formula the court had to form a view about guilt, which meant it had to look at the strength of the material and could refuse to be satisfied where the material was thin. Under the present formula the court is forbidden to weigh the material at all: if the accusation, taken as it stands in the police papers, discloses a case, bail must be refused. The prosecution's own version becomes conclusive at the bail stage.
A State statute that reaches organised crime by counting past charge sheets, and reaches it with a police confession, a hard bail provision and lawful interception.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Maharashtra Control of Organised Crime Act 1999 was enacted to make special provisions for the prevention and control of, and for coping with, criminal activity by an organised crime syndicate or gang. It defines organised crime by reference to a continuing unlawful activity, punishes it in section 3, empowers the interception of wire, electronic and oral communications under sections 13 to 16, makes a confession recorded by an authorised police officer admissible under section 18, and restricts bail under section 21. Its constitutional validity was substantially upheld in State of Maharashtra v. Bharat Shanti Lal Shah, (2008) 13 SCC 5, and the inclusion of promoting insurgency in the definition of organised crime was upheld in Zameer Ahmed Latifur Rehman Sheikh v. State of Maharashtra, (2010) 5 SCC 246.
Why the Act exists
Its Statement of Objects recites that organised crime has for long been a serious threat to society, that it involves extortion of protection money and money laundering, that the illegal wealth and black money it generates is very large and has a serious adverse effect on the economy, that organised criminal syndicates make common cause with terrorist gangs and foster narco terrorism which extends beyond national boundaries, and that organised criminals make extensive use of wire and oral communications so that interception is an indispensable aid to law enforcement. It concludes that the existing penal and procedural laws and the adjudicatory system were found rather inadequate, and that Government therefore decided to enact a special law with stringent and deterrent provisions.
That recital is worth reading beside COFEPOSA's preamble, quoted in [Exceptional Legislation to Curb Economic Offences]. The same four grounds appear: diffuse economic harm, organised offenders, the profit surviving punishment, and a link to the security vocabulary through the reference to terrorism.
The definitions, which are the whole design
Continuing unlawful activity means an activity prohibited by law which is a cognizable offence punishable with imprisonment of three years or more, undertaken singly or jointly, as a member of an organised crime syndicate or on its behalf, in respect of which more than one charge sheet has been filed before a competent court within the preceding period of ten years, and that court has taken cognizance.
Organised crime means any continuing unlawful activity by an individual, singly or jointly, either as a member of an organised crime syndicate or on its behalf, by use of violence or threat of violence or intimidation or coercion, or other unlawful means, with the objective of gaining pecuniary benefits, or gaining undue economic or other advantage for himself or any other person, or promoting insurgency.
In a declared disturbed area, a soldier of any rank may fire to kill on his own opinion, and may not be prosecuted for it without the Centre's sanction.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 enables certain special powers to be conferred upon members of the armed forces in disturbed areas. Section 3 empowers the Governor of a State, the Administrator of a Union territory or the Central Government to declare the whole or a part of the State or Union territory a disturbed area where it is of opinion that it is in such a disturbed or dangerous condition that the use of armed forces in aid of the civil power is necessary. Section 4 confers on any commissioned officer, warrant officer, non commissioned officer or person of equivalent rank the powers to fire even to the causing of death, to destroy shelters and training camps, to arrest without warrant, and to enter and search without warrant. Section 5 requires an arrested person to be made over to the nearest police station with the least possible delay, and section 6 bars prosecution, suit or other legal proceeding except with the previous sanction of the Central Government.
The whole Act, section by section
Section 1: extent. The Act extends to the whole of the States of Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura. It began in 1958 as the Armed Forces (Assam and Manipur) Special Powers Act and was renamed and extended by Act 7 of 1972.
A separate Act of 1990 applies to Jammu and Kashmir, and is not this Act. A student should not confuse them.
Section 2: definitions.Armed forces means the military forces and the air forces operating as land forces, and includes any other armed forces of the Union so operating. Disturbed area means an area for the time being declared under section 3 to be a disturbed area.
Notice that the definition of armed forces does not include the State police. The Act is about the army acting in aid of the civil power, which is why Entry 2A of the Union List and article 355 lie behind it.
Section 3: the declaration. If, in relation to any State or Union territory to which the Act extends, the Governor, the Administrator or the Central Government is of the opinion that the whole or any part of it is in such a disturbed or dangerous condition that the use of armed forces in aid of the civil power is necessary, that authority may by notification in the Gazette declare the whole or such part to be a disturbed area.
Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
The Act is valid, but the army must use minimal force, hand the arrested person over in time to reach a magistrate within twenty four hours, and obey its own do's and don'ts, which are now binding.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India, AIR 1998 SC 431, a Constitution Bench of five judges upheld the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 as within the legislative competence of Parliament under Entry 2A of List I, held that section 3 confers no arbitrary power and that a declaration must be for a limited duration with periodic review before the expiry of six months, held that the powers under section 4 and section 5 are not violative of articles 14, 19 or 21, directed that only minimal force be used, that an arrested person be handed over so that he can be produced before a magistrate within twenty four hours, and that the instructions in the list of do's and don'ts issued by the army authorities are binding, disregard of which entails action under the Army Act 1950.
The case
Facts. A group of appeals and writ petitions, including appeals from the Delhi High Court and the Gauhati High Court, challenged the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 and the corresponding State Act of Assam. The grounds were that Parliament lacked competence because the Act is in respect of public order under Entry 1 of List II; that it is a colourable device to achieve what a Proclamation under article 352 or article 356 would achieve without making one; that section 3 confers an arbitrary and unguided power; that the powers in section 4, exercisable by a non commissioned officer, violate articles 14, 19 and 21; and that section 6 confers an arbitrary discretion to refuse sanction.
Held. The Act was upheld, in twenty six numbered conclusions.
The conclusions, grouped for an answer
Competence and the meaning of aid of the civil power
Parliament was competent under Entry 2 of List I and article 248 read with Entry 97 of List I, and after the insertion of Entry 2A in List I by the 42nd Amendment the power flows from that entry. The Act is not a law in respect of the maintenance of public order falling under Entry 1 of List II.
The expression in aid of the civil power in Entry 2A of List I and Entry 1 of List II implies that deployment shall be for the purpose of enabling the civil power in the State to deal with the situation affecting the maintenance of public order which necessitated the deployment.
Because the ordinary safeguards of the criminal law are removed one by one, and because the removal is justified by an emergency that the statute then outlasts.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: exceptional legislation of the TADA and POTA type is called draconian because it departs from six settled features of the ordinary criminal process: it creates offences in vague and wide terms; it makes a confession to a police officer admissible; it reverses the burden of proof by presumptions; it makes bail practically unobtainable and extends remand; it tries the accused in a special court with restricted appeal and, in some statutes, in camera; and it protects the officers who apply it by requiring sanction before prosecution. The criticism is not that any one of these is unknown to Indian law, but that they occur together, that the statutes are applied far beyond the emergency that justified them, and that the persons affected are overwhelmingly acquitted after long periods in custody.
Where the word comes from
Draco was the Athenian legislator whose code was remembered for prescribing death for trivial offences. The word therefore properly means disproportionate severity, and a student who uses it should be able to say what the disproportion consists of. Applied to these statutes it is used more loosely, to mean severity together with the removal of protections, and an answer should make that distinction rather than repeat the label.
The six departures, and what each removes
1. The offence is defined widely. TADA's disruptive activity in section 4(2) reached any action by speech which questioned the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India. The Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act's definition of a terrorist act now covers acts likely to threaten economic security, and counterfeiting currency. What is removed is the ordinary requirement that a citizen be able to know in advance what is forbidden.
2. A confession to a police officer is admissible. Sections 25 and 26 of the Evidence Act, which exclude confessions to the police and confessions in police custody, are among the oldest protections in Indian law and exist because of what happens in custody. TADA's section 15, POTA's section 32 and section 18 of the Maharashtra Act each set them aside. What is removed is the protection against a confession being manufactured.
3. Presumptions of guilt. TADA's section 21 required the Designated Court to presume guilt on recovery of arms, on fingerprints, on a confession by a co-accused, or on a confession to a person other than a police officer. What is removed is the presumption of innocence at the trial.
4. Bail and remand. TADA's section 20(8), POTA's section 49(7) and section 43D(5) of the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act each make bail turn on a finding about the merits, and each statute extends the period of investigation before a charge sheet, to one year under TADA and to one hundred and eighty days under the later Acts. What is removed is interim liberty.
Exceptional Legislation and the Rule of Law: An Assessment
Syllabus topic 3, "Exceptional Legislation"
❧
In one line
A State can keep the rule of law while using exceptional powers, but only if the exception is authorised by law, limited in time, controlled by courts, and answerable afterwards.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: exceptional legislation is compatible with the rule of law where four conditions are satisfied: the power is conferred by a law of general application and not by executive fiat; the law states the conditions of its own use and is limited in duration; its exercise is subject to independent adjudication which cannot be ousted; and the officers who exercise it are answerable for excess. Indian exceptional legislation satisfies the first and third conditions well, the fourth partly, and the second badly, which is where the criticism of it properly bites.
Restating the standard
The rule of law was set out in [Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings] and [Rule of Law: The Modern Formulations], and the parts of it that bear on this question are four.
Nobody may be made to suffer except for a distinct breach of law established before the ordinary courts. That is Dicey's first limb, and preventive detention contradicts it outright.
The law must be general, prospective, clear and stable, and the courts must be accessible, in the modern formulations.
In the Indian Constitution the rule of law is not a preamble word but a structural one, as [Rule of Law in the Indian Constitution] shows, running through article 14, article 21, article 265, article 300A and the basic structure.
Rule by law is not the rule of law, as [Rule by Law, and Why the Difference Decides This Paper] shows. A statute conferring an arbitrary power is still a statute, and the question is always whether the law does more than authorise.
The four conditions, tested against the Indian statutes
First: the power must be conferred by law
Indian exceptional legislation satisfies this. Every statute in this module is an Act of Parliament or of a State Legislature, passed in the ordinary way, published, and open to challenge. There is no Indian analogue of a power exercised without statutory basis.
Two consequences follow that are worth stating. Because the power is statutory, its limits are readable and enforceable: an officer acting outside a declared disturbed area has no power at all. And because it is statutory, Parliament can be asked to justify it, which is what the Commission's Opinion in [TADA in Practice, and the NHRC's Comments] does.
Second: the exception must be limited in time and scope
This is where the Indian record is weakest, and an assessment should say so plainly.
Time. TADA's two years became eight. POTA's three years became two, but its substance became permanent in 2004. The statute now in force has no sunset clause. AFSPA has been in force since 1958, its declarations renewed at six month intervals under a judicial direction rather than a statutory one.
Civil liberties are the freedoms a person has against his own State, and the emergency question is what happens to them when the State says it is in danger.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: civil liberties are the freedoms of the individual which the State may not invade, chiefly liberty of the person, freedom of speech and expression, freedom of assembly and association, freedom of movement, freedom of conscience, and the procedural protections that surround arrest and trial. In India they are given the form of fundamental rights in Part III, principally by articles 19, 21 and 22, and are enforceable under articles 32 and 226. They differ from human rights in that human rights are claimed by virtue of being human and civil liberties are claimed against a particular State under its own law, and they differ from fundamental rights in that a fundamental right is a civil liberty which a written constitution has entrenched and made enforceable.
The three terms, kept apart
Students lose marks by using the three words interchangeably. The distinctions are not verbal.
Human rights are asserted as belonging to every person by virtue of being human, independently of any State's recognition. Their sources are moral and international: the Universal Declaration of 1948, the two Covenants of 1966, and in Indian law the definition in the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, which defines them as the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforceable by courts in India.
Civil liberties are the freedoms an individual enjoys against his own State, secured by that State's law. The term is English in origin and describes a relationship between subject and Crown, not between person and humanity.
Fundamental rights are civil liberties that a written constitution has listed, entrenched against ordinary legislation, and made enforceable by a court. Part III is the Indian instance.
The three overlap almost entirely in their content and differ entirely in their source, and the difference in source is what decides the emergency question. A human right is not affected by a proclamation, because it does not come from the Constitution. A fundamental right may be suspended in its enforcement, because it does. A civil liberty in the English sense may simply be legislated away, because Parliament is sovereign.
That is the whole of [Civil Liberties in England] in one sentence, and it is the reason MU asks for the comparison.
The Indian content: articles 19, 21 and 22
Article 19 confers on citizens the freedoms of speech and expression; assembly peaceably and without arms; association or unions or cooperative societies; movement throughout the territory of India; residence and settlement; and practice of any profession or carrying on of any occupation, trade or business. Each is subject to reasonable restrictions on the grounds in clauses (2) to (6), and the grounds include the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, and public order, which is where the vocabulary of Module I enters the freedoms.
In England a person is free to do anything the law has not forbidden, and the whole protection lies in the courts and in the difficulty of getting Parliament to forbid it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: civil liberties in England rest not on a written guarantee but on the residual principle that a person may do anything which the law does not prohibit, on the sovereignty of Parliament, and on the ordinary courts in which any interference with liberty must be justified by pointing to a specific legal authority. Dicey described this as the second and third meanings of the rule of law: equality before the ordinary law administered by the ordinary courts, and a constitution which is the result rather than the source of the rights of individuals. Since the Human Rights Act 1998 the position has changed in form, the rights of the European Convention having been made enforceable in domestic courts, but the sovereignty of Parliament survives, since the courts may declare legislation incompatible with those rights but may not invalidate it.
The residual conception
The organising idea is negative. There is no list of what a person may do; there is a list of what he may not, and the residue is his liberty. Freedom of speech in England was traditionally described not as a right to speak but as the absence of any law forbidding the particular speech; freedom of assembly as the liberty of a number of persons to do together what each may lawfully do alone.
Two consequences follow, and an answer should give both.
The protection is strong against officials. An official who interferes with a person must point to positive legal authority for what he did, and if he cannot, he is a trespasser and is liable in the ordinary courts like anyone else. That is Dicey's second meaning of the rule of law, worked in [Rule of Law: Dicey's Three Meanings], and it is the strongest thing in the English system.
The protection is weak against Parliament. If Parliament forbids the speech, the liberty ends, and no court can say otherwise. There is nothing above the statute.
Parliamentary sovereignty, and what it means for liberty
Dicey's account is that Parliament has the right to make or unmake any law whatever, and that no person or body has a right to override or set aside its legislation. Applied to civil liberties this means there is no constitutional guarantee that a court can enforce against an Act, and it explains why English constitutional writing about liberty is largely about the courts' interpretation of statutes rather than about their validity.
The compensating doctrine is the principle of legality: the courts presume that Parliament did not intend to abrogate fundamental rights unless it said so in clear words. A general power is read narrowly where liberty is at stake. That principle does the work in England that judicial review of legislation does in India, and it is weaker, because it yields to clear words.
Habeas Corpus in England, and the Wartime Detention Cases
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
The writ requires the gaoler to produce the body and justify the detention, and its weakness is that where a statute makes a Minister's own belief the justification, there is nothing left to test.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: habeas corpus is the writ by which a court requires the person detaining another to produce him and to show the legal authority for the detention, and it is the principal English protection of personal liberty. Its efficacy depends on the substantive law: where Parliament authorises detention on the subjective satisfaction of a Minister, the return to the writ is satisfied by producing the order, and the courts have historically declined to examine the grounds. That was the effect of the decisions of the House of Lords in the two world wars, and the classic protest against it is the dissent of Lord Atkin, who said that amid the clash of arms the laws are not silent, that they may be changed but speak the same language in war as in peace, and that judges should not show themselves more executive minded than the executive.
What the writ is
Habeas corpus ad subjiciendum is a command to the person having custody of another to produce him before the court together with the cause of his detention, so that the court may examine whether the cause is lawful.
Four features are examinable, and each has an Indian counterpart worked in [Habeas Corpus in India].
It is a writ of right, not of course. The applicant must make out a prima facie case, but once he does, the writ issues as of right and the court does not weigh the merits of granting it.
It tests legality, not merits. The question is whether the detention is authorised by law, not whether it was wise.
The burden is on the detainer. The return must disclose the authority. Detention is unlawful until justified.
Anybody may apply. A friend or relative may move on behalf of a person who cannot, because the person detained is by definition not free to come to court.
Its history in one paragraph
The writ predates any statute. It was regulated by the Habeas Corpus Act 1679, passed after abuses in which prisoners were moved between gaols and out of the jurisdiction to defeat it, and again by the Habeas Corpus Act 1816, which extended it to detentions by private persons and allowed the court to examine the truth of the facts in the return in non criminal cases. Blackstone, whom ADM Jabalpur quotes, called the confinement of the person by secretly hurrying him to gaol a less public and therefore a more dangerous engine of arbitrary government than open violence, and said that the happiness of the English constitution was that this was not left to the executive power.
England detained foreign terrorist suspects without trial after 2001, and its highest court held that the scheme was disproportionate and discriminatory, whereupon Parliament repealed it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: after the attacks of September 2001 the United Kingdom derogated from article 5 of the European Convention on Human Rights and enacted Part 4 of the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001, under which the Secretary of State could certify a non national as a suspected international terrorist and detain him indefinitely although his deportation was impossible. On 16 December 2004 the House of Lords held that the scheme was incompatible with articles 5 and 14 of the Convention and made a declaration of incompatibility under section 4 of the Human Rights Act 1998. The declaration was not binding, but the Government announced the repeal of Part 4, the detainees were released in March 2005 and made subject to control orders, and the derogation was withdrawn. The European Court of Human Rights reached the same conclusion in 2009 and awarded damages.
The statute
Part 4 of the 2001 Act was headed Immigration and Asylum, which is itself the flaw the courts fastened on.
Section 21(1). The Secretary of State may issue a certificate in respect of a person if he reasonably believes that the person's presence in the United Kingdom is a risk to national security and suspects that the person is a terrorist.
Section 21(2) to (4). Terrorist means a person who is or has been concerned in the commission, preparation or instigation of acts of international terrorism, is a member of or belongs to an international terrorist group, or has links with such a group; a group is an international terrorist group if it is subject to the control or influence of persons outside the United Kingdom and the Secretary of State suspects that it is concerned in such acts; and a person has links with such a group only if he supports or assists it.
Section 21(8) and (9). A decision in connection with certification may be questioned in legal proceedings only under sections 25 or 26, that is before the Special Immigration Appeals Commission.
Section 23(1). A suspected international terrorist may be detained under the specified immigration provisions despite the fact that his removal or departure from the United Kingdom is prevented, whether temporarily or indefinitely, by a point of law relating to an international agreement or by a practical consideration.
Section 23 is the whole of the mischief. Immigration detention is ordinarily lawful only while removal is being pursued. This section authorised it precisely where removal could not happen, which converts a power to hold pending deportation into a power to hold indefinitely.
Civil Liberties Under Pre-Independence Law in India
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
There was no bill of rights, Parliament at Westminster was sovereign over India, and detention without trial existed from 1818 onwards as an ordinary power of government.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: before the Constitution came into force there was no enforceable guarantee of civil liberties in India. The Government of India Acts of 1919 and 1935 distributed legislative and executive power but contained no bill of rights, so no court could hold a statute void for infringing liberty. Detention without trial was provided for by Bengal Regulation III of 1818 and its Bombay and Madras counterparts, by the Defence of India Acts of 1915 and 1939 and the rules and ordinances made under them, and by the Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes Act 1919, commonly called the Rowlatt Act. Such protection as existed was procedural: the writ of habeas corpus in the Presidency High Courts, and the ordinary criminal law, and both operated only within the limits the legislature had left.
Why there was no guarantee
Because the constitutional theory was the English one. The Government of India was a government under statute, and the statutes were Acts of the Imperial Parliament, which was sovereign. A court in India could ask whether the Government had acted within the powers a statute gave it; it could not ask whether the statute was itself compatible with liberty, because there was nothing to measure it against.
A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27, makes the contrast explicitly, and its account is worth taking from a judgment rather than from a textbook. The scheme of the new Constitution, the Court said, followed the pattern of the Government of India Act 1935, which was the previous Constitution of the Government of India; and Part III of the Constitution is an important innovation, together with article 13, by which all laws in force immediately before the commencement of the Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with Part III, are void to the extent of the inconsistency.
Two words in that passage carry the whole chapter. Part III was an innovation. There had been nothing like it.
Bengal Regulation III of 1818
The oldest of the Indian detention laws, made by the Governor General in Council, and the ancestor of everything in Module I.
Its scheme was that where reasons of State embracing the due maintenance of the alliances formed by the British Government with foreign powers, the preservation of tranquillity in the territories of native princes, and the security of the British dominions from foreign hostility and internal commotion, required that a person be placed under personal restraint without any immediate ground for a judicial proceeding, the Governor General in Council might order his confinement. The person so confined was a State prisoner.
A statute that let the State try political offences without a jury, without an appeal, and detain suspects without trial, and which was never used because the protest against it changed the country.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes Act 1919, universally called the Rowlatt Act after the chairman of the committee whose report preceded it, was enacted to continue in peacetime the exceptional powers that the Defence of India Act 1915 had created for the war. It provided for the trial of scheduled political offences by a special court of three judges of a High Court sitting without a jury and with no appeal, and it empowered provincial governments to require suspected persons to furnish security, to notify their residence, to abstain from specified acts, and to be confined in a specified place. It was passed against the unanimous opposition of the Indian members of the Imperial Legislative Council, the protest against it culminated in the events in Punjab in April 1919, and it was repealed in 1922 without ever having been used.
Where it came from
The Defence of India Act 1915 had given the Government wide powers for the duration of the war, including detention without trial. As the war ended those powers were due to lapse, and the Government appointed a committee, chaired by an English judge, Mr Justice Sidney Rowlatt, to examine the nature and extent of revolutionary conspiracies in India and to advise what legislation was necessary to deal with them.
The Committee reported that conspiracies existed and that the ordinary law was inadequate to meet them, chiefly because witnesses would not testify and because the ordinary rules of evidence and of trial by jury made convictions difficult. It recommended a permanent statute conferring, in defined circumstances, the powers the war legislation had given.
Notice the reasoning, because it is the reasoning of the whole of Module II. The ordinary law cannot secure convictions; therefore the ordinary law must be modified. That argument was answered by the National Human Rights Commission in 2000 in almost the terms it deserved, as [TADA in Practice, and the NHRC's Comments] shows, and it was made first here.
What the Act provided
Two parts, and an answer should keep them separate because the criticisms differ.
The trial provisions. Certain scheduled offences, essentially the political offences, could be directed to be tried by a special court of three judges of a High Court, sitting without a jury and with no right of appeal, the court being empowered to depart from the ordinary rules of evidence and to sit in camera.
The executive provisions. Where the provincial government was satisfied that a person was connected with a revolutionary movement, it could require him to furnish security for good behaviour, to notify his residence and any change of it, to report himself to the police, to abstain from specified acts, and, in the gravest case, to reside in a particular place, which is confinement.
The Position of Pre-Independence Laws Under the Constitution
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
Everything on the statute book on 25 January 1950 was still on it the next day, subject to the Constitution, and the President was given three years to make the old laws read properly.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 395 repealed the Indian Independence Act 1947 and the Government of India Act 1935 with the enactments amending or supplementing it, but not the Abolition of Privy Council Jurisdiction Act 1949. Article 372(1) provides that notwithstanding that repeal, but subject to the other provisions of the Constitution, all the law in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of the Constitution shall continue in force until altered or repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other competent authority. Article 372(2) empowered the President, for the purpose of bringing such laws into accord with the Constitution, to make adaptations and modifications by order, and provided that such an adaptation shall not be questioned in any court of law; and article 372(3) limited that power to three years from the commencement. Article 372A conferred a similar power in relation to the Seventh Amendment of 1956, exercisable by order made before 1 November 1957.
Why the provision was necessary
Because a constitution that repealed the previous constitution without more would have left the country with no law at all. The Penal Code, the Codes of Procedure, the Evidence Act, the Contract Act, the Transfer of Property Act, the whole revenue and land law, and the detention laws described in [Civil Liberties Under Pre-Independence Law in India] were all pre-constitutional. Article 372 preserves them.
The drafting is careful and an answer should notice the three parts of clause (1).
Notwithstanding the repeal by this Constitution of the enactments referred to in article 395. The repeal of the parent constitutional statute does not carry away the laws made under it.
But subject to the other provisions of this Constitution. This is the qualification that matters for this paper. The continued law takes effect subject to everything else in the Constitution, which includes Part III, so a continued law inconsistent with a fundamental right does not survive intact.
Until altered or repealed or amended by a competent Legislature or other competent authority. The continued law has no special status. It is ordinary law and can be changed by whoever now has power over that subject.
What "law in force" covers
Explanation I to article 372 provides that the expression includes a law passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement and not previously repealed, notwithstanding that it or parts of it may not be then in operation either at all or in particular areas.
A pre-constitutional law inconsistent with a fundamental right is not dead but overshadowed, and it revives if the shadow is removed.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 13(1) provides that all laws in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of the Constitution shall, in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of Part III, be void to the extent of such inconsistency. Article 13(2) forbids the State to make any law taking away or abridging the rights conferred by Part III and makes any such law void to the extent of the contravention. Article 13(1) is not retrospective, so an act done before the commencement remains punishable in principle, and it does not wipe out the inconsistent law entirely: such a law remains operative for past transactions and against persons who cannot claim the fundamental right, and it is merely eclipsed, so that if the inconsistency is later removed by a constitutional amendment the law revives and operates again from the date of the amendment.
The text
Clause (1) deals with pre-constitutional laws: all laws in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement, in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of Part III, shall to the extent of such inconsistency be void.
Clause (2) deals with post-constitutional laws: the State shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by Part III, and any law made in contravention of this clause shall to the extent of the contravention be void.
Clause (3) defines the terms. Law includes any Ordinance, order, bye law, rule, regulation, notification, custom or usage having the force of law in the territory of India. Laws in force includes laws passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority before the commencement and not previously repealed, notwithstanding that any such law or part of it may not then be in operation either at all or in particular areas.
Clause (4), inserted by the 24th Amendment in 1971, provides that nothing in the article applies to any amendment of the Constitution made under article 368.
Two things to notice at once. The words to the extent of appear in both operative clauses, which is where severability and eclipse come from. And clause (3)(a) makes the article apply to subordinate legislation, orders and even custom, so a detention order or a rule made under a detention statute is itself law for this purpose.
The first question: is article 13(1) retrospective?
Keshavan Madhava Menon v. State of Bombay, AIR 1951 SC 128.
Facts. A pamphlet was published in September 1949. The Bombay authorities treated it as a news sheet within the Indian Press (Emergency Powers) Act 1931, published without the authority required by section 15(1), and prosecuted the petitioner under section 18(1). The prosecution was pending when the Constitution came into force on 26 January 1950, and the petitioner contended that the definition of news sheet and sections 15 and 18 were void in view of article 19(1)(a), so that the prosecution could not go on.
Part XVIII provides for a national emergency, for President's rule in a State, and for a financial emergency, and only the first touches fundamental rights.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part XVIII of the Constitution, headed Emergency Provisions, contains three distinct emergencies. Article 352 provides for a Proclamation of Emergency where the security of India or of any part of its territory is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion. Article 356 provides for a Proclamation where the President is satisfied that the government of a State cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution. Article 360 provides for a declaration of financial emergency where the financial stability or credit of India or of any part of its territory is threatened. Articles 358 and 359, which affect fundamental rights, operate only in relation to an emergency under article 352.
The three emergencies, side by side
Article 352
Article 356
Article 360
Common name
national emergency
President's rule
financial emergency
Ground
security of India threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion
government of a State cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution
financial stability or credit of India threatened
Who is affected
the whole country or a specified part
one State
the whole country
Effect on fundamental rights
art 358 suspends art 19; art 359 permits suspension of remedies
none
none
Effect on legislatures
Parliament may legislate on State subjects under art 250; the life of the House and of Assemblies may be extended
the State Assembly may be dissolved or suspended and Parliament legislates for the State
none
Approval
both Houses, by a special majority, within one month
both Houses, by simple majority, within two months
both Houses within two months
Duration
six months at a time
six months at a time, up to three years subject to conditions
until revoked
Times used
three: 1962, 1971 and 1975
very many
never
The last row is a fact worth knowing and worth stating. A financial emergency has never been declared in India. The article 352 emergency has been proclaimed three times, dealt with in [The Three Proclamations: 1962, 1971 and 1975].
What each article does
Article 352. The Proclamation itself: who makes it, on what satisfaction, on whose advice, for how long, and how it is approved and revoked.
Article 353. The effect of a Proclamation on the executive and legislative powers of the Union.
Article 354. The power of the President to modify the provisions on the distribution of revenues while a Proclamation is in operation.
Article 355. The duty of the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance, and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the Constitution. This is not itself an emergency provision; it is the duty from which the powers in articles 356 and, indirectly, the deployment provisions worked in [Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India] are drawn.
The President proclaims, on the written decision of the Cabinet, for one month unless both Houses approve by a special majority, and then for six months at a time.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 352(1) empowers the President, if satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of its territory is threatened, whether by war or external aggression or armed rebellion, to make a declaration to that effect by Proclamation in respect of the whole of India or of a specified part. The Explanation permits such a Proclamation before the actual occurrence of war, aggression or rebellion if the President is satisfied that there is imminent danger of it. Clause (3) requires the decision of the Union Cabinet that such a Proclamation may be issued to be communicated to the President in writing. Clause (4) requires the Proclamation to be laid before each House and makes it cease to operate at the expiration of one month unless approved by resolutions of both Houses, and clause (5) limits an approved Proclamation to six months at a time. Clause (6) requires those resolutions to be passed by a majority of the total membership of the House and by not less than two thirds of the members present and voting. Clauses (7) and (8) provide for revocation on a resolution of the House of the People.
Clause (1): the power
Who. The President.
On what. Satisfaction that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of the territory of India is threatened.
By what. War, external aggression, or armed rebellion. The last was substituted for internal disturbance by the 44th Amendment with effect from 20 June 1979, and the change is the single most important amendment in this Part.
Where. In respect of the whole of India or of such part of the territory as may be specified, those words having been inserted by the 42nd Amendment in 1976.
The Explanation. A Proclamation may be made before the actual occurrence of war, aggression or rebellion if the President is satisfied that there is imminent danger of it. This was inserted by the 44th Amendment, which is worth noticing because that amendment is otherwise a restricting one: it tightened the grounds and simultaneously made clear that anticipation is permitted.
Clause (2): variation and revocation
A Proclamation may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Proclamation. So the ground may be changed without a fresh start, and the emergency may be ended by the President at any time.
Clause (3): the Cabinet's written decision
The President shall not issue a Proclamation, or a Proclamation varying one, unless the decision of the Union Cabinet that such a Proclamation may be issued has been communicated to him in writing; and the clause defines the Union Cabinet as the Council consisting of the Prime Minister and other Ministers of Cabinet rank appointed under article 75.
The Grounds, and the Safeguards the 44th Amendment Added
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
Every safeguard in article 352 today was written against something that happened between 1975 and 1977.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 recast article 352 in five ways. It substituted armed rebellion for internal disturbance as the third ground, so that a domestic political situation short of rebellion can no longer found a Proclamation. It required the decision of the Union Cabinet that a Proclamation may be issued to be communicated to the President in writing. It reduced the period for which an unapproved Proclamation may run to one month and limited an approved Proclamation to six months at a time. It required approval by a majority of the total membership of each House and by two thirds of the members present and voting. And it gave the House of the People power to compel revocation, with a right in one tenth of its members to compel a special sitting within fourteen days.
The grounds, before and after
Before 1979. War, external aggression or internal disturbance.
After 1979. War, external aggression or armed rebellion.
The words matter and an examiner will expect the distinction to be argued rather than asserted.
Internal disturbance is an ordinary phrase of wide reach. It appears in article 355, where the Union's duty is to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance, and in that context it must cover anything from a serious riot upwards. Any large disorder is an internal disturbance.
Armed rebellion is narrow in three ways. It requires arms; it requires rebellion, which is organised resistance to the authority of the State rather than disorder; and, being a term of art, it is capable of being tested against facts in a way that internal disturbance is not.
The change is therefore not cosmetic. In 1975 the Proclamation recited internal disturbance, and the situation it recited was a political and law and order crisis. On the present wording that recital would not do, and the Government would have to assert an armed rebellion, which is a much harder thing to assert.
A student should also notice what did not change. Article 355 still says internal disturbance, because the Union's duty to protect a State is wider than the ground for a national emergency, and the deployment of armed forces in aid of the civil power under AFSPA rests on that wider duty and not on article 352.
The five safeguards, with the abuse each answers
This table is the answer to MU's question in its most compressed form, and a full answer expands each row into a paragraph.
Safeguard
Provision
What it answers
Armed rebellion replaces internal disturbance
352(1)
the 1975 recital of internal disturbance for a political crisis
Cabinet decision in writing
352(3)
the Proclamation of 25 June 1975 issued on the Prime Minister's advice alone
One month, then six months at a time
352(4) and (5)
an emergency continued for twenty one months
Total membership majority plus two thirds present and voting
352(6)
approval by an ordinary majority of a House
Revocation by the House of the People, and one tenth may compel a sitting
352(7) and (8)
the absence of any means by which the House could end it
A Proclamation lets the Union direct any State, lets Parliament legislate on State subjects, lets the President rearrange the sharing of revenues, and lets the life of every legislature be extended a year at a time.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, article 353 extends the executive power of the Union to the giving of directions to any State as to the manner in which its executive power is to be exercised, and enlarges the power of Parliament to confer powers and impose duties on the Union and its officers in respect of matters not in the Union List. Article 250 empowers Parliament to make laws for the whole or any part of India with respect to any of the matters in the State List. Article 354 empowers the President to direct that the provisions on the distribution of revenues in articles 268 to 279 shall have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as he thinks fit. And the provisos to articles 83(2) and 172(1) permit Parliament by law to extend the life of the House of the People and of a State Legislative Assembly by not more than one year at a time and not beyond six months after the Proclamation ceases.
Article 353: the executive and legislative effect
Clause (a). Notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of directions to any State as to the manner in which its executive power is to be exercised.
Ordinarily, article 256 and article 257 permit directions only for limited purposes. Under a Proclamation the Union may direct a State on any matter within its executive power, which is the single largest change a Proclamation makes to the structure of the federation.
Clause (b). The power of Parliament to make laws with respect to any matter shall include power to make laws conferring powers and imposing duties, or authorising the conferring of powers and the imposition of duties, upon the Union or officers and authorities of the Union as respects that matter, notwithstanding that it is one not enumerated in the Union List.
That is narrower than clause (a) and is often misread. It does not give Parliament the power to legislate on State subjects; that is article 250. What it does is let Parliament, when legislating, confer functions on Union officers even in a field that is not the Union's.
The proviso, added in 1976, deals with a Proclamation in operation in only part of India. The Union's power to direct under clause (a) and Parliament's power under clause (b) extend also to a State outside the emergency area if and in so far as the security of India or any part of its territory is threatened by activities in or in relation to the area where the Proclamation is in operation.
President's Rule and Financial Emergency, in Outline
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
President's rule replaces a State Government and never touches a fundamental right; a financial emergency has never been declared.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 355 imposes on the Union the duty to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. Article 356 empowers the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor or otherwise, if satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government of a State cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution, to assume the functions of the State Government, to declare that the powers of the State Legislature shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament, and to make incidental provisions, but not to assume the powers of a High Court. Article 357 provides for the exercise of the State's legislative powers in that event. Article 360 empowers a declaration of financial emergency where the financial stability or credit of India is threatened, and no such declaration has ever been made.
Article 355: the duty that underlies both
It shall be the duty of the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
Three uses of this article are examinable.
It is the source of the power in article 356. The duty to ensure constitutional government in a State is what justifies displacing a State Government that cannot provide it.
It is the constitutional footing for deployment. The Union's duty to protect a State against internal disturbance is what makes the deployment of the armed forces in aid of the civil power a Union function, which connects it to [The Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958] and to Entry 2A of List I.
It survived the 44th Amendment unchanged. Internal disturbance remains the language of article 355 even though it was removed from article 352, which is the point made in [The Grounds, and the Safeguards the 44th Amendment Added].
Article 356: the machinery
Clause (1). If the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, he may by Proclamation:
(a) assume to himself all or any of the functions of the Government of the State and all or any of the powers vested in or exercisable by the Governor or any body or authority in the State other than the Legislature of the State;
Three Proclamations under article 352 in seventy six years: China in 1962, Pakistan in 1971, and internal disturbance in 1975, the last two ending together in March 1977.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: a Proclamation of Emergency has been issued three times. The first was in October 1962, on the ground of external aggression, during the conflict with China, and it was revoked in January 1968. The second was on 3 December 1971, on the ground of external aggression, during the conflict with Pakistan. The third was on 25 June 1975, on the ground that a grave emergency existed whereby the security of India was threatened by internal disturbance, and it was issued while the Proclamation of 1971 was still in force. Both the 1971 and the 1975 Proclamations were revoked in March 1977.
The first: 1962
Ground. External aggression, the Chinese action on the northern frontier.
Instrument. The Defence of India Act 1962 and the Defence of India Rules made under it, which provided for preventive detention.
The Presidential order. An order under article 359(1) suspended the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 21 and 22, and this book takes three features of it from the analysis in ADM Jabalpur, where the two orders are compared.
The 1962 order did not mention article 14.
The 1962 order expressly hedged the suspension with a condition: as regards deprivations covered by articles 21 and 22, the detenu had to have been deprived of his rights under the Defence of India Act 1962 or any rule or order made thereunder. The courts were therefore under a duty to see whether a deprivation satisfied that condition, and could adjudicate whether a detention was in truth under the Act or a rule made under it.
The 1962 order made no mention of pending proceedings.
End. The Proclamation continued after hostilities ceased and was revoked in January 1968, more than five years after it was issued. That fact is worth stating, because it is the first illustration of the objection that an emergency outlasts its occasion, and it is one of the reasons the 44th Amendment imposed the six month renewal.
The second: 3 December 1971
Ground. External aggression, the conflict with Pakistan.
Its importance. It was still in force in June 1975. Every question about the 1975 Emergency turns on the fact that two Proclamations were simultaneously in operation, one on the ground of external aggression and one on the ground of internal disturbance.
That is why article 358 operated throughout, since it then attached to any Proclamation and, on its present wording, would have attached to the 1971 one on the ground of external aggression in any event. And it is why clause (9) of article 352, permitting different Proclamations on different grounds whether or not one is already in operation, was inserted by the 38th Amendment with retrospective effect in 1975.
A second Proclamation on the ground of internal disturbance, an unconditional order suspending the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22, a detention statute amended to withhold the grounds, and a constitutional amendment that tried to put the whole thing beyond the courts.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Proclamation of 25 June 1975 was made on the ground that a grave emergency existed whereby the security of India was threatened by internal disturbance, while the Proclamation of 3 December 1971 on the ground of external aggression was still in force. On 27 June 1975 the President made an order under article 359(1) suspending the right of any person, including a foreigner, to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22 and suspending all pending proceedings for their enforcement. The Maintenance of Internal Security Act 1971 was amended to insert section 16A, which withheld the grounds of detention and barred their disclosure. The Constitution (Thirty-eighth Amendment) Act 1975 made the President's satisfaction final and conclusive; the Thirty-ninth Amendment placed certain election disputes beyond the courts; and the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976 made extensive changes including the addition of Part XIVA on tribunals and amendments to article 368.
The legal steps, in order
An answer is much stronger if it gives the sequence, because each step depends on the one before.
1. The Proclamation, 25 June 1975. Under article 352, on the ground of internal disturbance, made while the 1971 Proclamation was in force.
2. The order of 27 June 1975. Under article 359(1), suspending the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22 for any person including a foreigner, and suspending all pending proceedings. Extended to Jammu and Kashmir on 29 June, and its last paragraph omitted on 25 September 1975.
3. The amendment of the detention statute. Ordinances, replaced by the Maintenance of Internal Security (Amendment) Act 1975, inserting section 16A and a new section 18, with deemed effect from 25 and 29 June 1975.
4. The constitutional amendments. The 38th in 1975, the 39th in 1975, and the 42nd in 1976.
5. The extension of the legislature. The life of the House of the People was extended under the proviso to article 83(2), which is what a Proclamation makes possible, as [What a Proclamation Switches On] explains.
Section 16A, and why it mattered
The device that made the Presidential order effective in practice was not constitutional but statutory.
Section 16A of the Maintenance of Internal Security Act provided, in substance, that where a person was detained under that Act in the circumstances the section specified, the grounds on which the order was made and the information and materials on which those grounds were based were to be treated as confidential and deemed to refer to matters of State, and were not to be disclosed to any person or authority or in any court.
While an emergency on the ground of war or external aggression is in operation, article 19 stops restricting what the State may do, and a law made under that freedom dies when the emergency ends.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 358(1) provides that while a Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or of any part of the territory is threatened by war or by external aggression is in operation, nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State as defined in Part III to make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take; but any law so made shall, to the extent of the incompetency, cease to have effect as soon as the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted to be done before the law so ceases to have effect. Clause (2), inserted by the 44th Amendment, provides that clause (1) shall not apply to a law which does not contain a recital that it is in relation to the Proclamation of Emergency in operation when it is made, or to executive action taken otherwise than under a law containing such a recital.
The text taken apart
While a Proclamation of Emergency declaring that the security of India or any part of the territory thereof is threatened by war or by external aggression is in operation.
Two limits are in those words. The article operates only while the Proclamation is in operation, and it operates only where the ground is war or external aggression. The words confining it to those two grounds were substituted by the 44th Amendment, so that a Proclamation on the ground of armed rebellion does not attract article 358 at all.
Nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State as defined in Part III.
Notice what it does not say. It does not say that article 19 is suspended, though the marginal note uses that word. It says that article 19 shall not restrict the power of the State, and the State is as defined in article 12.
To make any law or to take any executive action which the State would but for the provisions contained in that Part be competent to make or to take.
So the freedom conferred is only from Part III. It is not a freedom from the legislative lists, from article 265, from the requirements of the statute under which an executive act is done, or from anything else. A law made under article 358 must still be within the competence of the legislature that makes it.
The Justiciability of the Suspension of Article 19
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
Nobody suspends article 19, so nothing about the suspension can be challenged; what can be challenged is the Proclamation, the applicability of article 358 to a given law, and any order under article 359.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the question of the justiciability of the suspension of article 19 has to be broken into three. First, whether the Proclamation of Emergency itself may be reviewed, which is now answered by the removal of the non-justiciability clause by the 44th Amendment and by the reasoning applied to article 356 in S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918. Second, whether a court may decide that article 358 does not apply to a particular law or executive action, which it plainly may, since the article is conditioned on the ground of the Proclamation and, since 1978, on a recital. Third, whether a Presidential order under article 359 may be reviewed, which is a different question again. Article 358 itself, being automatic, involves no decision by any authority and therefore presents nothing to review.
Correcting the premise
Article 358 does not say that anyone may suspend article 19. It says that while a Proclamation of the specified kind is in operation, nothing in article 19 shall restrict the power of the State. The suspension, if it is to be called that, is the direct operation of a provision of the Constitution on the occurrence of a stated event.
So there is no order, no satisfaction, no discretion and no decision, and consequently nothing that a court could set aside. Asking whether the suspension of article 19 is justiciable is like asking whether the coming into force of an Act on the appointed day is justiciable.
An answer should say this first, and then say what the real questions are. An examiner setting the question in these words is testing whether the candidate knows the difference between articles 358 and 359, and the candidate who simply answers yes or no has failed the test.
The first real question: reviewing the Proclamation
The text. Article 352(1) makes the President's satisfaction the condition, and article 74(1) makes him act on the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers.
The obstacle. Article 74(2): the question whether any, and if so what, advice was tendered by Ministers to the President shall not be inquired into in any court.
The clause that was inserted and removed. The 38th Amendment in 1975 inserted a clause making the President's satisfaction final and conclusive and beyond question in any court on any ground. The 44th Amendment in 1978 removed it, and the same amendment removed the corresponding clauses in articles 356 and 360.
The Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
The amendment that answered the Emergency, provision by provision, and whose most important change to preventive detention was never notified.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978, most of it in force from 20 June 1979, was enacted by the Parliament elected after the Emergency to undo the constitutional changes made during it and to make its repetition harder. It substituted armed rebellion for internal disturbance in article 352, required the Union Cabinet's decision to be communicated to the President in writing, shortened the periods and raised the majorities for approving a Proclamation, and gave the House of the People power to compel revocation. It confined article 358 to Proclamations on the ground of war or external aggression and to laws containing a recital. It removed articles 20 and 21 from the reach of an order under article 359. It removed the clauses inserted by the 38th Amendment making the President's and Governor's satisfaction final and conclusive. It restricted the continuance of President's rule beyond a year. It deleted the right to property from Part III and re-enacted it as article 300A. It inserted article 361A protecting the publication of proceedings of the legislatures. And it amended article 22, which was never brought into force.
The changes, grouped by what they answer
The Proclamation itself, article 352
Armed rebellion for internal disturbance, in clause (1). Answers the recital of 1975.
The Union Cabinet's written decision, clause (3). Answers the Proclamation issued on the Prime Minister's advice alone.
One month unapproved, six months when approved, clauses (4) and (5). Answers an emergency of twenty one months.
Total membership majority and two thirds present and voting, clause (6). Answers approval by an ordinary majority.
Revocation on a resolution of the House of the People, and a special sitting on the notice of one tenth of the members within fourteen days, clauses (7) and (8). Answers the absence of any means by which the House could end it.
The Explanation permitting a Proclamation on imminent danger was also inserted by this amendment, which is the one enlargement it made.
These are worked in [The Grounds, and the Safeguards the 44th Amendment Added].
The fundamental rights, articles 358 and 359
Article 358 confined to war and external aggression, and to laws containing a recital, by the new clause (2). Answers the automatic suspension of article 19 during an emergency proclaimed on a domestic ground.
Articles 20 and 21 excepted from article 359(1) and (1A), so that no Presidential order can ever again suspend the right to move a court for their enforcement. Answers the order of 27 June 1975 and the decision in ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207.
The Need, the Declaration, the Effect and the Consequences
Syllabus topic 4, "Civil Liberties and Emergency"
❧
In one line
Why an emergency power exists, how it is declared, what it does, and what it leaves behind.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the need for emergency provisions arises because a constitution designed for normal times cannot be operated in a crisis that threatens the existence of the State, and because the alternative to a regulated emergency power is an unregulated one. The declaration is governed by article 352, which prescribes the ground, the satisfaction, the Cabinet's written decision, parliamentary approval by a special majority within one month, and continuance in periods of six months. The effect is felt first on the federal structure under articles 353, 250 and 354, then on the life of the legislatures under articles 83(2) and 172(1), then on article 19 under article 358, and then on the enforcement of other rights under article 359. The consequences of the Indian experience of 1975 to 1977 were the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978, the transformation of article 21, and the settled proposition that judicial review cannot be ousted.
I. The need
Four arguments for having such a power, and each has a counter.
The State must be able to survive. A constitution is not a suicide pact, and a State facing invasion cannot fight it with the ordinary law of assault and trespass. The counter: every State that has taken emergency powers has said this, and most have used them against their own citizens rather than against invaders.
Regulated power is better than unregulated power. If the Constitution provides no emergency power, a government facing a genuine emergency will act anyway, and will act without conditions, time limits or parliamentary approval. The counter: providing the power lowers the threshold for using it, and a government that had to act outside the Constitution would face a political reckoning that a government acting under article 352 does not.
The federal structure needs an override. Defence is a Union subject and public order is a State subject, so in a war the Union must be able to reach into a State's field. The counter: article 250 and article 353 are drafted much more widely than that argument requires.
The framers had the evidence. They had lived through the Defence of India Acts and the Rowlatt Act, they had seen a constitution without a bill of rights, and they made the deliberate choice to include the power and to condition it. The counter, which is really an observation: they conditioned it too lightly, and the 44th Amendment is the correction.
The honest position is that the need is real and the design of 1950 was too generous, which is exactly what the events of 1975 demonstrated and what the amendment of 1978 concedes.
The Constitution does not merely give rights and leave the citizen to find a court; it guarantees the court.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: access to courts in India rests on three provisions. Article 32(1) guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III, and is itself a fundamental right; article 32(4) provides that the right guaranteed by that article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by the Constitution. Article 226 confers on every High Court the power to issue directions, orders or writs, including the five writs, for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose. Article 39A, a directive principle inserted by the 42nd Amendment, requires the State to secure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice on a basis of equal opportunity and in particular to provide free legal aid so that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic or other disabilities.
Why the remedy was entrenched
The framers had the English model before them, in which rights are the residue of what the law permits and the remedy grows with the right, as [Civil Liberties in England] explains; and they had the model of continental constitutions, which declared rights and left their enforcement to the ordinary law.
They chose neither. They declared rights and entrenched the remedy, and the reason is the one Dicey himself gave: a declared right whose enforcement can be withheld is a slogan. Ambedkar called article 32 the heart and soul of the Constitution, and the phrase is not rhetoric; it is a statement about design.
Two features of article 32 show the deliberateness of the choice.
It is in Part III. The right to move the Supreme Court is itself one of the fundamental rights it exists to enforce, so a law abridging it is void under article 13(2).
Clause (4) anticipates the emergency. The right guaranteed by the article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution. The framers foresaw that the Constitution itself would provide for suspension, in article 359, and they wrote the exception into the guarantee rather than leaving it to implication. That single clause is why the argument in ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, took the shape it did.
The three routes to a court
Article 32, to the Supreme Court, for the enforcement of fundamental rights only. Worked in [Article 32].
Article 226, to a High Court, for the enforcement of fundamental rights and for any other purpose, which makes it wider. Worked in [Article 226].
A guaranteed right to go to the Supreme Court itself, for fundamental rights and nothing else, which cannot be suspended except as the Constitution provides.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 32(1) guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III. Clause (2) empowers the Supreme Court to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate, for the enforcement of any of those rights. Clause (3) permits Parliament by law to empower any other court to exercise, within the local limits of its jurisdiction, all or any of the powers exercisable by the Supreme Court under clause (2). Clause (4) provides that the right guaranteed by the article shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by the Constitution.
The four clauses
Clause (1): the guarantee. The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III is guaranteed.
Three words carry weight. Guaranteed makes it a right and not a discretion, so that the Court cannot decline a petition on the ground that another remedy exists, though it frequently asks the petitioner to go to the High Court first. Appropriate proceedings has been read liberally, and is the textual room in which public interest litigation grew. And for the enforcement of the rights conferred by this Part is the limit: no fundamental right, no article 32.
Clause (2): the writs. The Court has power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of the five named writs, whichever may be appropriate.
The word including matters. The Court's power is not confined to the five writs and their English technicalities; it may issue any direction or order appropriate to enforce the right. That is why compensation, guidelines and continuing mandamus have all been issued under article 32.
Clause (3): the delegation. Parliament may by law empower any other court to exercise, within the local limits of its jurisdiction, all or any of the powers exercisable by the Supreme Court under clause (2). The power has not been used in any substantial way, because article 226 already gives the High Courts a wider jurisdiction.
Clause (4): the exception. The right shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by this Constitution, which is the reference forward to article 359.
The five writs, in one paragraph each
Habeas corpus, have the body. Issued to a person detaining another, requiring him to produce the person and justify the detention. It is the writ this book is about, and it is worked in [Habeas Corpus in India].
Every High Court may issue any of the writs for the enforcement of a fundamental right and for any other purpose, throughout its territories and wherever the cause of action arises.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 226(1) provides that notwithstanding anything in article 32, every High Court shall have power, throughout the territories in relation to which it exercises jurisdiction, to issue to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases any Government, within those territories, directions, orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, or any of them, for the enforcement of any of the rights conferred by Part III and for any other purpose. Clause (2) extends the power to a High Court within whose territories the cause of action wholly or in part arises, notwithstanding that the seat of the Government or authority or the residence of the person is outside those territories. Clause (3) provides a procedure for the vacation of an ex parte interim order.
The three ways in which it is wider
For any other purpose. This is the great difference. Article 32 lies only for the enforcement of a fundamental right; article 226 lies for that and for any other purpose, which covers the enforcement of ordinary legal rights, statutory duties and, in practice, the whole of administrative law. A person who cannot show a breach of Part III can still move a High Court.
Territorial reach by cause of action. Clause (2), inserted to overcome the difficulty that the seat of the Union Government is in Delhi, allows a High Court to issue a writ where the cause of action wholly or in part arises within its territories, notwithstanding that the Government or authority sits elsewhere. A detenu in one State whose detention order was made by an authority in another can be heard where the cause of action arose.
Against any person or authority. The words are to any person or authority, including in appropriate cases, any Government, which has permitted the jurisdiction to be exercised against bodies that are not the State within article 12 where a public duty is in question.
The one way in which it is narrower
It is a power, not a guaranteed right. Article 32(1) says the right to move the Supreme Court is guaranteed, and article 32 is itself a fundamental right in Part III. Article 226 confers a power on the High Court, and is not in Part III.
Two consequences follow and both are examinable. The High Court has a discretion, and may decline relief on grounds of delay, alternative remedy, suppression of facts or conduct, in a way the Supreme Court in theory cannot under article 32. And a petitioner cannot say that the refusal of relief under article 226 is itself the violation of a fundamental right.
Produce the person and show the law that authorises holding him, and if the law does not, he goes free.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: habeas corpus is a writ, issuable by the Supreme Court under article 32(2) and by every High Court under article 226(1), directed to the person having custody of another, requiring him to produce that person before the court and to state the cause of the detention, so that the court may determine whether the detention is lawful. In India it is a constitutional remedy and not merely a common law one, so no statute can take it away; the burden of justifying the detention lies on the detaining authority; the writ may be sought by a friend or relative on behalf of the person detained; and the court examines the legality of the detention as at the date of the return.
Who may apply
The person detained, in principle, though by definition he is not free to come to court.
Any person on his behalf. A relative, a friend, or a stranger acting bona fide. The rule exists because the writ would otherwise be useless, and it is the origin of the relaxed standing in public interest litigation generally.
On a letter. The Supreme Court has treated a letter from or on behalf of a prisoner as a petition, which is taken further in [Access to Courts in Practice: Legal Aid and Public Interest Litigation].
The court itself. A court may act suo motu on information brought to its notice.
What the return must show
The return is the answer of the person detaining, and the rule is the one stated in [Habeas Corpus in England, and the Wartime Detention Cases]: detention is unlawful until justified, so the burden is on the detainer.
In a preventive detention matter the return must ordinarily show:
the order, made by an authority empowered by the statute;
that the order was made on one of the grounds the statute permits, and within its terms;
that the grounds were communicated as article 22(5) and the statute require, within the statutory period;
that the representation, if made, was considered by the appropriate authority and without avoidable delay;
that the reference to the Advisory Board was made within the period, and the Board's opinion obtained; and
that the period of detention has not exceeded the statutory maximum.
Each of those is a point at which the detention fails if the return cannot make it out, and each is worked in Module I.
What the court examines
Legality, not merit. The court does not ask whether the detention was wise, or whether it would have made the same order.
The rights remain; the courtroom door closes on them for the period the order names.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 359(1) provides that where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, the President may by order declare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of such of the rights conferred by Part III, except articles 20 and 21, as may be mentioned in the order, and all proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned, shall remain suspended for the period during which the Proclamation is in force or for such shorter period as may be specified. Clause (1A) provides that while such an order is in operation, nothing in Part III conferring those rights shall restrict the power of the State to make any law or take any executive action which it would but for Part III be competent to make or take, such a law ceasing to have effect to the extent of the incompetency when the order ceases. Clause (1B) excludes from clause (1A) any law without a recital that it relates to the Proclamation and any executive action taken otherwise than under such a law. Clause (2) provides that the order may extend to the whole or any part of India, and clause (3) that every order shall be laid before each House of Parliament as soon as may be after it is made.
Clause (1), phrase by phrase
Where a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation. The order presupposes a Proclamation under article 352 and cannot outlive it.
The President may by order declare. It is discretionary and it requires an instrument. Nothing happens automatically, which is the contrast with article 358.
That the right to move any court. Not the right itself. The distinction is the whole of this chapter, and it is what the marginal note obscures by using the word suspension.
For the enforcement of such of the rights conferred by Part III (except articles 20 and 21) as may be mentioned in the order. Three limits: the rights must be mentioned, so an unmentioned right is unaffected; they must be rights conferred by Part III; and they can never include articles 20 and 21, those words having been substituted by the 44th Amendment.
And all proceedings pending in any court for the enforcement of the rights so mentioned. Pending proceedings are suspended too, which the 1962 order had not provided and the 1975 order did.
Shall remain suspended for the period during which the Proclamation is in force or for such shorter period as may be specified in the order. The order may be for less than the life of the Proclamation but never for more.
What a Presidential Order Can Never Bar: Makhan Singh
Syllabus topic 5, "Access to Courts and Emergency"
❧
In one line
An order under article 359 stops a person enforcing the fundamental rights it names; it does not stop him saying that the executive acted outside the statute altogether.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Makhan Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1964 SC 381, a Bench of seven judges held that the bar created by a Presidential order under article 359(1) operates only where the detenu is seeking to enforce a right conferred by Part III and mentioned in the order. If he pleads a right outside those specified, or contends that his detention contravenes the mandatory provisions of the Act, or that the order was made in excess of the power conferred, or that it was mala fide or a fraudulent exercise of power, his right to move a court is not suspended, because such a plea falls outside article 359(1) and therefore outside the order itself.
The setting
Facts. Twenty six appeals were heard together, nine from the Punjab High Court and seventeen from the Bombay High Court. The appellants were detenus held by the Punjab and Maharashtra Governments under Rule 30(1)(b) of the Defence of India Rules 1962, made under the Defence of India Ordinance 1962. They applied to those High Courts under section 491(1)(b) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, contending that section 3(2)(15)(i) and section 40 of the Defence of India Act 1962 and Rule 30(1)(b) were constitutionally invalid because they contravened articles 14, 21 and 22(4), (5) and (7). Both High Courts dismissed the applications on the ground that the Presidential order issued under article 359 barred them. The Allahabad High Court, on similar petitions, had taken the contrary view and released the detenus. The two questions before the Supreme Court were the true scope and effect of a Presidential order under article 359(1), and whether the bar it creates operates on an application under section 491(1)(b) of the Code.
Held. The bar operates only on a claim to enforce a right mentioned in the order. Where a detenu, in challenging the validity of his detention, pleads a right outside the rights specified in the order, his right to move a court is not suspended, because the plea lies outside article 359(1) and consequently outside the Presidential order. Where a detenu has been detained in violation of the mandatory provisions of the Act, it is open to him to contend that his detention is illegal for that reason, and such a plea is outside article 359(1). The order is conditional: it suspends the right only where the person has been deprived of it under the Ordinance or under a rule or order made under it. If the order was made in excess of the power conferred, it is not covered; and if the detention was made mala fide, it is equally not an order made under the Ordinance.
Syllabus topic 5, "Access to Courts and Emergency"
❧
In one line
In 1976 the Supreme Court held, by four to one, that during the Emergency a person could not go to any court to complain that his detention was illegal, even if it was.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, a Constitution Bench held by a majority that in view of the Presidential order of 27 June 1975 under article 359(1), no person had locus standi to move a High Court under article 226 for habeas corpus to challenge the legality of a detention order under the Maintenance of Internal Security Act 1971, on the ground that it was not in compliance with the Act, or was illegal, or was vitiated by mala fides in fact or in law, or was based on extraneous considerations. The majority also held that article 21 is the sole repository of the right to life and personal liberty against the State. Khanna J. dissented.
The setting, in dates
The chronology is the answer to half the questions asked about the case, and the judgment sets it out itself.
23 December 1971. By proclamation under article 352(1), the President declared that a grave emergency existed whereby the security of India was threatened by external aggression. This is the 1971 emergency; the war with Pakistan was the occasion.
2 July 1971. The Maintenance of Internal Security Act 1971 was published, for dealing effectively with the emergency.
16 November 1974. By order under article 359(1), the President declared that the right to move any court with respect to orders of detention made under section 3(1)(c) of the MISA, for the enforcement of the rights conferred by articles 14 and 21 and clauses (4), (5), (6) and (7) of article 22, and all pending proceedings, should remain suspended for six months or for the period of the 1971 proclamation, whichever expired earlier.
20 June 1975. That order was amended to substitute twelve months for six months.
25 June 1975. By proclamation under article 352, the President declared that a grave emergency existed whereby the security of India was threatened by internal disturbances. This is the 1975 Emergency, and note that the country was then under two proclamations at once.
27 June 1975. By order under article 359(1), the President declared that the right of any person, including a foreigner, to move any court for the enforcement of the rights conferred by articles 14, 21 and 22, and all pending proceedings for their enforcement, should remain suspended for the period during which both proclamations were in force.
Then the statute was changed. Ordinances were promulgated and replaced by the Maintenance of Internal Security (Amendment) Act 1975, introducing section 16A. Section 16A(9) in effect made the grounds of detention and the information on which they were based confidential and not liable to be disclosed to any court.
Everything in Part III except articles 20 and 21 can still be put beyond the courts during an emergency; those two never can.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: before 1979 an order under article 359(1) could name any of the rights conferred by Part III, and the order of 27 June 1975 named articles 14, 21 and 22. The Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 substituted, in clause (1) and again in clause (1A), the words the rights conferred by Part III except articles 20 and 21 for the words the rights conferred by Part III. The effect is that the right to move any court for the enforcement of article 20 or article 21 can never be suspended, and that no law or executive action made or taken during the operation of such an order can be freed from those two articles. Every other right in Part III remains suspendable in its enforcement, on the terms of the article.
The change itself
The old words. Such of the rights conferred by Part III as may be mentioned in the order.
The new words. Such of the rights conferred by Part III (except articles 20 and 21) as may be mentioned in the order.
Where they appear. Twice: in clause (1), which suspends the right to move a court, and in clause (1A), which frees the State from the mentioned rights as restrictions on its power.
When. With effect from 20 June 1979, by section 40 of the amending Act.
That is the whole of the amendment to article 359. Its brevity is the point of a good answer: five words did what the rest of the amendment could not.
What can still be suspended
Everything else in Part III, and it is worth listing what that includes, because students often assume that the 44th Amendment protected more than it did.
Article 14, equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws. It was named in the 1975 order and could be named again.
Article 19, the six freedoms. In an emergency on the ground of war or external aggression article 358 already disapplies it; on the ground of armed rebellion it does not, and article 19 could then be named in an order under article 359.
Article 22, including the safeguards on preventive detention in clauses (4) to (7). This is the one that matters most in this book: the grounds, the Advisory Board and the maximum period could all be put beyond the courts by an order.
Articles 15, 16, 17, 23, 24, 25 to 28, 29 and 30, and every other right in Part III.
Two articles were put beyond the reach of any Presidential order because they are the two whose suspension leaves a person with nothing at all.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: since the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978, an order under article 359(1) may not mention article 20 or article 21, so that the right to move any court for their enforcement can never be suspended, and clause (1A) cannot free the State from them. Article 20 protects a person against conviction under a retrospective criminal law, against double jeopardy and against compulsion to be a witness against himself. Article 21 provides that no person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law, which after Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, means a procedure that is fair, just and reasonable.
Why these two and not others
The choice looks arbitrary until the alternatives are considered, and an examiner rewards the reasoning.
They are the only two that protect existence rather than an activity. Article 19 protects things a person does: speaking, assembling, moving, trading. Article 25 protects worship. Article 14 protects the terms on which the State deals with him. Article 21 protects that he is alive and at liberty at all, and article 20 protects him against being made a criminal by a law passed afterwards or convicted twice or made to convict himself.
They apply to every person, not only citizens. Articles 19, 15, 16 and 29 are confined to citizens. Articles 20 and 21 speak of any person, which matters because emergencies produce foreigners in custody, and the order of 27 June 1975 expressly extended to foreigners.
They correspond to the international minimum. Article 4 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights permits derogation in a public emergency but lists articles from which no derogation is permitted, including the right to life and the prohibition of retrospective criminal punishment. The 44th Amendment aligned Indian law with that idea, though it did not adopt the list.
And because of what happened. The order of 27 June 1975 named article 21. The whole of ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, followed from that, and the amendment made it impossible.
What article 20 gives
Clause (1). No person shall be convicted of any offence except for violation of a law in force at the time of the commission of the act, nor subjected to a penalty greater than that which might have been inflicted under the law in force at the time.
Clause (2). No person shall be prosecuted and punished for the same offence more than once.
Syllabus topic 5, "Access to Courts and Emergency"
❧
In one line
The 1976 habeas corpus decision was crippled by constitutional amendment in 1978 and formally overruled by nine judges in 2017.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the majority decision in ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, was undermined prospectively by section 40 of the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978, which amended article 359(1) so that articles 20 and 21 can never be the subject of a Presidential order suspending the right to move a court. It was expressly overruled on 24 August 2017 by a Bench of nine judges in K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India, AIR 2017 SC 4161, which also overruled Union of India v. Bhanudas Krishna Gawde, the decision that had followed it.
The two events, kept apart
1978: the amendment. Section 40 of the 44th Amendment inserted the words that exclude articles 20 and 21 from the operation of article 359(1), and it came into force on 20 June 1979. Its effect is prospective and structural: no Presidential order made after that date can suspend the right to move a court to enforce those two articles. It says nothing about whether the 1976 decision was rightly decided; it removes the ground on which the question could arise again.
2017: the overruling.K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India was a reference to nine judges on whether the right to privacy is a fundamental right. In holding that it is, and that it is protected as an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty under article 21, the Court had to deal with the proposition in ADM Jabalpur that article 21 is the sole repository of the right to life and personal liberty. It did so directly.
The case
K.S. Puttaswamy v. Union of India, AIR 2017 SC 4161.
Facts. A challenge to the Aadhaar scheme raised the question whether there is a fundamental right to privacy under the Constitution. Because two earlier decisions of larger Benches were said to have held that there was not, the question was referred to a Bench of nine judges, whose task was to decide the existence and source of the right rather than the validity of the scheme.
Held. The right to privacy is protected as an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty under article 21 and as a part of the freedoms guaranteed by Part III. In the course of that reasoning the Court dealt with the proposition that article 21 is the sole repository of life and liberty, and held: "ADM Jabalpur must be and is accordingly overruled." It also overruled Union of India v. Bhanudas Krishna Gawde, which had followed ADM Jabalpur. The judgment records that in an earlier decision, I.R. Coelho against the State of Tamil Nadu, the Court had already taken the view that ADM Jabalpur had been impliedly overruled by various subsequent decisions.
Access to Courts and the Armed Forces: Articles 33 and 34
Syllabus topic 5, "Access to Courts"
❧
In one line
Parliament may restrict or abrogate the fundamental rights of the forces to secure discipline, and the Constitution itself keeps courts martial largely outside the appellate and supervisory jurisdictions.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 33 empowers Parliament by law to determine to what extent any of the rights conferred by Part III shall, in their application to the members of the Armed Forces, to the members of the Forces charged with the maintenance of public order, to persons employed in any bureau or organisation established by the State for purposes of intelligence or counter intelligence, and to persons employed in connection with the telecommunication systems set up for any such Force, bureau or organisation, be restricted or abrogated so as to ensure the proper discharge of their duties and the maintenance of discipline among them. Article 136(2) provides that nothing in article 136(1) shall apply to any judgment, determination, sentence or order passed or made by any court or tribunal constituted by or under any law relating to the Armed Forces; and article 227(4) makes corresponding provision for the High Courts' power of superintendence.
Article 33: the power to restrict rights
Who is covered. Four classes, and the last three were added by the Fiftieth Amendment 1984, so a student should notice that the article has widened.
(a) members of the Armed Forces;
(b) members of the Forces charged with the maintenance of public order, which brings in the central police forces;
(c) persons employed in any bureau or other organisation established by the State for purposes of intelligence or counter intelligence;
(d) persons employed in, or in connection with, the telecommunication systems set up for the purposes of any Force, bureau or organisation in clauses (a) to (c).
What may be done. Any of the Part III rights may be restricted or abrogated in their application to those persons.
For what purpose. So as to ensure the proper discharge of their duties and the maintenance of discipline among them. That is the limit, and it is a real one: a restriction not directed to those purposes is outside the article.
By whom.Parliament by law, and only Parliament. A State Legislature cannot do it, and it cannot be done by executive order.
What has been done under it
The Army Act 1950, the Navy Act 1957 and the Air Force Act 1950, and the corresponding Acts for the central police forces, restrict the rights of their members: freedom of speech, of assembly, of association and of forming unions, and the ordinary criminal process is replaced for many offences by trial by court martial.
An answer should notice the width. Article 33 permits abrogation, not merely reasonable restriction, so the article 19 jurisprudence about reasonableness does not apply in the ordinary way. The check is the purpose clause.
Access to Courts in Practice: Legal Aid and Public Interest Litigation
Syllabus topic 5, "Access to Courts"
❧
In one line
The Constitution guarantees a court; legal aid and relaxed standing are what make the guarantee reach the person who needs it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 39A requires the State to secure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice on a basis of equal opportunity and in particular to provide free legal aid so that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic or other disabilities. Effect was given to it by the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, which constitutes legal services authorities to provide free and competent legal services to the weaker sections of society and to organise Lok Adalats, and whose section 12 entitles specified classes of person to legal services, including any person in custody. Alongside the statute, the Supreme Court relaxed the requirement of standing so that a public spirited person may move on behalf of those unable to move themselves, and treated a letter as a petition, which is the route by which prisoners and detenus reach a court at all.
Article 39A, and how a directive principle became enforceable
Article 39A is in Part IV and is by its terms not enforceable by any court. It has nevertheless had more practical effect than most fundamental rights, by two routes.
It was read into article 21. The requirement that the procedure depriving a person of liberty be fair, just and reasonable, laid down in Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, was held to include the provision of legal services to a person who cannot afford them and who faces a proceeding that may result in the loss of liberty. Legal aid thus became a component of a fundamental right without ceasing to be a directive principle.
It was legislated. The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987 was enacted, in the words of its long title, to constitute legal services authorities to provide free and competent legal services to the weaker sections of the society, to ensure that opportunities for securing justice are not denied to any citizen by reason of economic or other disabilities, and to organise Lok Adalats to secure that the operation of the legal system promotes justice on a basis of equal opportunity.
The long title is article 39A almost word for word, and a student should notice that: it is a statute drafted to execute a directive principle.
The Legal Services Authorities Act 1987
The structure. A National Legal Services Authority, a Supreme Court Legal Services Committee, State Legal Services Authorities, and authorities and committees at the district and taluk levels, with funds at each level.
Section 12: who is entitled. Every person who has to file or defend a case is entitled to legal services if that person is:
Martial law is not a law at all; it is what happens when the ordinary courts cannot function and the military governs by force, and its legality is decided afterwards.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: martial law has no definition in the Constitution, which mentions it only in article 34, and no statute in India confers a power to declare it. In its proper sense it means the suspension of ordinary law and its administration by the military authorities in an area where the civil administration and the ordinary courts cannot function, the military assuming the government of the area and punishing offences by its own tribunals. It rests on the common law principle that force may be repelled by force, and its legality is tested afterwards, by the ordinary courts, on the question whether a state of war in fact existed; which is why an Act of Indemnity conventionally follows, and why article 34 authorises Parliament to pass one.
The three senses of the phrase
MU's question asks what martial law is, and the answer must first separate three things that the phrase is used to mean, because they are distinct in law.
Military law. The law governing the members of the armed forces, contained in the Army Act 1950 and its counterparts, administered by courts martial, and applying to soldiers at all times and everywhere. It has nothing to do with civilians and is not martial law at all. Its relation to the courts is worked in [Access to Courts and the Armed Forces: Articles 33 and 34].
Military government. The government by a military force of foreign territory occupied in war. It is a subject of international law and does not arise within a State's own territory.
Martial law properly so called. The suspension of ordinary law and its administration within a State's own territory, and the substitution of the will of the military commander, where the civil authority has ceased to be able to function. This is what article 34 contemplates, and it is what an answer must describe.
A candidate who separates the three at the outset has already distinguished himself, because the terms are used interchangeably in ordinary speech and never in law.
What martial law is not
It is not an emergency under article 352. An emergency is declared under a constitutional provision, approved by Parliament, and operates within the Constitution; the courts remain open and the civil administration continues. Martial law displaces both.
It is not AFSPA. Under the Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 the army acts in aid of the civil power, and Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India, AIR 1998 SC 431, holds expressly that the word aid postulates the continued existence of the authority to be aided and that the armed forces may not supplant or act as a substitute for the civil power. Martial law is precisely the supplanting.
English law knows no martial law as a legal system; it knows only that force may be met with force, and that a court will decide afterwards whether the necessity existed.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: at common law there is no such thing as martial law in the sense of a body of rules operating in place of the ordinary law. What exists is the right and duty of the Crown, of the military and of every subject to use such force as is reasonably necessary to suppress an actual invasion, insurrection or riot, and to restore order. The acts so done are lawful only in so far as the necessity justifies them, and their justification is decided by the ordinary courts once the courts are able to sit. The Petition of Right 1628 declared commissions of martial law in time of peace to be unlawful, and the settled position since has been that martial law can have no operation where the ordinary courts are open. An Act of Indemnity conventionally follows a period of martial law, because without it those who acted are liable in the ordinary courts.
The three propositions of the common law
One: martial law is not law. Dicey's formulation, which is the standard one, is that martial law in the sense of a special code for civilians is unknown to English law; what is called martial law is nothing more than the power of the Crown and of every subject to repel force by force, and the legality of what is done is measured by necessity.
Two: it cannot exist while the courts are open. This is the test, and it comes from the constitutional struggles of the seventeenth century. The Petition of Right 1628 complained of commissions issued to proceed by martial law against soldiers and others in time of peace, when the ordinary courts were open, and declared them contrary to law. The principle has been repeated since: where the King's courts are open and can administer justice, martial law has no place.
Three: the courts decide afterwards. Because martial law rests on necessity, and necessity is a question of fact, the ordinary courts, once sitting, determine whether a state of war or rebellion in fact existed. What they will not do is sit in review of the acts of the military while the state of war continues, since if the courts are able to sit there is no state of war and the whole justification fails.
That third proposition has a paradox in it which an examiner rewards a candidate for noticing. If the courts are open, martial law is unlawful; if they are closed, no court can control it at the time. The control is therefore always retrospective, which is why the Act of Indemnity became a standing feature.
Martial Law in India: Article 34 and the Indemnity Act
Syllabus topic 6, "Martial Law"
❧
In one line
The Constitution says nothing about declaring martial law and everything about cleaning up after it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 34 provides that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of Part III, Parliament may by law indemnify any person in the service of the Union or of a State or any other person in respect of any act done by him in connection with the maintenance or restoration of order in any area within the territory of India where martial law was in force, or validate any sentence passed, punishment inflicted, forfeiture ordered or other act done under martial law in such area. It is the only reference to martial law in the Constitution; it confers no power to proclaim martial law, prescribes no ground, authority, duration or procedure, and operates only after the event.
Reading the article word by word
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this Part. The non obstante clause is directed at Part III, and it is necessary because an indemnity takes away a person's remedy for a violation of his fundamental rights. Without those words the indemnifying law would be void under article 13(2).
Parliament may by law. Only Parliament, and only by law. A State Legislature cannot indemnify, even where the events were within its own territory, and the executive cannot do it by order.
Indemnify any person in the service of the Union or of a State or any other person. The protection extends beyond officials to any other person, so a civilian who assisted in restoring order may be indemnified too.
In respect of any act done by him in connection with the maintenance or restoration of order. The act must be connected with maintaining or restoring order. An act done for a private purpose in the course of the disturbance is outside the article.
In any area within the territory of India where martial law was in force. Two limits. The area must be within India, so the article does not reach acts abroad. And the words was in force are in the past tense: the indemnity is retrospective by its nature.
Or validate any sentence passed, punishment inflicted, forfeiture ordered or other act done under martial law in such area. Indemnity protects the person; validation cures the act. Both are needed, because a sentence passed by a tribunal with no legal existence is a nullity, and protecting the person who imposed it does not make the sentence good.
What the article does not do, which is the examinable point
It does not authorise martial law. No provision of the Constitution does. That is the point made in [Martial Law: The Concept], and it is worth repeating because the commonest error in an answer is to say that article 34 empowers the President to declare martial law.
Martial Law Compared With Emergency and With AFSPA
Syllabus topic 6, "Martial Law"
❧
In one line
An emergency keeps the courts open, AFSPA keeps the civil power in existence, and martial law does neither.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: a Proclamation of Emergency under article 352 operates within the Constitution, requires parliamentary approval, and leaves the civil administration and the courts functioning, though article 358 may disapply article 19 and an order under article 359 may suspend the enforcement of specified rights other than articles 20 and 21. The Armed Forces (Special Powers) Act 1958 confers special powers on the armed forces in a declared disturbed area, but they act in aid of the civil power, which continues to function, and their acts are controlled by the conditions the Supreme Court laid down in Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India, AIR 1998 SC 431. Martial law, by contrast, is the supplanting of the civil authority where it cannot function at all, is conferred by no provision of the Constitution, is subject to no approval or time limit, and is controlled only retrospectively, article 34 providing for indemnity afterwards.
The comparison on eight axes
Emergency, art 352
AFSPA 1958
Martial law
Source of power
article 352
an Act of Parliament under Entry 2A of List I
none; necessity at common law
Who declares
the President on the Cabinet's written decision
the Governor, the Administrator or the Central Government, under s.3
no authority named anywhere
Ground
war, external aggression or armed rebellion
an area so disturbed or dangerous that the use of armed forces in aid of the civil power is necessary
a state of war or rebellion in fact, such that the courts cannot sit
Approval
both Houses, special majority, one month
none; a judicially required review before six months
none
Civil administration
continues
continues, and the armed forces act in aid of it
supplanted
Courts
open; art 359 may suspend remedies for named rights, never arts 20 and 21
open; art 226 available, and s.6 sanction is a reasoned reviewable order
closed, which is the test of martial law
Control at the time
parliamentary and judicial
judicial, plus the binding do's and don'ts
none
Control afterwards
the ordinary law resumes
the ordinary law continues throughout
only an inquiry, and an indemnity under art 34
The row that decides the comparison is the courts. An emergency and AFSPA both presuppose functioning courts; martial law presupposes that they cannot function. That is not a difference of degree.
The three, arranged on a scale
It helps to see them as points on one line rather than as three separate things.
Ordinary law. The police act under the Code of Criminal Procedure and the Penal Code; the magistrate controls; the courts sit.
Martial law was administered in parts of Punjab for some weeks in 1919, an inquiry followed, and an Indemnity Act protected those who had acted, which is the sequence article 34 writes into the Constitution.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: following the protest against the Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes Act 1919, disturbances occurred in several parts of India, and in Punjab the situation deteriorated. On 13 April 1919 troops under General Dyer fired on a gathering at Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar, causing large casualties, the official and Indian estimates of the number killed differing widely. Martial law was proclaimed in parts of Punjab and administered for some weeks, during which summary tribunals tried and sentenced large numbers of persons and orders of a humiliating character were made. The Government appointed a Disorders Inquiry Committee under Lord Hunter; the Indian National Congress conducted its own inquiry; and an Indemnity Act was passed to protect those who had acted under martial law and to validate what had been done.
The sequence, in stages
The statute. The Anarchical and Revolutionary Crimes Act 1919, taken in [The Rowlatt Act 1919 and What Followed], continued the wartime powers into peace and was opposed by every elected Indian member of the Imperial Legislative Council.
The protest. A general hartal was called for 6 April 1919. It was intended to be non violent and in several places it was; in others there was violence, and in Amritsar the arrest and removal of two local leaders was followed by rioting in which Europeans were killed and buildings burned.
The firing. On 13 April 1919 troops fired on a gathering in the enclosed ground at Jallianwala Bagh. The ground had narrow exits, the crowd could not disperse, and the firing continued for some minutes. The casualties were very large. The estimates differ widely, the official figure and the figure of the Congress inquiry being far apart, and this book adopts neither.
The proclamation. Martial law was proclaimed in parts of Punjab and administered for some weeks.
The administration. Summary tribunals tried large numbers of persons and passed sentences including death; various orders were made, of which the best remembered is the order requiring Indians to crawl along a street in Amritsar where a woman had been assaulted; and other humiliating and collective punishments were imposed.
The inquiries. The Government appointed the Disorders Inquiry Committee under Lord Hunter, which took evidence including that of General Dyer; the Congress conducted its own inquiry; and the two produced very different accounts.
The indemnity. An Indemnity Act was passed to protect the persons concerned and to validate the sentences and other acts done under martial law.
Human Rights: The Idea and the International Instruments
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
Rights claimed by virtue of being human, declared in 1948, made binding by two treaties in 1966, and derogable in an emergency except for a listed core.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: human rights are the rights which belong to every person by virtue of being human, independently of nationality, status or the recognition of any particular State. Their modern international expression begins with the Charter of the United Nations 1945 and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights adopted by the General Assembly on 10 December 1948, which is a declaration and not a treaty; and it was made binding by the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights, both adopted in 1966 and in force from 1976, to both of which India is a party. Article 4 of the Covenant on Civil and Political Rights permits a State party to derogate from its obligations in time of public emergency threatening the life of the nation, to the extent strictly required by the exigencies of the situation, but forbids derogation from certain articles.
What makes a right a human right
Four features, and an answer should give them because they are what distinguish the idea from the ordinary law.
Universality. They are claimed by every person, not by citizens of a particular State.
Inherence. They are said to belong to a person by virtue of being human, not to be conferred by any authority; which is why declarations speak of recognising rather than of granting.
Inalienability. They cannot be surrendered or forfeited, though they may be limited.
Interdependence. Civil and political rights and economic and social rights are said to support each other, a proposition that matters in Indian law because it is the argument for reading Part IV into Part III.
The Indian statutory definition is worth quoting because MU examines the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 in this module. That Act defines human rights as the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforceable by courts in India.
Notice how the definition works. It is not a philosophical definition; it is a jurisdictional one. A right is a human right for the purposes of Indian law if it is in the Constitution or in the Covenants and enforceable by courts in India.
The instruments, in order
The Charter of the United Nations 1945. Its Preamble reaffirms faith in fundamental human rights and in the dignity and worth of the human person, and its articles make the promotion of respect for human rights a purpose of the Organisation. It creates an obligation of cooperation, not a list of rights.
The Constitutional Philosophy for the Protection of Human Rights
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
Rights that the State may not take away, duties the State must work towards, and a court that can be reached: the Indian philosophy is that dignity requires all three.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the constitutional philosophy for the protection of human rights in India has four elements. The Preamble states the ends, securing to all citizens justice, liberty, equality and fraternity, and assuring the dignity of the individual. Part III confers rights that are enforceable against the State and makes any law inconsistent with them void. Part IV states directives that are not enforceable by any court but are fundamental in the governance of the country and which it is the duty of the State to apply in making laws. And article 32 makes the remedy itself a fundamental right, so that the rights are not declarations but claims. The philosophy is therefore neither purely liberal, since it commits the State to positive action, nor purely socialist, since it entrenches individual rights against the State; it is a design in which negative and positive obligations are placed in separate Parts and made to work together.
The four elements
The Preamble states the ends. It resolves to secure to all citizens justice, social, economic and political; liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; equality of status and of opportunity; and to promote among them all fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation.
Two things about it. The order is deliberate: justice first, then liberty, then equality, then fraternity, and fraternity is what assures dignity. And the Preamble is not a source of power, but it has been used as a key to the Constitution's purposes, and in Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461, its values were treated as part of the basic structure.
Part III confers enforceable rights. Articles 12 to 35 confer rights against the State, article 13 makes an inconsistent law void, and articles 32 and 226 supply the remedy.
Part IV states unenforceable directives. Article 37 provides that the provisions of Part IV shall not be enforceable by any court, but that the principles are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country and it shall be the duty of the State to apply these principles in making laws.
Article 32 entrenches the remedy. Which is the point made in [Access to Courts: Where the Right Comes From], and which distinguishes the Indian design from a constitution that declares rights and leaves their enforcement to ordinary law.
What kind of philosophy this is
An answer should be able to place the design, and three characterisations are defensible.
The Preamble says what the Constitution is for, Part III says what the State may not do, and Part IV says what it must try to do.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Preamble declares India to be a sovereign socialist secular democratic republic and resolves to secure to all its citizens justice, liberty and equality and to promote fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation. Part III, articles 12 to 35, confers the fundamental rights, defines the State against which they operate, makes inconsistent laws void by article 13, and provides the remedy in article 32. Part IV, articles 36 to 51, contains the directive principles of State policy, which by article 37 are not enforceable by any court but are fundamental in the governance of the country and a duty of the State to apply in making laws. Article 51A, in Part IVA, lists the fundamental duties of citizens.
The Preamble
What it declares. India to be a sovereign socialist secular democratic republic, the words socialist and secular having been inserted by the 42nd Amendment 1976 along with the words unity and integrity of the Nation.
What it resolves to secure. To all its citizens: justice, social, economic and political; liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; equality of status and of opportunity; and to promote among them all fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation.
Its date. 26 November 1949, the day the Constituent Assembly adopted the Constitution.
Its legal effect. Three propositions, and a student should give all three.
It is not a source of power. No authority can be exercised on the strength of the Preamble alone.
It is a key to interpretation. Where a provision is ambiguous, the Preamble's objects guide the construction.
It is part of the Constitution and can be amended, but its basic features cannot be destroyed. In Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461, the Court held that the Preamble is part of the Constitution and that the basic structure includes the values it declares.
What it contributes to human rights. It supplies the vocabulary in which the rest is read: dignity, equality of status and of opportunity, and justice in three dimensions. When a court says that article 21 includes a life with dignity, the word comes from here.
What it cannot do. It confers no right and creates no obligation, so no petition lies on the Preamble alone.
Part III: articles 12 to 35
Article 12 defines the State: the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India. The definition matters because most of Part III operates only against the State.
The Conflict Between Part III and Part IV, and How It Was Resolved
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
The courts first said Part III prevails, Parliament then legislated to reverse that, and the settlement is that neither Part is subordinate and both must be read together.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the conflict arises because Part IV directs the State to pursue ends that may require it to abridge the rights conferred by Part III, and article 37 makes Part IV a duty of the State in making laws while making it unenforceable in a court. The Supreme Court held in 1951, in the matter of the State of Madras against Champakam Dorairajan, that the directive principles must conform to and run subsidiary to the fundamental rights. Parliament responded by amendment, first inserting article 31A and article 31B with the Ninth Schedule, then inserting article 31C by the Twenty-fifth Amendment 1971 to save laws giving effect to the principles in article 39(b) and (c), and then extending article 31C to all the principles in Part IV by section 4 of the Forty-second Amendment 1976. The Court upheld the first limb of article 31C but struck down the clause barring judicial inquiry in Kesavananda Bharati v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461, and struck down the extension in Minerva Mills Ltd. v. Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789, holding that the harmony and balance between the two Parts is part of the basic structure.
Why there is a conflict at all
Because the two Parts pull in different directions on the same facts.
Part IV directs redistribution. Article 39(b) requires the ownership and control of the material resources of the community to be so distributed as best to subserve the common good; article 39(c) requires the operation of the economic system not to result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment; article 38 requires inequalities in income, status, facilities and opportunities to be minimised.
Part III protects the individual against the State. Before 1978 it included the right to property in article 19(1)(f) and article 31, and it still includes article 14 and article 19.
And article 37 makes Part IV a duty. A State that obeys it will legislate; a citizen affected will invoke Part III; and a court must decide.
The framers knew this. They made Part IV unenforceable precisely so that the courts would not be asked to choose, and the choice arrived anyway, in the first year.
The line of cases and amendments
An answer should give this as a sequence, because the sequence is the argument.
1951, the Champakam decision. Communal reservation in admissions to educational institutions was challenged under article 29(2). The Court held that the directive principles have to conform to and run subsidiary to the fundamental rights, since Part III is enforceable and Part IV is not. This book has not read the report and takes the proposition as it is universally stated.
Equality guaranteed, discrimination on the ground of sex forbidden, and special provision for women expressly permitted so that the guarantee does not defeat itself.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the constitutional scheme for the human rights of women rests on the equality code in articles 14 to 16, the prohibition of discrimination on the ground of sex in article 15(1) with the enabling clause in article 15(3), the guarantee of life and personal liberty in article 21, the prohibition of traffic in human beings in article 23, the directive principles in articles 39(a), (d) and (e) and article 42, the fundamental duty in article 51A(e) to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women, the reservation of seats in panchayats and municipalities under articles 243D and 243T, and the reservation of seats in the House of the People and the State Legislative Assemblies inserted by the Constitution (One Hundred and Sixth Amendment) Act 2023 in articles 330A, 332A and 334A.
The equality code
Article 14. The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws. It applies to every person and not only to citizens, and it is the general provision behind everything that follows.
Article 15(1). The State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them.
Article 15(2). No citizen shall on those grounds only be subject to any disability, liability, restriction or condition with regard to access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment, or the use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of State funds or dedicated to the use of the general public. This clause binds private persons as well, which is unusual in Part III and important in practice.
Article 15(3). Nothing in article 15 shall prevent the State from making any special provision for women and children.
Article 16. Equality of opportunity in matters of public employment, with clause (2) forbidding discrimination on the ground of sex among others.
Article 15(3): the enabling provision, and why it matters
This is the provision an examiner expects a candidate to explain rather than merely cite.
The problem it solves. Article 15(1) forbids discrimination on the ground of sex. Read alone it would strike down every law that treats women differently, including maternity benefit, protective labour legislation and the special criminal provisions for offences against women, because each of them classifies by sex.
The solution. Clause (3) provides that nothing in the article prevents special provision for women and children, so a provision that favours women is outside the prohibition.
Three statutes cover three harms: violence in the home, harassment at work, and sexual offences, and each works in a different way.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the principal statutory protections for women are the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005, which is a civil statute providing protection, residence, monetary, custody and compensation orders through a Magistrate; the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act 2013, which places a duty on every employer to constitute an Internal Complaints Committee and provides a mechanism of complaint and inquiry; and the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, whose sections 63 to 79 define and punish the sexual offences, sections 80 and 85 dowry death and cruelty by a husband or his relative, and which replaced the Indian Penal Code from 1 July 2024.
Find the statute from the facts
The harm
The statute
The nature of the remedy
Violence, abuse or economic deprivation by a person in a domestic relationship
Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005
civil orders from a Magistrate; breach of a protection order is an offence
Unwelcome sexual conduct at a workplace
Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act 2013
inquiry by an Internal or Local Committee, with recommendations to the employer
Rape and other sexual offences
Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, ss.63 to 79
prosecution and punishment
Cruelty by husband or his relative, dowry death
BNS ss.85, 86 and 80
prosecution and punishment
Dowry demand as such
Dowry Prohibition Act 1961
prosecution
Trafficking
BNS and the Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act 1956
prosecution
Indecent representation, pre-natal sex selection
the Indecent Representation of Women (Prohibition) Act 1986 and the Pre-Conception and Pre-Natal Diagnostic Techniques Act 1994
prosecution and regulation
The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005
Who may complain. An aggrieved person, defined by section 2(a) as any woman who is or has been in a domestic relationship with the respondent and who alleges to have been subjected to any act of domestic violence.
Domestic relationship, by section 2(f), means a relationship between two persons who live or have at any point of time lived together in a shared household, when they are related by consanguinity, marriage, or through a relationship in the nature of marriage, adoption, or as members of a joint family.
The words in the nature of marriage are the reason the Act reaches relationships outside formal marriage, which is one of its most litigated features.
What is domestic violence. Section 3 is the definition, and it is unusually wide. Any act, omission, commission or conduct of the respondent constitutes domestic violence if it:
(a) harms or injures or endangers the health, safety, life, limb or well-being, whether mental or physical, of the aggrieved person, or tends to do so, and includes causing physical abuse, sexual abuse, verbal and emotional abuse and economic abuse;
The Court has legislated, invalidated, set aside and commanded, and knowing which technique each case used is worth more than knowing four sets of facts.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: four decisions illustrate the range of judicial protection of the human rights of women. In Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1997 SC 3011, the Court laid down binding guidelines against sexual harassment at the workplace in the absence of legislation. In Shayara Bano v. Union of India, AIR 2017 SC 4609, a Bench of five judges set aside the practice of talaq-e-biddat by a majority of three to two. In Joseph Shine v. Union of India, AIR 2018 SC 4898, the Court struck down section 497 of the Indian Penal Code as violating articles 14, 15 and 21. And in Secretary, Ministry of Defence v. Babita Puniya, AIR 2020 SC 1000, the Court held that the absolute exclusion of women officers from criteria or command appointments could not be sustained in law.
Making law where there was none
Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1997 SC 3011.
Facts. A petition in the public interest sought the enforcement of the fundamental rights of working women under articles 14, 19 and 21, in the absence of any law occupying the field of sexual harassment at the workplace. The Union of India, through the Solicitor General, gave its consent to the guidelines the Court formulated.
Held on the source of the power. Gender equality includes protection from sexual harassment and the right to work with dignity, which is a universally recognised basic human right, and the international conventions and norms are of great significance in formulating the guidelines. The Court's obligation under article 32 for the enforcement of fundamental rights in the absence of legislation required it to act.
Held on the status of the guidelines. The Court laid down guidelines and norms for due observance at all workplaces or other institutions, until a legislation is enacted for the purpose, in exercise of the power available under article 32 for the enforcement of fundamental rights, and emphasised that this would be treated as the law declared by this Court under article 141 of the Constitution.
Held on the reasons for acting. Having regard to the definition of human rights in section 2(d) of the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, and taking note of the fact that the present civil and penal laws in India do not adequately provide for specific protection of women from sexual harassment at workplaces and that enactment of such legislation will take considerable time, it was necessary and expedient for employers and other responsible persons to observe the guidelines.
Training the people who operate the law to notice that its subjects are not all the same, because a neutral rule applied by an untrained officer reproduces the inequality it was meant to remove.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: gender sensitization means the process of making those who make, apply and enforce the law aware of the different ways in which its operation affects women and men, so that facially neutral rules are not applied in ways that disadvantage women. Indian law requires it in several places without using the word: the guidelines in Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1997 SC 3011, required employers to take steps to prevent and deter sexual harassment; the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act 2013 requires the Internal Complaints Committee to include members committed to the cause of women and requires employers to organise awareness programmes; the criminal law prescribes procedures such as the recording of a woman's statement by a woman officer; and the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 requires the National Human Rights Commission to spread human rights literacy.
What the term means
Three elements, and an answer should separate them because they are commonly run together.
Awareness. Knowing that a rule which does not mention sex may nevertheless operate differently on women: a promotion criterion requiring unbroken service, a night duty requirement, a rule that a complaint must be made in person at a police station.
Attitude. Recognising that the persons who administer the law bring assumptions to it, and that those assumptions decide how a complaint is received, how a witness is questioned, and how a case is assessed.
Practice. Changing the procedures so that the awareness has effect: who records a statement, where it is recorded, what may be asked in cross examination, how a committee is composed.
The third is the one that matters legally, because it is the one that can be written into a rule and enforced.
Where Indian law already requires it
MU's question is set in a law paper, so the answer must be made of law rather than of sentiment. Six places.
The Vishaka guidelines. They required the employer or other responsible person to take all steps necessary to prevent or deter the commission of acts of sexual harassment, which is a positive duty going beyond redressal, and required the notification of the prohibition and the provision of appropriate work conditions.
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act 2013. The Internal Complaints Committee must include not less than two members preferably committed to the cause of women or who have had experience in social work or have legal knowledge, and one member from a non governmental organisation or association committed to the cause of women; the Presiding Officer must be a woman employed at a senior level; and the employer's duties include organising workshops and awareness programmes.
A child has a fundamental right to education and against hazardous work, a statutory right to be dealt with as a child if he offends, and a statutory right to a trial designed around him if he is a victim.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the constitutional protection of children rests on article 21A, which makes free and compulsory education for children of six to fourteen a fundamental right, article 23, which prohibits traffic in human beings and forced labour, article 24, which prohibits the employment of a child below fourteen in a factory, mine or other hazardous employment, articles 39(e) and (f), 45 and 47 among the directive principles, and article 51A(k), which makes it the duty of a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for education to a child between six and fourteen. The two principal statutes are the Juvenile Justice (Care and Protection of Children) Act 2015, which governs children in conflict with law and children in need of care and protection, and the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act 2012, which defines and punishes sexual offences against children and provides a child friendly trial.
The constitutional base
Article 21A. The State shall provide free and compulsory education to all children of the age of six to fourteen years in such manner as the State may by law determine. Inserted by the 86th Amendment, it converted a directive principle into a fundamental right, and it is the clearest instance of the process described in [The Preamble, Part III and Part IV].
Article 23. Prohibits traffic in human beings and begar and other similar forms of forced labour, and makes any contravention an offence punishable in accordance with law. It applies against private persons as well as the State, which is unusual in Part III.
Article 24. No child below the age of fourteen years shall be employed to work in any factory or mine or engaged in any other hazardous employment.
Article 39(e). That the health and strength of workers, men and women, and the tender age of children are not abused and that citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength.
Article 39(f). That children are given opportunities and facilities to develop in a healthy manner and in conditions of freedom and dignity and that childhood and youth are protected against exploitation and against moral and material abandonment.
Article 45, as recast when article 21A was inserted, requires the State to endeavour to provide early childhood care and education for all children until they complete the age of six.
Article 47 requires the State to raise the level of nutrition and the standard of living and to improve public health.
Freedom of religion for everyone, the conservation of a distinct culture for any section of citizens, and the right to establish and administer educational institutions for minorities alone.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the constitutional protection of minorities has three limbs. Articles 25 to 28 confer freedom of religion on all persons: freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion, subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of Part III; the freedom to manage religious affairs; freedom from taxes for the promotion of a religion; and freedom from religious instruction in State funded institutions. Article 29(1) gives any section of citizens having a distinct language, script or culture the right to conserve it, and article 29(2) forbids the denial of admission to a State maintained or State aided institution on grounds only of religion, race, caste or language. Article 30 gives all minorities, whether based on religion or language, the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice. Articles 350A and 350B provide for instruction in the mother tongue and for a Special Officer for linguistic minorities, and the National Commission for Minorities Act 1992 provides the institutional machinery.
Articles 25 to 28: freedom of religion
Article 25(1). Subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of Part III, all persons are equally entitled to freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion. Note that it is a right of all persons, not only of minorities and not only of citizens.
Article 25(2) saves State laws regulating economic, financial, political or other secular activity associated with religious practice, and laws providing for social welfare and reform or throwing open Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.
Article 26 gives every religious denomination the right to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes, to manage its own affairs in matters of religion, to own and acquire property, and to administer such property in accordance with law.
Article 27. No person shall be compelled to pay any tax the proceeds of which are specifically appropriated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or denomination.
Article 28. No religious instruction shall be provided in an educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds; the article does not apply to an institution administered by the State but established under an endowment or trust requiring religious instruction; and no person attending a State recognised or State aided institution shall be required to take part in religious instruction or worship without consent, or, if a minor, without the consent of his guardian.
A prisoner keeps his fundamental rights, pared down by the fact of lawful custody but not extinguished, and the courts have enforced them from solitary confinement in 1978 to caste segregation in 2024.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: a person lawfully imprisoned loses his liberty of movement but does not lose the protection of Part III. In Sunil Batra v. Delhi Administration, AIR 1978 SC 1675, the Supreme Court held that Part III does not part company with the prisoner at the gates and that the operation of articles 14, 19 and 21 may be pared down for a prisoner but not puffed out altogether, reading down section 30(2) of the Prisons Act 1894 on the confinement of a prisoner under sentence of death and laying down safeguards for the imposition of bar fetters under section 56. In Sukanya Shantha v. Union of India, decided on 3 October 2024, the Court declared the impugned provisions of State prison manuals unconstitutional as violating articles 14, 15, 17, 21 and 23, and directed the deletion of the caste column from prisoners' registers. The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 provides in section 479 for the release of an undertrial who has served half, or in the case of a first-time offender one third, of the maximum sentence.
The foundational proposition
Sunil Batra v. Delhi Administration, AIR 1978 SC 1675.
Facts. Two petitions from prisoners in Tihar Jail. One petitioner, a convict under sentence of death, challenged his solitary confinement, contending that section 30(2) of the Prisons Act 1894, which provides that every prisoner under sentence of death shall be confined in a cell apart from all other prisoners and placed by day and night under the charge of a guard, does not authorise solitary confinement and that the jail authority could not impose such punishment under the garb of giving effect to that section. The other challenged section 56, which permits the Superintendent to impose bar fetters, as conferring unguided power.
Held on the prisoner's rights.Part III of the Constitution does not part company with the prisoner at the gates, and judicial oversight protects the prisoner's shrunken fundamental rights if they are flouted or frozen by the prison authority. The operation of articles 14, 19 and 21 may be pared down for a prisoner but not puffed out altogether.
Held on section 30(2). The section was read down rather than struck down. It permits segregation of a prisoner under sentence of death for security, not solitary confinement as a punishment, and the expression under sentence of death was construed narrowly so that the section does not apply until the sentence has become final and executable.
Eleven guidelines in 1996, a compensation jurisdiction founded in 1993 on strict liability without sovereign immunity, and a criminal law that punishes torture for a confession.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the protection of a person in police custody rests on article 20(3), which forbids compelling an accused to be a witness against himself; article 21, which requires a fair, just and reasonable procedure; and article 22(1) and (2), which confer the rights to be informed of the grounds of arrest, to consult a legal practitioner of one's choice and to be produced before a magistrate within twenty four hours. In D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1997 SC 610, the Supreme Court issued eleven requirements to be followed in all cases of arrest and detention, flowing from articles 21 and 22(1), non compliance rendering the officer liable to departmental action and to punishment for contempt of court. In Nilabati Behera v. State of Orissa, AIR 1993 SC 1960, the Court held that an award of compensation under article 32 or article 226 is a remedy in public law based on strict liability for the contravention of fundamental rights, to which the principle of sovereign immunity does not apply.
The statutory framework
The Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023 carries forward and adds to the safeguards, and an answer should name the sections.
Section 35: when the police may arrest without warrant. A police officer may arrest without a warrant a person who commits a cognizable offence in his presence; or against whom a reasonable complaint, credible information or reasonable suspicion exists of a cognizable offence punishable with imprisonment which may be less than or may extend to seven years, only if he has reason to believe on that material that the person has committed the offence and is satisfied that the arrest is necessary to prevent a further offence, for proper investigation, to prevent the disappearance or tampering of evidence, to prevent inducement or threat to a witness, or because his presence in court cannot otherwise be ensured.
That condition is the most important reform in Indian arrest law: an arrest for an offence in that band is unlawful unless the necessity is made out and recorded.
Section 38: the advocate during interrogation. When any person is arrested and interrogated by the police, he shall be entitled to meet an advocate of his choice during interrogation, though not throughout interrogation. This is D.K. Basu guideline ten enacted.
Section 43: how an arrest is made. The officer shall actually touch or confine the body unless there is submission to custody; where a woman is to be arrested her submission on oral intimation is presumed and, unless the circumstances require otherwise or the officer is a female, the officer shall not touch her person; and handcuffs may be used, having regard to the nature and gravity of the offence, on a habitual or repeat offender, one who has escaped from custody, or one who has committed organised crime, a terrorist act, a drug related crime, illegal possession of arms, murder, rape, acid attack, counterfeiting, human trafficking or a sexual offence.
Human Rights of the Weaker and Disadvantaged Sections
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
Untouchability abolished, special provision permitted, reservation enabled, three constitutional Commissions created, and an Act that punishes atrocity and gives the victim rights in the trial.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution addresses the weaker sections through article 17, which abolishes untouchability and makes its practice an offence; article 15(4), which permits special provision for the advancement of socially and educationally backward classes and for Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; article 16(4), which permits reservation in appointments in favour of any backward class not adequately represented; article 46, which directs the promotion of the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections; article 335, which requires the claims of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes to be taken into consideration consistently with the maintenance of efficiency of administration; articles 341 and 342, by which the President specifies the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; and articles 338, 338A and 338B, which establish the National Commissions for Scheduled Castes, for Scheduled Tribes and for Backward Classes. The Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989 supplies the criminal law.
Who is a weaker section
The phrase is not defined, and the constitutional categories must be distinguished.
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. Specified by the President by public notification under articles 341 and 342, and thereafter alterable only by Parliament by law. That is the crucial feature: neither a court nor a State Government may add to or subtract from the lists.
Socially and educationally backward classes. The subject of article 15(4), and of article 15(5) on admission to educational institutions.
Backward class of citizens not adequately represented in the services, the subject of article 16(4), which is not necessarily the same category.
Weaker sections of the people, in article 46, which is wider still and expressly includes but is not confined to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
And the anonymous class in article 17, since untouchability is abolished in any form for the benefit of whoever suffers it.
The provisions
Article 17. Untouchability is abolished and its practice in any form is forbidden; the enforcement of any disability arising out of untouchability shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law. It is one of the few provisions of Part III that operates against private persons, and it is not a prohibition on the State only.
Article 15(4), inserted by the First Amendment 1951, permits the State to make any special provision for the advancement of any socially and educationally backward classes of citizens or for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
Article 16(4). Nothing in the article prevents the State from making provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of any backward class of citizens which in its opinion is not adequately represented in the services under the State. Articles 16(4A) and 16(4B), inserted later, permit reservation in promotion with consequential seniority and the carrying forward of unfilled vacancies.
The workers outside the labour statutes, protected by article 23 as read in the Asiad and bonded labour cases and by a social security Act that registers them and leaves the benefits to schemes.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: an unorganised worker is defined by section 2(m) of the Unorganised Workers' Social Security Act 2008 as a home based worker, a self employed worker or a wage worker in the unorganised sector, and includes a worker in the organised sector who is not covered by any of the six labour Acts in Schedule II; and the unorganised sector is defined by section 2(l) as an enterprise owned by individuals or self employed workers engaged in the production or sale of goods or the provision of services where, if it employs workers, the number is less than ten. Their constitutional protection comes chiefly from article 23, which prohibits begar and other similar forms of forced labour, and which was held in People's Union for Democratic Rights v. Union of India, AIR 1982 SC 1473, to be infringed where a person provides labour for remuneration less than the minimum wage.
The constitutional base
Article 23. Traffic in human beings and begar and other similar forms of forced labour are prohibited, and any contravention is an offence punishable in accordance with law. It binds private persons as well as the State.
Article 24. No child below fourteen shall be employed in any factory or mine or engaged in any other hazardous employment.
Article 38. The State shall strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of national life, and shall minimise inequalities in income, status, facilities and opportunities.
Article 39. Adequate means of livelihood for men and women equally; distribution of the material resources of the community to subserve the common good; the operation of the economic system not resulting in the concentration of wealth to the common detriment; equal pay for equal work; and that the health and strength of workers is not abused and that citizens are not forced by economic necessity to enter avocations unsuited to their age or strength.
Article 41. The right to work, to education and to public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness and disablement, within the limits of the State's economic capacity.
Article 42. Just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief.
Article 43. A living wage, conditions of work ensuring a decent standard of life and full enjoyment of leisure, and social and cultural opportunities.
Articles 38 to 43 are directives and unenforceable by article 37. Article 23 is a fundamental right, and the decisions turned it into the enforceable route by which the directives reach an unorganised worker.
A constitutional Commission for the socially and educationally backward classes, with a Central List that only Parliament may alter and State lists that the States themselves maintain.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 338B, inserted by the Constitution (One Hundred and Second Amendment) Act 2018 with effect from 15 August 2018, establishes the National Commission for Backward Classes, consisting of a Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson and three other Members appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal, with power to regulate its own procedure and with the duties to investigate and monitor the safeguards, to inquire into specific complaints, to advise on socio economic development, to report annually to the President and to make recommendations. Article 342A, inserted by the same Amendment, empowers the President to specify the socially and educationally backward classes in the Central List, which only Parliament may thereafter vary; and clause (3), inserted by the Constitution (One Hundred and Fifth Amendment) Act 2021, provides that every State and Union territory may by law prepare and maintain its own list for its own purposes.
Where it came from
Article 340 has been in the Constitution from the beginning. The President may by order appoint a Commission to investigate the conditions of socially and educationally backward classes within the territory of India and the difficulties under which they labour, and to make recommendations as to the steps to be taken by the Union or any State to remove those difficulties and improve their condition, and as to the grants to be made and the conditions of such grants; the order appointing the Commission shall define its procedure, and the Commission shall present a report to the President.
Two Commissions were appointed under article 340, and the second produced the report considered in Indra Sawhney v. Union of India, AIR 1993 SC 477. Article 340 provides for an ad hoc commission of inquiry, not for a standing body.
The statutory Commission. Following Indra Sawhney, the National Commission for Backward Classes was constituted by statute in 1993, principally to examine requests for inclusion in and complaints of over inclusion or under inclusion in the lists of backward classes, and to tender advice to the Central Government.
The constitutional Commission. The 102nd Amendment of 2018 repealed that arrangement in substance by inserting article 338B, giving the Commission the same constitutional status as the National Commission for Scheduled Castes under article 338 and the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes under article 338A.
Article 338B in detail
Clause (1). There shall be a Commission for the socially and educationally backward classes to be known as the National Commission for Backward Classes.
A court that relaxes who may come, treats a letter as a petition, and gives directions the statute does not provide, because the other organs have not acted.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: judicial activism describes the assumption by a court of a role beyond the traditional adjudication of a dispute between parties, by relaxing the requirement of standing, by simplifying procedure, and by fashioning remedies and directions not expressly provided by law. In India it rests on the words appropriate proceedings in article 32(1) and the word including in article 32(2), on the wide language of article 226, on article 141, which makes the law declared by the Supreme Court binding on all courts, and on article 142, which empowers the Court to pass such decree or order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it.
The constitutional footing
Article 32(1). The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of Part III rights is guaranteed. The Court read those words as not prescribing any form, which is the textual basis of the letter petition.
Article 32(2). The Court may issue directions or orders or writs, including the five writs, whichever may be appropriate. The word including means the power is not confined to the writs and their English technicalities, which is the textual basis of guidelines, compensation and continuing directions.
Article 226. Wider still, extending to the enforcement of Part III rights and for any other purpose.
Article 141. The law declared by the Supreme Court shall be binding on all courts within the territory of India, which is what converted the guidelines in Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1997 SC 3011, into law.
Article 142. The Supreme Court may pass such decree or make such order as is necessary for doing complete justice in any cause or matter pending before it. It is the widest power in the Constitution and the least defined.
Why it took this form in India
Four reasons, and an answer that gives them is explaining rather than describing.
The framers entrenched the remedy. Article 32 is itself a fundamental right, so the Court could not decline a petition on the ground that another remedy existed, and the pressure to make the remedy usable fell on the Court.
The Constitution promised what it did not make enforceable. Part IV commits the State to ends that article 37 makes unenforceable, so a gap was designed into the document, and article 21 became the route across it.
The Emergency destroyed the Court's standing and it had to be rebuilt. After ADM Jabalpur v. Shivkant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, the institution that had failed the detenus needed to be seen doing something else, and the public interest jurisdiction begins immediately afterwards.
Judicial Activism and the Protection of Human Rights
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
Article 21 was read to include the conditions of a dignified life, and the procedural techniques of the previous chapter were used to enforce it, field by field.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: judicial activism has protected human rights in India chiefly by expanding the content of article 21 and by making it reachable. The expansion began with Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, which required the procedure depriving a person of life or personal liberty to be fair, just and reasonable, and continued through decisions that read into the right to life the conditions of a dignified existence. The techniques of relaxed standing, the letter petition, guidelines with the force of law, public law compensation, directions with compliance deadlines and continuing supervision were then used to enforce it, and the results are visible in custodial safeguards, prisoners' rights, workplace harassment, child labour, bonded labour, privacy and equality.
The engine: article 21 after 1978
Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597, is worked in [Maneka Gandhi, and What It Did to Preventive Detention]. Its consequence for this chapter is the one to state.
Before it, article 21 required only that there be a procedure established by law, so that a valid statute prescribing any procedure sufficed. After it, the procedure must be fair, just and reasonable, which gives a court a standard against which to measure a statute, a rule and an executive act.
Everything in this chapter follows from that. A right to life measured by a standard of fairness can be given content; a right to life measured only by the existence of a statute cannot.
What it has produced, field by field
Custodial safeguards
D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1997 SC 610, issued eleven requirements for every arrest and detention, from identification tags and an arrest memo countersigned by the arrestee to medical examination every forty eight hours, enforceable by departmental action and contempt, and expressed to hold till legal provisions are made.
The measurable outcome. Several are now statutory: the advocate during interrogation in section 38 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023, and the duty to take reasonable care of the health and safety of the accused in section 56.
Compensation for the violation of rights
Nilabati Behera v. State of Orissa, AIR 1993 SC 1960, held that compensation under article 32 or article 226 is a remedy in public law based on strict liability, to which sovereign immunity does not apply.
The measurable outcome. A person whose relative dies in custody can obtain compensation from the constitutional court without a suit and without proving negligence.
The State is both the principal threat to human rights and the only body that can deliver them, and its contribution has to be assessed under each of its four capacities.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Indian constitutional law the State, defined by article 12 as the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India, and applied to Part IV by article 36, is the entity against which the fundamental rights operate and the entity on which article 37 places the duty to apply the directive principles in making laws. Its contribution to the protection of human rights is therefore of four kinds: legislative, in enacting the statutes that give effect to the rights; executive, in administering them; institutional, in creating and staffing the commissions and courts that supervise them; and financial, in funding what the rights require.
The double role, which is the point of the question
MU's question is about the role of the state, and the first thing to say about it is that the State occupies two roles at once.
Every other actor in this book has one role. The courts adjudicate, the commissions recommend, the citizen claims. The State does two things at once, and they conflict.
It is the duty bearer. Part III binds the State; Part IV directs it; and every remedy in this book runs against it.
It is the principal violator. Preventive detention is an act of the State; custodial death is an act of its police; the Emergency was an act of its executive and its legislature; and the caste practices in the prison manuals were the State's own rules.
An answer that opens with this tension is asking the right question: what does it mean for the duty bearer and the violator to be the same body, and what does that imply about how its contribution should be assessed?
The four capacities
Legislative
What it has done. The statutes worked in this module are all of them Acts: the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, the Legal Services Authorities Act 1987, the Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act 2005, the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act 2013, the Protection of Children from Sexual Offences Act 2012, the Juvenile Justice Act 2015, the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989, the National Commission for Minorities Act 1992 and the Unorganised Workers' Social Security Act 2008; and the constitutional amendments inserting article 21A, article 39A, articles 338A and 338B, article 342A(3) and articles 330A and 332A.
The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 and the NHRC
Syllabus topic 7, "Human Rights"
❧
In one line
A Commission with the powers of a civil court, the functions of an inquirer and adviser, a one year limitation, a special procedure for the armed forces, and recommendations that bind nobody.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 defines human rights in section 2(d) as the rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforceable by courts in India. Section 3 constitutes the National Human Rights Commission, consisting of a Chairperson who has been a Chief Justice of India or a Judge of the Supreme Court, one Member who is or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court, one who is or has been the Chief Justice of a High Court, and three Members of whom at least one shall be a woman, with the chairpersons of certain other national commissions as deemed Members. Section 12 lists its functions, section 13 gives it the powers of a civil court, section 18 sets out the steps it may take after an inquiry, section 19 prescribes a special procedure for the armed forces, section 21 provides for State Commissions, section 30 for Human Rights Courts, and section 36 bars an inquiry into a matter after one year.
The definitions
Section 2(d): human rights. The rights relating to life, liberty, equality and dignity of the individual guaranteed by the Constitution or embodied in the International Covenants and enforceable by courts in India.
Three points. The definition is jurisdictional and not philosophical. It is confined to four values. And the final words matter: a right embodied in a Covenant but not enforceable by an Indian court is outside the Act.
Section 2(a): armed forces means the naval, military and air forces and includes any other armed forces of the Union. The definition is the key to section 19, and it should be noticed that it does not include the State police.
Section 2(e): Human Rights Court means a court specified under section 30.
The Commission
Section 3: composition. A Chairperson who has been a Chief Justice of India or a Judge of the Supreme Court; one Member who is or has been a Judge of the Supreme Court; one who is or has been the Chief Justice of a High Court; and three Members, of whom at least one shall be a woman, appointed from among persons having knowledge of or practical experience in matters relating to human rights. The chairpersons of the National Commission for Backward Classes, the National Commission for Minorities, the National Commission for Protection of Child Rights, the National Commission for Scheduled Castes, the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes, the National Commission for Women and the Chief Commissioner for Persons with Disabilities are deemed Members for the discharge of the functions the Act specifies.
Repair the four things this book has shown to be broken: the unnotified article 22 amendment, the Commission's two disabilities, the vacancy in investigation and prosecution, and the absence of any sunset on permanent exceptional legislation.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the further steps that ought to be taken fall into four groups. First, the constitutional repairs already enacted but not brought into force, principally the recasting of article 22 by the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978. Second, the removal of the two disabilities on the National Human Rights Commission, the one year limitation in section 36 and the special procedure for the armed forces in section 19. Third, the measures the Commission itself identified in 2000, namely independent and trained investigation, sufficient experienced prosecutors and an adequate number of courts. And fourth, the disciplining of permanent exceptional legislation, by sunset clauses, mandatory periodic review and published data on its use.
Group one: bring into force what is already enacted
The article 22 amendment. The 44th Amendment recast article 22(4) and (7) to reduce the maximum period of detention without an Advisory Board's opinion from three months to two, and to alter the Board's constitution so that its Chairman is a serving or retired Judge of a High Court and its members are appointed on the recommendation of the Chief Justice. The section was to come into force on a date notified, and no notification has ever been issued, as [The Article 22 the 44th Amendment Wrote, and Which Was Never Brought Into Force] records.
The proposal. Notify it. It requires no legislation, no amendment and no expenditure of consequence; it requires an executive act that Parliament authorised in 1978.
Why it is the first proposal. Because it is the only step in this list that costs nothing and has already been agreed by Parliament, and because it goes to the heart of the subject of this paper: the period for which a person may be held before any judicial body sees his case.
Group two: remove the Commission's two disabilities
Section 36(2): the one year bar. The Commission may not inquire into any matter after one year from the act complained of. In the class of case this book studies, custodial violence, disappearance, unlawful detention, the facts are frequently not disclosed within a year, and the section makes no exception for concealment, for continuing violations or for a complainant in custody.
The proposal. Amend section 36(2) to run from the date on which the violation came or ought reasonably to have come to the knowledge of the complainant; or, at least, empower the Commission to condone delay for reasons recorded, which is the ordinary rule for limitation elsewhere.
India's answer is to permit almost every security power and to place a floor beneath it, and the floor has held better than the safeguards above it.
In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Indian constitutional answer to the conflict between national security and human rights is not to choose between them but to permit the security power and to condition it. Preventive detention is expressly authorised by article 22 and simultaneously regulated by clauses (4) to (7); exceptional legislation is permitted and controlled by judicial construction rather than invalidation; an emergency may be proclaimed but only on a narrowed ground, for six months at a time and by a special majority; the enforcement of most rights may be suspended but never that of articles 20 and 21; and judicial review by the High Courts and the Supreme Court is part of the inviolable basic structure. The assessment of that answer must be made against what the evidence in this book shows about how each of those conditions has worked.
The four questions this paper asks
Return to [The Three Ideas in the Title, and How They Pull Against Each Other]. The paper puts four questions and every module answers one.
May the State act against a person on suspicion rather than on proof? Module I: yes, under article 22, subject to grounds, a Board and a maximum period.
May it alter the ordinary criminal process for a class of case? Module II's first half: yes, subject to competence, article 14 and a procedure that is fair, just and reasonable.
May it suspend the ordinary constitutional order? Module II's second half and Module III: yes, on a proclamation, and it may close the courts on every right except articles 20 and 21.
And what protects the person while it does all this? Module IV: the rights, the institutions, and a court that must remain open.
What the evidence shows: five findings
An assessment is only as good as the facts it rests on, and this book has assembled five that can be stated without qualification.
One. The safeguards that were judicially supplied have been more effective than those the statutes contained. The six confession guidelines in Kartar Singh v. State of Punjab, (1994) 3 SCC 569, became section 32 of POTA; the do's and don'ts in Naga People's Movement of Human Rights v. Union of India, AIR 1998 SC 431, became binding under the Army Act; the eleven requirements in D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal, AIR 1997 SC 610, became sections 38 and 56 of the Sanhita of 2023; and the guidelines in Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1997 SC 3011, became an Act.